Remove \brief commands from doxygen comments.

This is similar to the LLVM change https://reviews.llvm.org/D46290.

We've been running doxygen with the autobrief option for a couple of
years now. This makes the \brief markers into our comments
redundant. Since they are a visual distraction and we don't want to
encourage more \brief markers in new code either, this patch removes
them all.

Patch produced by

for i in $(git grep -l '\@brief'); do perl -pi -e 's/\@brief //g' $i & done
for i in $(git grep -l '\\brief'); do perl -pi -e 's/\\brief //g' $i & done

Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D46320

git-svn-id: https://llvm.org/svn/llvm-project/cfe/trunk@331834 91177308-0d34-0410-b5e6-96231b3b80d8

docs/LibFormat.rst

@@ -44,11 +44,11 @@ two style guides are hard-coded:
 
 .. code-block:: c++
 
-  /// \brief Returns a format style complying with the LLVM coding standards:
+  /// Returns a format style complying with the LLVM coding standards:
   /// http://llvm.org/docs/CodingStandards.html.
   FormatStyle getLLVMStyle();
 
-  /// \brief Returns a format style complying with Google's C++ style guide:
+  /// Returns a format style complying with Google's C++ style guide:
   /// http://google-styleguide.googlecode.com/svn/trunk/cppguide.xml.
   FormatStyle getGoogleStyle();
 

docs/doxygen.cfg.in

@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = YES
 # If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
 # line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
 # set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
-# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# requiring an explicit command for a brief description.)
 # The default value is: NO.
 
 QT_AUTOBRIEF           = YES

include/clang-c/BuildSystem.h

@@ -28,19 +28,19 @@ extern "C" {
  */
 
 /**
- * \brief Return the timestamp for use with Clang's
+ * Return the timestamp for use with Clang's
  * \c -fbuild-session-timestamp= option.
  */
 CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned long long clang_getBuildSessionTimestamp(void);
 
 /**
- * \brief Object encapsulating information about overlaying virtual
+ * Object encapsulating information about overlaying virtual
  * file/directories over the real file system.
  */
 typedef struct CXVirtualFileOverlayImpl *CXVirtualFileOverlay;
 
 /**
- * \brief Create a \c CXVirtualFileOverlay object.
+ * Create a \c CXVirtualFileOverlay object.
  * Must be disposed with \c clang_VirtualFileOverlay_dispose().
  *
  * \param options is reserved, always pass 0.
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ CINDEX_LINKAGE CXVirtualFileOverlay
 clang_VirtualFileOverlay_create(unsigned options);
 
 /**
- * \brief Map an absolute virtual file path to an absolute real one.
+ * Map an absolute virtual file path to an absolute real one.
  * The virtual path must be canonicalized (not contain "."/"..").
  * \returns 0 for success, non-zero to indicate an error.
  */
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ clang_VirtualFileOverlay_addFileMapping(CXVirtualFileOverlay,
                                         const char *realPath);
 
 /**
- * \brief Set the case sensitivity for the \c CXVirtualFileOverlay object.
+ * Set the case sensitivity for the \c CXVirtualFileOverlay object.
  * The \c CXVirtualFileOverlay object is case-sensitive by default, this
  * option can be used to override the default.
  * \returns 0 for success, non-zero to indicate an error.
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ clang_VirtualFileOverlay_setCaseSensitivity(CXVirtualFileOverlay,
 											int caseSensitive);
 
 /**
- * \brief Write out the \c CXVirtualFileOverlay object to a char buffer.
+ * Write out the \c CXVirtualFileOverlay object to a char buffer.
  *
  * \param options is reserved, always pass 0.
  * \param out_buffer_ptr pointer to receive the buffer pointer, which should be
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ clang_VirtualFileOverlay_writeToBuffer(CXVirtualFileOverlay, unsigned options,
                                        unsigned *out_buffer_size);
 
 /**
- * \brief free memory allocated by libclang, such as the buffer returned by
+ * free memory allocated by libclang, such as the buffer returned by
  * \c CXVirtualFileOverlay() or \c clang_ModuleMapDescriptor_writeToBuffer().
  *
  * \param buffer memory pointer to free.
@@ -91,17 +91,17 @@ clang_VirtualFileOverlay_writeToBuffer(CXVirtualFileOverlay, unsigned options,
 CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_free(void *buffer);
 
 /**
- * \brief Dispose a \c CXVirtualFileOverlay object.
+ * Dispose a \c CXVirtualFileOverlay object.
  */
 CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_VirtualFileOverlay_dispose(CXVirtualFileOverlay);
 
 /**
- * \brief Object encapsulating information about a module.map file.
+ * Object encapsulating information about a module.map file.
  */
 typedef struct CXModuleMapDescriptorImpl *CXModuleMapDescriptor;
 
 /**
- * \brief Create a \c CXModuleMapDescriptor object.
+ * Create a \c CXModuleMapDescriptor object.
  * Must be disposed with \c clang_ModuleMapDescriptor_dispose().
  *
  * \param options is reserved, always pass 0.
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ CINDEX_LINKAGE CXModuleMapDescriptor
 clang_ModuleMapDescriptor_create(unsigned options);
 
 /**
- * \brief Sets the framework module name that the module.map describes.
+ * Sets the framework module name that the module.map describes.
  * \returns 0 for success, non-zero to indicate an error.
  */
 CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXErrorCode
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ clang_ModuleMapDescriptor_setFrameworkModuleName(CXModuleMapDescriptor,
                                                  const char *name);
 
 /**
- * \brief Sets the umbrealla header name that the module.map describes.
+ * Sets the umbrealla header name that the module.map describes.
  * \returns 0 for success, non-zero to indicate an error.
  */
 CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXErrorCode
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ clang_ModuleMapDescriptor_setUmbrellaHeader(CXModuleMapDescriptor,
                                             const char *name);
 
 /**
- * \brief Write out the \c CXModuleMapDescriptor object to a char buffer.
+ * Write out the \c CXModuleMapDescriptor object to a char buffer.
  *
  * \param options is reserved, always pass 0.
  * \param out_buffer_ptr pointer to receive the buffer pointer, which should be
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ clang_ModuleMapDescriptor_writeToBuffer(CXModuleMapDescriptor, unsigned options,
                                        unsigned *out_buffer_size);
 
 /**
- * \brief Dispose a \c CXModuleMapDescriptor object.
+ * Dispose a \c CXModuleMapDescriptor object.
  */
 CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_ModuleMapDescriptor_dispose(CXModuleMapDescriptor);
 

include/clang-c/CXCompilationDatabase.h

@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ extern "C" {
 typedef void * CXCompilationDatabase;
 
 /**
- * \brief Contains the results of a search in the compilation database
+ * Contains the results of a search in the compilation database
  *
  * When searching for the compile command for a file, the compilation db can
  * return several commands, as the file may have been compiled with
@@ -49,28 +49,28 @@ typedef void * CXCompilationDatabase;
 typedef void * CXCompileCommands;
 
 /**
- * \brief Represents the command line invocation to compile a specific file.
+ * Represents the command line invocation to compile a specific file.
  */
 typedef void * CXCompileCommand;
 
 /**
- * \brief Error codes for Compilation Database
+ * Error codes for Compilation Database
  */
 typedef enum  {
   /*
-   * \brief No error occurred
+   * No error occurred
    */
   CXCompilationDatabase_NoError = 0,
 
   /*
-   * \brief Database can not be loaded
+   * Database can not be loaded
    */
   CXCompilationDatabase_CanNotLoadDatabase = 1
 
 } CXCompilationDatabase_Error;
 
 /**
- * \brief Creates a compilation database from the database found in directory
+ * Creates a compilation database from the database found in directory
  * buildDir. For example, CMake can output a compile_commands.json which can
  * be used to build the database.
  *
@@ -81,13 +81,13 @@ clang_CompilationDatabase_fromDirectory(const char *BuildDir,
                                         CXCompilationDatabase_Error *ErrorCode);
 
 /**
- * \brief Free the given compilation database
+ * Free the given compilation database
  */
 CINDEX_LINKAGE void
 clang_CompilationDatabase_dispose(CXCompilationDatabase);
 
 /**
- * \brief Find the compile commands used for a file. The compile commands
+ * Find the compile commands used for a file. The compile commands
  * must be freed by \c clang_CompileCommands_dispose.
  */
 CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCompileCommands
@@ -95,24 +95,24 @@ clang_CompilationDatabase_getCompileCommands(CXCompilationDatabase,
                                              const char *CompleteFileName);
 
 /**
- * \brief Get all the compile commands in the given compilation database.
+ * Get all the compile commands in the given compilation database.
  */
 CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCompileCommands
 clang_CompilationDatabase_getAllCompileCommands(CXCompilationDatabase);
 
 /**
- * \brief Free the given CompileCommands
+ * Free the given CompileCommands
  */
 CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_CompileCommands_dispose(CXCompileCommands);
 
 /**
- * \brief Get the number of CompileCommand we have for a file
+ * Get the number of CompileCommand we have for a file
  */
 CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned
 clang_CompileCommands_getSize(CXCompileCommands);
 
 /**
- * \brief Get the I'th CompileCommand for a file
+ * Get the I'th CompileCommand for a file
  *
  * Note : 0 <= i < clang_CompileCommands_getSize(CXCompileCommands)
  */
@@ -120,26 +120,26 @@ CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCompileCommand
 clang_CompileCommands_getCommand(CXCompileCommands, unsigned I);
 
 /**
- * \brief Get the working directory where the CompileCommand was executed from
+ * Get the working directory where the CompileCommand was executed from
  */
 CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
 clang_CompileCommand_getDirectory(CXCompileCommand);
 
 /**
- * \brief Get the filename associated with the CompileCommand.
+ * Get the filename associated with the CompileCommand.
  */
 CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
 clang_CompileCommand_getFilename(CXCompileCommand);
 
 /**
- * \brief Get the number of arguments in the compiler invocation.
+ * Get the number of arguments in the compiler invocation.
  *
  */
 CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned
 clang_CompileCommand_getNumArgs(CXCompileCommand);
 
 /**
- * \brief Get the I'th argument value in the compiler invocations
+ * Get the I'th argument value in the compiler invocations
  *
  * Invariant :
  *  - argument 0 is the compiler executable
@@ -148,19 +148,19 @@ CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
 clang_CompileCommand_getArg(CXCompileCommand, unsigned I);
 
 /**
- * \brief Get the number of source mappings for the compiler invocation.
+ * Get the number of source mappings for the compiler invocation.
  */
 CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned
 clang_CompileCommand_getNumMappedSources(CXCompileCommand);
 
 /**
- * \brief Get the I'th mapped source path for the compiler invocation.
+ * Get the I'th mapped source path for the compiler invocation.
  */
 CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
 clang_CompileCommand_getMappedSourcePath(CXCompileCommand, unsigned I);
 
 /**
- * \brief Get the I'th mapped source content for the compiler invocation.
+ * Get the I'th mapped source content for the compiler invocation.
  */
 CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
 clang_CompileCommand_getMappedSourceContent(CXCompileCommand, unsigned I);

include/clang-c/CXErrorCode.h

@@ -21,19 +21,19 @@ extern "C" {
 #endif
 
 /**
- * \brief Error codes returned by libclang routines.
+ * Error codes returned by libclang routines.
  *
  * Zero (\c CXError_Success) is the only error code indicating success.  Other
  * error codes, including not yet assigned non-zero values, indicate errors.
  */
 enum CXErrorCode {
   /**
-   * \brief No error.
+   * No error.
    */
   CXError_Success = 0,
 
   /**
-   * \brief A generic error code, no further details are available.
+   * A generic error code, no further details are available.
    *
    * Errors of this kind can get their own specific error codes in future
    * libclang versions.
@@ -41,18 +41,18 @@ enum CXErrorCode {
   CXError_Failure = 1,
 
   /**
-   * \brief libclang crashed while performing the requested operation.
+   * libclang crashed while performing the requested operation.
    */
   CXError_Crashed = 2,
 
   /**
-   * \brief The function detected that the arguments violate the function
+   * The function detected that the arguments violate the function
    * contract.
    */
   CXError_InvalidArguments = 3,
 
   /**
-   * \brief An AST deserialization error has occurred.
+   * An AST deserialization error has occurred.
    */
   CXError_ASTReadError = 4
 };

include/clang-c/CXString.h

@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ extern "C" {
  */
 
 /**
- * \brief A character string.
+ * A character string.
  *
  * The \c CXString type is used to return strings from the interface when
  * the ownership of that string might differ from one call to the next.
@@ -46,17 +46,17 @@ typedef struct {
 } CXStringSet;
 
 /**
- * \brief Retrieve the character data associated with the given string.
+ * Retrieve the character data associated with the given string.
  */
 CINDEX_LINKAGE const char *clang_getCString(CXString string);
 
 /**
- * \brief Free the given string.
+ * Free the given string.
  */
 CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeString(CXString string);
 
 /**
- * \brief Free the given string set.
+ * Free the given string set.
  */
 CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeStringSet(CXStringSet *set);
 

include/clang-c/Documentation.h

@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ extern "C" {
  */
 
 /**
- * \brief A parsed comment.
+ * A parsed comment.
  */
 typedef struct {
   const void *ASTNode;
@@ -40,38 +40,38 @@ typedef struct {
 } CXComment;
 
 /**
- * \brief Given a cursor that represents a documentable entity (e.g.,
+ * Given a cursor that represents a documentable entity (e.g.,
  * declaration), return the associated parsed comment as a
  * \c CXComment_FullComment AST node.
  */
 CINDEX_LINKAGE CXComment clang_Cursor_getParsedComment(CXCursor C);
 
 /**
- * \brief Describes the type of the comment AST node (\c CXComment).  A comment
+ * Describes the type of the comment AST node (\c CXComment).  A comment
  * node can be considered block content (e. g., paragraph), inline content
  * (plain text) or neither (the root AST node).
  */
 enum CXCommentKind {
   /**
-   * \brief Null comment.  No AST node is constructed at the requested location
+   * Null comment.  No AST node is constructed at the requested location
    * because there is no text or a syntax error.
    */
   CXComment_Null = 0,
 
   /**
-   * \brief Plain text.  Inline content.
+   * Plain text.  Inline content.
    */
   CXComment_Text = 1,
 
   /**
-   * \brief A command with word-like arguments that is considered inline content.
+   * A command with word-like arguments that is considered inline content.
    *
    * For example: \\c command.
    */
   CXComment_InlineCommand = 2,
 
   /**
-   * \brief HTML start tag with attributes (name-value pairs).  Considered
+   * HTML start tag with attributes (name-value pairs).  Considered
    * inline content.
    *
    * For example:
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ enum CXCommentKind {
   CXComment_HTMLStartTag = 3,
 
   /**
-   * \brief HTML end tag.  Considered inline content.
+   * HTML end tag.  Considered inline content.
    *
    * For example:
    * \verbatim
@@ -92,19 +92,19 @@ enum CXCommentKind {
   CXComment_HTMLEndTag = 4,
 
   /**
-   * \brief A paragraph, contains inline comment.  The paragraph itself is
+   * A paragraph, contains inline comment.  The paragraph itself is
    * block content.
    */
   CXComment_Paragraph = 5,
 
   /**
-   * \brief A command that has zero or more word-like arguments (number of
+   * A command that has zero or more word-like arguments (number of
    * word-like arguments depends on command name) and a paragraph as an
    * argument.  Block command is block content.
    *
    * Paragraph argument is also a child of the block command.
    *
-   * For example: \\brief has 0 word-like arguments and a paragraph argument.
+   * For example: \has 0 word-like arguments and a paragraph argument.
    *
    * AST nodes of special kinds that parser knows about (e. g., \\param
    * command) have their own node kinds.
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ enum CXCommentKind {
   CXComment_BlockCommand = 6,
 
   /**
-   * \brief A \\param or \\arg command that describes the function parameter
+   * A \\param or \\arg command that describes the function parameter
    * (name, passing direction, description).
    *
    * For example: \\param [in] ParamName description.
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ enum CXCommentKind {
   CXComment_ParamCommand = 7,
 
   /**
-   * \brief A \\tparam command that describes a template parameter (name and
+   * A \\tparam command that describes a template parameter (name and
    * description).
    *
    * For example: \\tparam T description.
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ enum CXCommentKind {
   CXComment_TParamCommand = 8,
 
   /**
-   * \brief A verbatim block command (e. g., preformatted code).  Verbatim
+   * A verbatim block command (e. g., preformatted code).  Verbatim
    * block has an opening and a closing command and contains multiple lines of
    * text (\c CXComment_VerbatimBlockLine child nodes).
    *
@@ -140,67 +140,67 @@ enum CXCommentKind {
   CXComment_VerbatimBlockCommand = 9,
 
   /**
-   * \brief A line of text that is contained within a
+   * A line of text that is contained within a
    * CXComment_VerbatimBlockCommand node.
    */
   CXComment_VerbatimBlockLine = 10,
 
   /**
-   * \brief A verbatim line command.  Verbatim line has an opening command,
+   * A verbatim line command.  Verbatim line has an opening command,
    * a single line of text (up to the newline after the opening command) and
    * has no closing command.
    */
   CXComment_VerbatimLine = 11,
 
   /**
-   * \brief A full comment attached to a declaration, contains block content.
+   * A full comment attached to a declaration, contains block content.
    */
   CXComment_FullComment = 12
 };
 
 /**
- * \brief The most appropriate rendering mode for an inline command, chosen on
+ * The most appropriate rendering mode for an inline command, chosen on
  * command semantics in Doxygen.
  */
 enum CXCommentInlineCommandRenderKind {
   /**
-   * \brief Command argument should be rendered in a normal font.
+   * Command argument should be rendered in a normal font.
    */
   CXCommentInlineCommandRenderKind_Normal,
 
   /**
-   * \brief Command argument should be rendered in a bold font.
+   * Command argument should be rendered in a bold font.
    */
   CXCommentInlineCommandRenderKind_Bold,
 
   /**
-   * \brief Command argument should be rendered in a monospaced font.
+   * Command argument should be rendered in a monospaced font.
    */
   CXCommentInlineCommandRenderKind_Monospaced,
 
   /**
-   * \brief Command argument should be rendered emphasized (typically italic
+   * Command argument should be rendered emphasized (typically italic
    * font).
    */
   CXCommentInlineCommandRenderKind_Emphasized
 };
 
 /**
- * \brief Describes parameter passing direction for \\param or \\arg command.
+ * Describes parameter passing direction for \\param or \\arg command.
  */
 enum CXCommentParamPassDirection {
   /**
-   * \brief The parameter is an input parameter.
+   * The parameter is an input parameter.
    */
   CXCommentParamPassDirection_In,
 
   /**
-   * \brief The parameter is an output parameter.
+   * The parameter is an output parameter.
    */
   CXCommentParamPassDirection_Out,
 
   /**
-   * \brief The parameter is an input and output parameter.
+   * The parameter is an input and output parameter.
    */
   CXCommentParamPassDirection_InOut
 };
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ CINDEX_LINKAGE
 CXComment clang_Comment_getChild(CXComment Comment, unsigned ChildIdx);
 
 /**
- * \brief A \c CXComment_Paragraph node is considered whitespace if it contains
+ * A \c CXComment_Paragraph node is considered whitespace if it contains
  * only \c CXComment_Text nodes that are empty or whitespace.
  *
  * Other AST nodes (except \c CXComment_Paragraph and \c CXComment_Text) are
@@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ CXString clang_VerbatimBlockLineComment_getText(CXComment Comment);
 CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_VerbatimLineComment_getText(CXComment Comment);
 
 /**
- * \brief Convert an HTML tag AST node to string.
+ * Convert an HTML tag AST node to string.
  *
  * \param Comment a \c CXComment_HTMLStartTag or \c CXComment_HTMLEndTag AST
  * node.
@@ -497,13 +497,13 @@ CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_VerbatimLineComment_getText(CXComment Comment);
 CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_HTMLTagComment_getAsString(CXComment Comment);
 
 /**
- * \brief Convert a given full parsed comment to an HTML fragment.
+ * Convert a given full parsed comment to an HTML fragment.
  *
  * Specific details of HTML layout are subject to change.  Don't try to parse
  * this HTML back into an AST, use other APIs instead.
  *
  * Currently the following CSS classes are used:
- * \li "para-brief" for \\brief paragraph and equivalent commands;
+ * \li "para-brief" for \paragraph and equivalent commands;
  * \li "para-returns" for \\returns paragraph and equivalent commands;
  * \li "word-returns" for the "Returns" word in \\returns paragraph.
  *
@@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_HTMLTagComment_getAsString(CXComment Comment);
 CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_FullComment_getAsHTML(CXComment Comment);
 
 /**
- * \brief Convert a given full parsed comment to an XML document.
+ * Convert a given full parsed comment to an XML document.
  *
  * A Relax NG schema for the XML can be found in comment-xml-schema.rng file
  * inside clang source tree.

include/clang/ARCMigrate/ARCMT.h

@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ namespace clang {
 namespace arcmt {
   class MigrationPass;
 
-/// \brief Creates an AST with the provided CompilerInvocation but with these
+/// Creates an AST with the provided CompilerInvocation but with these
 /// changes:
 ///   -if a PCH/PTH is set, the original header is used instead
 ///   -Automatic Reference Counting mode is enabled
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ checkForManualIssues(CompilerInvocation &CI, const FrontendInputFile &Input,
                      bool emitPremigrationARCErrors = false,
                      StringRef plistOut = StringRef());
 
-/// \brief Works similar to checkForManualIssues but instead of checking, it
+/// Works similar to checkForManualIssues but instead of checking, it
 /// applies automatic modifications to source files to conform to ARC.
 ///
 /// \returns false if no error is produced, true otherwise.
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ applyTransformations(CompilerInvocation &origCI,
                      std::shared_ptr<PCHContainerOperations> PCHContainerOps,
                      DiagnosticConsumer *DiagClient);
 
-/// \brief Applies automatic modifications and produces temporary files
+/// Applies automatic modifications and produces temporary files
 /// and metadata into the \p outputDir path.
 ///
 /// \param emitPremigrationARCErrors if true all ARC errors will get emitted
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ bool migrateWithTemporaryFiles(
     DiagnosticConsumer *DiagClient, StringRef outputDir,
     bool emitPremigrationARCErrors, StringRef plistOut);
 
-/// \brief Get the set of file remappings from the \p outputDir path that
+/// Get the set of file remappings from the \p outputDir path that
 /// migrateWithTemporaryFiles produced.
 ///
 /// \returns false if no error is produced, true otherwise.
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ bool getFileRemappings(std::vector<std::pair<std::string,std::string> > &remap,
                        StringRef outputDir,
                        DiagnosticConsumer *DiagClient);
 
-/// \brief Get the set of file remappings from a list of files with remapping
+/// Get the set of file remappings from a list of files with remapping
 /// info.
 ///
 /// \returns false if no error is produced, true otherwise.

include/clang/ARCMigrate/ARCMTActions.h

@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ public:
                 bool emitPremigrationARCErrors);
 };
 
-/// \brief Migrates to modern ObjC syntax.
+/// Migrates to modern ObjC syntax.
 class ObjCMigrateAction : public WrapperFrontendAction {
   std::string MigrateDir;
   unsigned    ObjCMigAction;

include/clang/AST/APValue.h

@@ -219,14 +219,14 @@ public:
     MakeUninit();
   }
 
-  /// \brief Returns whether the object performed allocations.
+  /// Returns whether the object performed allocations.
   ///
   /// If APValues are constructed via placement new, \c needsCleanup()
   /// indicates whether the destructor must be called in order to correctly
   /// free all allocated memory.
   bool needsCleanup() const;
 
-  /// \brief Swaps the contents of this and the given APValue.
+  /// Swaps the contents of this and the given APValue.
   void swap(APValue &RHS);
 
   ValueKind getKind() const { return Kind; }

include/clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h

@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ namespace clang {
 /// clients that read ASTs.  This abstraction layer allows the client to be
 /// independent of the AST producer (e.g. parser vs AST dump file reader, etc).
 class ASTConsumer {
-  /// \brief Whether this AST consumer also requires information about
+  /// Whether this AST consumer also requires information about
   /// semantic analysis.
   bool SemaConsumer;
 
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ public:
   /// \returns true to continue parsing, or false to abort parsing.
   virtual bool HandleTopLevelDecl(DeclGroupRef D);
 
-  /// \brief This callback is invoked each time an inline (method or friend)
+  /// This callback is invoked each time an inline (method or friend)
   /// function definition in a class is completed.
   virtual void HandleInlineFunctionDefinition(FunctionDecl *D) {}
 
@@ -72,22 +72,22 @@ public:
   /// can be defined in declspecs).
   virtual void HandleTagDeclDefinition(TagDecl *D) {}
 
-  /// \brief This callback is invoked the first time each TagDecl is required to
+  /// This callback is invoked the first time each TagDecl is required to
   /// be complete.
   virtual void HandleTagDeclRequiredDefinition(const TagDecl *D) {}
 
-  /// \brief Invoked when a function is implicitly instantiated.
+  /// Invoked when a function is implicitly instantiated.
   /// Note that at this point point it does not have a body, its body is
   /// instantiated at the end of the translation unit and passed to
   /// HandleTopLevelDecl.
   virtual void HandleCXXImplicitFunctionInstantiation(FunctionDecl *D) {}
 
-  /// \brief Handle the specified top-level declaration that occurred inside
+  /// Handle the specified top-level declaration that occurred inside
   /// and ObjC container.
   /// The default implementation ignored them.
   virtual void HandleTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(DeclGroupRef D);
 
-  /// \brief Handle an ImportDecl that was implicitly created due to an
+  /// Handle an ImportDecl that was implicitly created due to an
   /// inclusion directive.
   /// The default implementation passes it to HandleTopLevelDecl.
   virtual void HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportDecl *D);
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ public:
   /// modified by the introduction of an implicit zero initializer.
   virtual void CompleteTentativeDefinition(VarDecl *D) {}
 
-  /// \brief Callback invoked when an MSInheritanceAttr has been attached to a
+  /// Callback invoked when an MSInheritanceAttr has been attached to a
   /// CXXRecordDecl.
   virtual void AssignInheritanceModel(CXXRecordDecl *RD) {}
 
@@ -111,19 +111,19 @@ public:
   // variable has been instantiated.
   virtual void HandleCXXStaticMemberVarInstantiation(VarDecl *D) {}
 
-  /// \brief Callback involved at the end of a translation unit to
+  /// Callback involved at the end of a translation unit to
   /// notify the consumer that a vtable for the given C++ class is
   /// required.
   ///
   /// \param RD The class whose vtable was used.
   virtual void HandleVTable(CXXRecordDecl *RD) {}
 
-  /// \brief If the consumer is interested in entities getting modified after
+  /// If the consumer is interested in entities getting modified after
   /// their initial creation, it should return a pointer to
   /// an ASTMutationListener here.
   virtual ASTMutationListener *GetASTMutationListener() { return nullptr; }
 
-  /// \brief If the consumer is interested in entities being deserialized from
+  /// If the consumer is interested in entities being deserialized from
   /// AST files, it should return a pointer to a ASTDeserializationListener here
   virtual ASTDeserializationListener *GetASTDeserializationListener() {
     return nullptr;
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ public:
   /// PrintStats - If desired, print any statistics.
   virtual void PrintStats() {}
 
-  /// \brief This callback is called for each function if the Parser was
+  /// This callback is called for each function if the Parser was
   /// initialized with \c SkipFunctionBodies set to \c true.
   ///
   /// \return \c true if the function's body should be skipped. The function

include/clang/AST/ASTDiagnostic.h

@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ namespace clang {
     };
   }  // end namespace diag
   
-  /// \brief DiagnosticsEngine argument formatting function for diagnostics that
+  /// DiagnosticsEngine argument formatting function for diagnostics that
   /// involve AST nodes.
   ///
   /// This function formats diagnostic arguments for various AST nodes, 

include/clang/AST/ASTFwd.h

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 //===--------------------------------------------------------------===//
 ///
 /// \file
-/// \brief Forward declaration of all AST node types.
+/// Forward declaration of all AST node types.
 ///
 //===-------------------------------------------------------------===//
 

include/clang/AST/ASTImporter.h

@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ class TagDecl;
 class TypeSourceInfo;
 class Attr;
 
-  /// \brief Imports selected nodes from one AST context into another context,
+  /// Imports selected nodes from one AST context into another context,
   /// merging AST nodes where appropriate.
   class ASTImporter {
   public:
@@ -52,45 +52,45 @@ class Attr;
         llvm::DenseMap<const CXXBaseSpecifier *, CXXBaseSpecifier *>;
 
   private:
-    /// \brief The contexts we're importing to and from.
+    /// The contexts we're importing to and from.
     ASTContext &ToContext, &FromContext;
     
-    /// \brief The file managers we're importing to and from.
+    /// The file managers we're importing to and from.
     FileManager &ToFileManager, &FromFileManager;
 
-    /// \brief Whether to perform a minimal import.
+    /// Whether to perform a minimal import.
     bool Minimal;
 
-    /// \brief Whether the last diagnostic came from the "from" context.
+    /// Whether the last diagnostic came from the "from" context.
     bool LastDiagFromFrom = false;
     
-    /// \brief Mapping from the already-imported types in the "from" context
+    /// Mapping from the already-imported types in the "from" context
     /// to the corresponding types in the "to" context.
     llvm::DenseMap<const Type *, const Type *> ImportedTypes;
     
-    /// \brief Mapping from the already-imported declarations in the "from"
+    /// Mapping from the already-imported declarations in the "from"
     /// context to the corresponding declarations in the "to" context.
     llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, Decl *> ImportedDecls;
 
-    /// \brief Mapping from the already-imported statements in the "from"
+    /// Mapping from the already-imported statements in the "from"
     /// context to the corresponding statements in the "to" context.
     llvm::DenseMap<Stmt *, Stmt *> ImportedStmts;
 
-    /// \brief Mapping from the already-imported FileIDs in the "from" source
+    /// Mapping from the already-imported FileIDs in the "from" source
     /// manager to the corresponding FileIDs in the "to" source manager.
     llvm::DenseMap<FileID, FileID> ImportedFileIDs;
 
-    /// \brief Mapping from the already-imported CXXBasesSpecifier in
+    /// Mapping from the already-imported CXXBasesSpecifier in
     ///  the "from" source manager to the corresponding CXXBasesSpecifier
     ///  in the "to" source manager.
     ImportedCXXBaseSpecifierMap ImportedCXXBaseSpecifiers;
     
-    /// \brief Declaration (from, to) pairs that are known not to be equivalent
+    /// Declaration (from, to) pairs that are known not to be equivalent
     /// (which we have already complained about).
     NonEquivalentDeclSet NonEquivalentDecls;
     
   public:
-    /// \brief Create a new AST importer.
+    /// Create a new AST importer.
     ///
     /// \param ToContext The context we'll be importing into.
     ///
@@ -109,31 +109,31 @@ class Attr;
     
     virtual ~ASTImporter();
     
-    /// \brief Whether the importer will perform a minimal import, creating
+    /// Whether the importer will perform a minimal import, creating
     /// to-be-completed forward declarations when possible.
     bool isMinimalImport() const { return Minimal; }
     
-    /// \brief Import the given type from the "from" context into the "to"
+    /// Import the given type from the "from" context into the "to"
     /// context.
     ///
     /// \returns the equivalent type in the "to" context, or a NULL type if
     /// an error occurred.
     QualType Import(QualType FromT);
 
-    /// \brief Import the given type source information from the
+    /// Import the given type source information from the
     /// "from" context into the "to" context.
     ///
     /// \returns the equivalent type source information in the "to"
     /// context, or NULL if an error occurred.
     TypeSourceInfo *Import(TypeSourceInfo *FromTSI);
 
-    /// \brief Import the given attribute from the "from" context into the
+    /// Import the given attribute from the "from" context into the
     /// "to" context.
     ///
     /// \returns the equivalent attribute in the "to" context.
     Attr *Import(const Attr *FromAttr);
 
-    /// \brief Import the given declaration from the "from" context into the 
+    /// Import the given declaration from the "from" context into the 
     /// "to" context.
     ///
     /// \returns the equivalent declaration in the "to" context, or a NULL type 
@@ -143,110 +143,110 @@ class Attr;
       return Import(const_cast<Decl *>(FromD));
     }
 
-    /// \brief Return the copy of the given declaration in the "to" context if
+    /// Return the copy of the given declaration in the "to" context if
     /// it has already been imported from the "from" context.  Otherwise return
     /// NULL.
     Decl *GetAlreadyImportedOrNull(Decl *FromD);
 
-    /// \brief Import the given declaration context from the "from"
+    /// Import the given declaration context from the "from"
     /// AST context into the "to" AST context.
     ///
     /// \returns the equivalent declaration context in the "to"
     /// context, or a NULL type if an error occurred.
     DeclContext *ImportContext(DeclContext *FromDC);
     
-    /// \brief Import the given expression from the "from" context into the
+    /// Import the given expression from the "from" context into the
     /// "to" context.
     ///
     /// \returns the equivalent expression in the "to" context, or NULL if
     /// an error occurred.
     Expr *Import(Expr *FromE);
 
-    /// \brief Import the given statement from the "from" context into the
+    /// Import the given statement from the "from" context into the
     /// "to" context.
     ///
     /// \returns the equivalent statement in the "to" context, or NULL if
     /// an error occurred.
     Stmt *Import(Stmt *FromS);
 
-    /// \brief Import the given nested-name-specifier from the "from"
+    /// Import the given nested-name-specifier from the "from"
     /// context into the "to" context.
     ///
     /// \returns the equivalent nested-name-specifier in the "to"
     /// context, or NULL if an error occurred.
     NestedNameSpecifier *Import(NestedNameSpecifier *FromNNS);
 
-    /// \brief Import the given nested-name-specifier from the "from"
+    /// Import the given nested-name-specifier from the "from"
     /// context into the "to" context.
     ///
     /// \returns the equivalent nested-name-specifier in the "to"
     /// context.
     NestedNameSpecifierLoc Import(NestedNameSpecifierLoc FromNNS);
 
-    /// \brief Import the goven template name from the "from" context into the
+    /// Import the goven template name from the "from" context into the
     /// "to" context.
     TemplateName Import(TemplateName From);
     
-    /// \brief Import the given source location from the "from" context into
+    /// Import the given source location from the "from" context into
     /// the "to" context.
     ///
     /// \returns the equivalent source location in the "to" context, or an
     /// invalid source location if an error occurred.
     SourceLocation Import(SourceLocation FromLoc);
 
-    /// \brief Import the given source range from the "from" context into
+    /// Import the given source range from the "from" context into
     /// the "to" context.
     ///
     /// \returns the equivalent source range in the "to" context, or an
     /// invalid source location if an error occurred.
     SourceRange Import(SourceRange FromRange);
 
-    /// \brief Import the given declaration name from the "from"
+    /// Import the given declaration name from the "from"
     /// context into the "to" context.
     ///
     /// \returns the equivalent declaration name in the "to" context,
     /// or an empty declaration name if an error occurred.
     DeclarationName Import(DeclarationName FromName);
 
-    /// \brief Import the given identifier from the "from" context
+    /// Import the given identifier from the "from" context
     /// into the "to" context.
     ///
     /// \returns the equivalent identifier in the "to" context.
     IdentifierInfo *Import(const IdentifierInfo *FromId);
 
-    /// \brief Import the given Objective-C selector from the "from"
+    /// Import the given Objective-C selector from the "from"
     /// context into the "to" context.
     ///
     /// \returns the equivalent selector in the "to" context.
     Selector Import(Selector FromSel);
 
-    /// \brief Import the given file ID from the "from" context into the 
+    /// Import the given file ID from the "from" context into the 
     /// "to" context.
     ///
     /// \returns the equivalent file ID in the source manager of the "to"
     /// context.
     FileID Import(FileID);
 
-    /// \brief Import the given C++ constructor initializer from the "from"
+    /// Import the given C++ constructor initializer from the "from"
     /// context into the "to" context.
     ///
     /// \returns the equivalent initializer in the "to" context.
     CXXCtorInitializer *Import(CXXCtorInitializer *FromInit);
 
-    /// \brief Import the given CXXBaseSpecifier from the "from" context into
+    /// Import the given CXXBaseSpecifier from the "from" context into
     /// the "to" context.
     ///
     /// \returns the equivalent CXXBaseSpecifier in the source manager of the
     /// "to" context.
     CXXBaseSpecifier *Import(const CXXBaseSpecifier *FromSpec);
 
-    /// \brief Import the definition of the given declaration, including all of
+    /// Import the definition of the given declaration, including all of
     /// the declarations it contains.
     ///
     /// This routine is intended to be used 
     void ImportDefinition(Decl *From);
 
-    /// \brief Cope with a name conflict when importing a declaration into the
+    /// Cope with a name conflict when importing a declaration into the
     /// given context.
     ///
     /// This routine is invoked whenever there is a name conflict while 
@@ -278,41 +278,41 @@ class Attr;
                                                NamedDecl **Decls,
                                                unsigned NumDecls);
     
-    /// \brief Retrieve the context that AST nodes are being imported into.
+    /// Retrieve the context that AST nodes are being imported into.
     ASTContext &getToContext() const { return ToContext; }
     
-    /// \brief Retrieve the context that AST nodes are being imported from.
+    /// Retrieve the context that AST nodes are being imported from.
     ASTContext &getFromContext() const { return FromContext; }
     
-    /// \brief Retrieve the file manager that AST nodes are being imported into.
+    /// Retrieve the file manager that AST nodes are being imported into.
     FileManager &getToFileManager() const { return ToFileManager; }
 
-    /// \brief Retrieve the file manager that AST nodes are being imported from.
+    /// Retrieve the file manager that AST nodes are being imported from.
     FileManager &getFromFileManager() const { return FromFileManager; }
     
-    /// \brief Report a diagnostic in the "to" context.
+    /// Report a diagnostic in the "to" context.
     DiagnosticBuilder ToDiag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
     
-    /// \brief Report a diagnostic in the "from" context.
+    /// Report a diagnostic in the "from" context.
     DiagnosticBuilder FromDiag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
     
-    /// \brief Return the set of declarations that we know are not equivalent.
+    /// Return the set of declarations that we know are not equivalent.
     NonEquivalentDeclSet &getNonEquivalentDecls() { return NonEquivalentDecls; }
 
-    /// \brief Called for ObjCInterfaceDecl, ObjCProtocolDecl, and TagDecl.
+    /// Called for ObjCInterfaceDecl, ObjCProtocolDecl, and TagDecl.
     /// Mark the Decl as complete, filling it in as much as possible.
     ///
     /// \param D A declaration in the "to" context.
     virtual void CompleteDecl(Decl* D);
     
-    /// \brief Note that we have imported the "from" declaration by mapping it
+    /// Note that we have imported the "from" declaration by mapping it
     /// to the (potentially-newly-created) "to" declaration.
     ///
     /// Subclasses can override this function to observe all of the \c From ->
     /// \c To declaration mappings as they are imported.
     virtual Decl *Imported(Decl *From, Decl *To);
       
-    /// \brief Called by StructuralEquivalenceContext.  If a RecordDecl is
+    /// Called by StructuralEquivalenceContext.  If a RecordDecl is
     /// being compared to another RecordDecl as part of import, completing the
     /// other RecordDecl may trigger importation of the first RecordDecl. This
     /// happens especially for anonymous structs.  If the original of the second
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ class Attr;
     /// importation, eliminating this loop.
     virtual Decl *GetOriginalDecl(Decl *To) { return nullptr; }
     
-    /// \brief Determine whether the given types are structurally
+    /// Determine whether the given types are structurally
     /// equivalent.
     bool IsStructurallyEquivalent(QualType From, QualType To,
                                   bool Complain = true);

include/clang/AST/ASTLambda.h

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 ///
 /// \file
-/// \brief This file provides some common utility functions for processing
+/// This file provides some common utility functions for processing
 /// Lambda related AST Constructs.
 ///
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

include/clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h

@@ -41,86 +41,86 @@ namespace clang {
   class VarTemplateDecl;
   class VarTemplateSpecializationDecl;
 
-/// \brief An abstract interface that should be implemented by listeners
+/// An abstract interface that should be implemented by listeners
 /// that want to be notified when an AST entity gets modified after its
 /// initial creation.
 class ASTMutationListener {
 public:
   virtual ~ASTMutationListener();
 
-  /// \brief A new TagDecl definition was completed.
+  /// A new TagDecl definition was completed.
   virtual void CompletedTagDefinition(const TagDecl *D) { }
 
-  /// \brief A new declaration with name has been added to a DeclContext.
+  /// A new declaration with name has been added to a DeclContext.
   virtual void AddedVisibleDecl(const DeclContext *DC, const Decl *D) {}
 
-  /// \brief An implicit member was added after the definition was completed.
+  /// An implicit member was added after the definition was completed.
   virtual void AddedCXXImplicitMember(const CXXRecordDecl *RD, const Decl *D) {}
 
-  /// \brief A template specialization (or partial one) was added to the
+  /// A template specialization (or partial one) was added to the
   /// template declaration.
   virtual void AddedCXXTemplateSpecialization(const ClassTemplateDecl *TD,
                                     const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *D) {}
 
-  /// \brief A template specialization (or partial one) was added to the
+  /// A template specialization (or partial one) was added to the
   /// template declaration.
   virtual void
   AddedCXXTemplateSpecialization(const VarTemplateDecl *TD,
                                  const VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *D) {}
 
-  /// \brief A template specialization (or partial one) was added to the
+  /// A template specialization (or partial one) was added to the
   /// template declaration.
   virtual void AddedCXXTemplateSpecialization(const FunctionTemplateDecl *TD,
                                               const FunctionDecl *D) {}
 
-  /// \brief A function's exception specification has been evaluated or
+  /// A function's exception specification has been evaluated or
   /// instantiated.
   virtual void ResolvedExceptionSpec(const FunctionDecl *FD) {}
 
-  /// \brief A function's return type has been deduced.
+  /// A function's return type has been deduced.
   virtual void DeducedReturnType(const FunctionDecl *FD, QualType ReturnType);
 
-  /// \brief A virtual destructor's operator delete has been resolved.
+  /// A virtual destructor's operator delete has been resolved.
   virtual void ResolvedOperatorDelete(const CXXDestructorDecl *DD,
                                       const FunctionDecl *Delete,
                                       Expr *ThisArg) {}
 
-  /// \brief An implicit member got a definition.
+  /// An implicit member got a definition.
   virtual void CompletedImplicitDefinition(const FunctionDecl *D) {}
 
-  /// \brief The instantiation of a templated function or variable was
+  /// The instantiation of a templated function or variable was
   /// requested. In particular, the point of instantiation and template
   /// specialization kind of \p D may have changed.
   virtual void InstantiationRequested(const ValueDecl *D) {}
 
-  /// \brief A templated variable's definition was implicitly instantiated.
+  /// A templated variable's definition was implicitly instantiated.
   virtual void VariableDefinitionInstantiated(const VarDecl *D) {}
 
-  /// \brief A function template's definition was instantiated.
+  /// A function template's definition was instantiated.
   virtual void FunctionDefinitionInstantiated(const FunctionDecl *D) {}
 
-  /// \brief A default argument was instantiated.
+  /// A default argument was instantiated.
   virtual void DefaultArgumentInstantiated(const ParmVarDecl *D) {}
 
-  /// \brief A default member initializer was instantiated.
+  /// A default member initializer was instantiated.
   virtual void DefaultMemberInitializerInstantiated(const FieldDecl *D) {}
 
-  /// \brief A new objc category class was added for an interface.
+  /// A new objc category class was added for an interface.
   virtual void AddedObjCCategoryToInterface(const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD,
                                             const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFD) {}
 
-  /// \brief A declaration is marked used which was not previously marked used.
+  /// A declaration is marked used which was not previously marked used.
   ///
   /// \param D the declaration marked used
   virtual void DeclarationMarkedUsed(const Decl *D) {}
 
-  /// \brief A declaration is marked as OpenMP threadprivate which was not
+  /// A declaration is marked as OpenMP threadprivate which was not
   /// previously marked as threadprivate.
   ///
   /// \param D the declaration marked OpenMP threadprivate.
   virtual void DeclarationMarkedOpenMPThreadPrivate(const Decl *D) {}
 
-  /// \brief A declaration is marked as OpenMP declaretarget which was not
+  /// A declaration is marked as OpenMP declaretarget which was not
   /// previously marked as declaretarget.
   ///
   /// \param D the declaration marked OpenMP declaretarget.
@@ -128,14 +128,14 @@ public:
   virtual void DeclarationMarkedOpenMPDeclareTarget(const Decl *D,
                                                     const Attr *Attr) {}
 
-  /// \brief A definition has been made visible by being redefined locally.
+  /// A definition has been made visible by being redefined locally.
   ///
   /// \param D The definition that was previously not visible.
   /// \param M The containing module in which the definition was made visible,
   ///        if any.
   virtual void RedefinedHiddenDefinition(const NamedDecl *D, Module *M) {}
   
-  /// \brief An attribute was added to a RecordDecl
+  /// An attribute was added to a RecordDecl
   ///
   /// \param Attr The attribute that was added to the Record
   ///

include/clang/AST/ASTTypeTraits.h

@@ -38,62 +38,62 @@ struct PrintingPolicy;
 
 namespace ast_type_traits {
 
-/// \brief Kind identifier.
+/// Kind identifier.
 ///
 /// It can be constructed from any node kind and allows for runtime type
 /// hierarchy checks.
 /// Use getFromNodeKind<T>() to construct them.
 class ASTNodeKind {
 public:
-  /// \brief Empty identifier. It matches nothing.
+  /// Empty identifier. It matches nothing.
   ASTNodeKind() : KindId(NKI_None) {}
 
-  /// \brief Construct an identifier for T.
+  /// Construct an identifier for T.
   template <class T>
   static ASTNodeKind getFromNodeKind() {
     return ASTNodeKind(KindToKindId<T>::Id);
   }
 
   /// \{
-  /// \brief Construct an identifier for the dynamic type of the node
+  /// Construct an identifier for the dynamic type of the node
   static ASTNodeKind getFromNode(const Decl &D);
   static ASTNodeKind getFromNode(const Stmt &S);
   static ASTNodeKind getFromNode(const Type &T);
   /// \}
 
-  /// \brief Returns \c true if \c this and \c Other represent the same kind.
+  /// Returns \c true if \c this and \c Other represent the same kind.
   bool isSame(ASTNodeKind Other) const {
     return KindId != NKI_None && KindId == Other.KindId;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Returns \c true only for the default \c ASTNodeKind()
+  /// Returns \c true only for the default \c ASTNodeKind()
   bool isNone() const { return KindId == NKI_None; }
 
-  /// \brief Returns \c true if \c this is a base kind of (or same as) \c Other.
+  /// Returns \c true if \c this is a base kind of (or same as) \c Other.
   /// \param Distance If non-null, used to return the distance between \c this
   /// and \c Other in the class hierarchy.
   bool isBaseOf(ASTNodeKind Other, unsigned *Distance = nullptr) const;
 
-  /// \brief String representation of the kind.
+  /// String representation of the kind.
   StringRef asStringRef() const;
 
-  /// \brief Strict weak ordering for ASTNodeKind.
+  /// Strict weak ordering for ASTNodeKind.
   bool operator<(const ASTNodeKind &Other) const {
     return KindId < Other.KindId;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Return the most derived type between \p Kind1 and \p Kind2.
+  /// Return the most derived type between \p Kind1 and \p Kind2.
   ///
   /// Return ASTNodeKind() if they are not related.
   static ASTNodeKind getMostDerivedType(ASTNodeKind Kind1, ASTNodeKind Kind2);
 
-  /// \brief Return the most derived common ancestor between Kind1 and Kind2.
+  /// Return the most derived common ancestor between Kind1 and Kind2.
   ///
   /// Return ASTNodeKind() if they are not related.
   static ASTNodeKind getMostDerivedCommonAncestor(ASTNodeKind Kind1,
                                                   ASTNodeKind Kind2);
 
-  /// \brief Hooks for using ASTNodeKind as a key in a DenseMap.
+  /// Hooks for using ASTNodeKind as a key in a DenseMap.
   struct DenseMapInfo {
     // ASTNodeKind() is a good empty key because it is represented as a 0.
     static inline ASTNodeKind getEmptyKey() { return ASTNodeKind(); }
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ public:
   }
 
 private:
-  /// \brief Kind ids.
+  /// Kind ids.
   ///
   /// Includes all possible base and derived kinds.
   enum NodeKindId {
@@ -140,16 +140,16 @@ private:
     NKI_NumberOfKinds
   };
 
-  /// \brief Use getFromNodeKind<T>() to construct the kind.
+  /// Use getFromNodeKind<T>() to construct the kind.
   ASTNodeKind(NodeKindId KindId) : KindId(KindId) {}
 
-  /// \brief Returns \c true if \c Base is a base kind of (or same as) \c
+  /// Returns \c true if \c Base is a base kind of (or same as) \c
   ///   Derived.
   /// \param Distance If non-null, used to return the distance between \c Base
   /// and \c Derived in the class hierarchy.
   static bool isBaseOf(NodeKindId Base, NodeKindId Derived, unsigned *Distance);
 
-  /// \brief Helper meta-function to convert a kind T to its enum value.
+  /// Helper meta-function to convert a kind T to its enum value.
   ///
   /// This struct is specialized below for all known kinds.
   template <class T> struct KindToKindId {
@@ -158,11 +158,11 @@ private:
   template <class T>
   struct KindToKindId<const T> : KindToKindId<T> {};
 
-  /// \brief Per kind info.
+  /// Per kind info.
   struct KindInfo {
-    /// \brief The id of the parent kind, or None if it has no parent.
+    /// The id of the parent kind, or None if it has no parent.
     NodeKindId ParentId;
-    /// \brief Name of the kind.
+    /// Name of the kind.
     const char *Name;
   };
   static const KindInfo AllKindInfo[NKI_NumberOfKinds];
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ inline raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, ASTNodeKind K) {
   return OS;
 }
 
-/// \brief A dynamically typed AST node container.
+/// A dynamically typed AST node container.
 ///
 /// Stores an AST node in a type safe way. This allows writing code that
 /// works with different kinds of AST nodes, despite the fact that they don't
@@ -211,13 +211,13 @@ inline raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, ASTNodeKind K) {
 /// the supported base types.
 class DynTypedNode {
 public:
-  /// \brief Creates a \c DynTypedNode from \c Node.
+  /// Creates a \c DynTypedNode from \c Node.
   template <typename T>
   static DynTypedNode create(const T &Node) {
     return BaseConverter<T>::create(Node);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the stored node as type \c T.
+  /// Retrieve the stored node as type \c T.
   ///
   /// Returns NULL if the stored node does not have a type that is
   /// convertible to \c T.
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ public:
     return BaseConverter<T>::get(NodeKind, Storage.buffer);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the stored node as type \c T.
+  /// Retrieve the stored node as type \c T.
   ///
   /// Similar to \c get(), but asserts that the type is what we are expecting.
   template <typename T>
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ public:
 
   ASTNodeKind getNodeKind() const { return NodeKind; }
 
-  /// \brief Returns a pointer that identifies the stored AST node.
+  /// Returns a pointer that identifies the stored AST node.
   ///
   /// Note that this is not supported by all AST nodes. For AST nodes
   /// that don't have a pointer-defined identity inside the AST, this
@@ -255,18 +255,18 @@ public:
                : nullptr;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Prints the node to the given output stream.
+  /// Prints the node to the given output stream.
   void print(llvm::raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &PP) const;
 
-  /// \brief Dumps the node to the given output stream.
+  /// Dumps the node to the given output stream.
   void dump(llvm::raw_ostream &OS, SourceManager &SM) const;
 
-  /// \brief For nodes which represent textual entities in the source code,
+  /// For nodes which represent textual entities in the source code,
   /// return their SourceRange.  For all other nodes, return SourceRange().
   SourceRange getSourceRange() const;
 
   /// @{
-  /// \brief Imposes an order on \c DynTypedNode.
+  /// Imposes an order on \c DynTypedNode.
   ///
   /// Supports comparison of nodes that support memoization.
   /// FIXME: Implement comparison for other node types (currently
@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ public:
   }
   /// @}
 
-  /// \brief Hooks for using DynTypedNode as a key in a DenseMap.
+  /// Hooks for using DynTypedNode as a key in a DenseMap.
   struct DenseMapInfo {
     static inline DynTypedNode getEmptyKey() {
       DynTypedNode Node;
@@ -368,10 +368,10 @@ public:
   };
 
 private:
-  /// \brief Takes care of converting from and to \c T.
+  /// Takes care of converting from and to \c T.
   template <typename T, typename EnablerT = void> struct BaseConverter;
 
-  /// \brief Converter that uses dyn_cast<T> from a stored BaseT*.
+  /// Converter that uses dyn_cast<T> from a stored BaseT*.
   template <typename T, typename BaseT> struct DynCastPtrConverter {
     static const T *get(ASTNodeKind NodeKind, const char Storage[]) {
       if (ASTNodeKind::getFromNodeKind<T>().isBaseOf(NodeKind))
@@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ private:
     }
   };
 
-  /// \brief Converter that stores T* (by pointer).
+  /// Converter that stores T* (by pointer).
   template <typename T> struct PtrConverter {
     static const T *get(ASTNodeKind NodeKind, const char Storage[]) {
       if (ASTNodeKind::getFromNodeKind<T>().isSame(NodeKind))
@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ private:
     }
   };
 
-  /// \brief Converter that stores T (by value).
+  /// Converter that stores T (by value).
   template <typename T> struct ValueConverter {
     static const T *get(ASTNodeKind NodeKind, const char Storage[]) {
       if (ASTNodeKind::getFromNodeKind<T>().isSame(NodeKind))
@@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ private:
 
   ASTNodeKind NodeKind;
 
-  /// \brief Stores the data of the node.
+  /// Stores the data of the node.
   ///
   /// Note that we can store \c Decls, \c Stmts, \c Types,
   /// \c NestedNameSpecifiers and \c CXXCtorInitializer by pointer as they are

include/clang/AST/ASTUnresolvedSet.h

@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ namespace clang {
 
 class NamedDecl;
 
-/// \brief An UnresolvedSet-like class which uses the ASTContext's allocator.
+/// An UnresolvedSet-like class which uses the ASTContext's allocator.
 class ASTUnresolvedSet {
   friend class LazyASTUnresolvedSet;
 
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ public:
   const DeclAccessPair &operator[](unsigned I) const { return Decls[I]; }
 };
 
-/// \brief An UnresolvedSet-like class that might not have been loaded from the
+/// An UnresolvedSet-like class that might not have been loaded from the
 /// external AST source yet.
 class LazyASTUnresolvedSet {
   mutable ASTUnresolvedSet Impl;

include/clang/AST/Attr.h

@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ public:
 
   bool isInherited() const { return Inherited; }
 
-  /// \brief Returns true if the attribute has been implicitly created instead
+  /// Returns true if the attribute has been implicitly created instead
   /// of explicitly written by the user.
   bool isImplicit() const { return Implicit; }
   void setImplicit(bool I) { Implicit = I; }

include/clang/AST/Availability.h

@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 
 namespace clang {
 
-/// \brief One specifier in an @available expression.
+/// One specifier in an @available expression.
 ///
 /// \code
 ///   @available(macos 10.10, *)

include/clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h

@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ namespace clang {
 class ASTContext;
 class NamedDecl;
   
-/// \brief Represents an element in a path from a derived class to a
+/// Represents an element in a path from a derived class to a
 /// base class. 
 /// 
 /// Each step in the path references the link from a
@@ -43,15 +43,15 @@ class NamedDecl;
 /// base "number" that identifies which base subobject of the
 /// original derived class we are referencing.
 struct CXXBasePathElement {
-  /// \brief The base specifier that states the link from a derived
+  /// The base specifier that states the link from a derived
   /// class to a base class, which will be followed by this base
   /// path element.
   const CXXBaseSpecifier *Base;
   
-  /// \brief The record decl of the class that the base is a base of.
+  /// The record decl of the class that the base is a base of.
   const CXXRecordDecl *Class;
   
-  /// \brief Identifies which base class subobject (of type
+  /// Identifies which base class subobject (of type
   /// \c Base->getType()) this base path element refers to. 
   ///
   /// This value is only valid if \c !Base->isVirtual(), because there
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ struct CXXBasePathElement {
   int SubobjectNumber;
 };
 
-/// \brief Represents a path from a specific derived class
+/// Represents a path from a specific derived class
 /// (which is not represented as part of the path) to a particular
 /// (direct or indirect) base class subobject.
 ///
@@ -70,14 +70,14 @@ struct CXXBasePathElement {
 /// subobject is being used.
 class CXXBasePath : public SmallVector<CXXBasePathElement, 4> {
 public:
-  /// \brief The access along this inheritance path.  This is only
+  /// The access along this inheritance path.  This is only
   /// calculated when recording paths.  AS_none is a special value
   /// used to indicate a path which permits no legal access.
   AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
 
   CXXBasePath() = default;
 
-  /// \brief The set of declarations found inside this base class
+  /// The set of declarations found inside this base class
   /// subobject.
   DeclContext::lookup_result Decls;
 
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ public:
 class CXXBasePaths {
   friend class CXXRecordDecl;
 
-  /// \brief The type from which this search originated.
+  /// The type from which this search originated.
   CXXRecordDecl *Origin = nullptr;
   
   /// Paths - The actual set of paths that can be taken from the
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ class CXXBasePaths {
   /// DetectedVirtual - The base class that is virtual.
   const RecordType *DetectedVirtual = nullptr;
   
-  /// \brief Array of the declarations that have been found. This
+  /// Array of the declarations that have been found. This
   /// array is constructed only if needed, e.g., to iterate over the
   /// results within LookupResult.
   std::unique_ptr<NamedDecl *[]> DeclsFound;
@@ -196,53 +196,53 @@ public:
 
   decl_range found_decls();
   
-  /// \brief Determine whether the path from the most-derived type to the
+  /// Determine whether the path from the most-derived type to the
   /// given base type is ambiguous (i.e., it refers to multiple subobjects of
   /// the same base type).
   bool isAmbiguous(CanQualType BaseType);
   
-  /// \brief Whether we are finding multiple paths to detect ambiguities.
+  /// Whether we are finding multiple paths to detect ambiguities.
   bool isFindingAmbiguities() const { return FindAmbiguities; }
   
-  /// \brief Whether we are recording paths.
+  /// Whether we are recording paths.
   bool isRecordingPaths() const { return RecordPaths; }
   
-  /// \brief Specify whether we should be recording paths or not.
+  /// Specify whether we should be recording paths or not.
   void setRecordingPaths(bool RP) { RecordPaths = RP; }
   
-  /// \brief Whether we are detecting virtual bases.
+  /// Whether we are detecting virtual bases.
   bool isDetectingVirtual() const { return DetectVirtual; }
   
-  /// \brief The virtual base discovered on the path (if we are merely
+  /// The virtual base discovered on the path (if we are merely
   /// detecting virtuals).
   const RecordType* getDetectedVirtual() const {
     return DetectedVirtual;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the type from which this base-paths search
+  /// Retrieve the type from which this base-paths search
   /// began
   CXXRecordDecl *getOrigin() const { return Origin; }
   void setOrigin(CXXRecordDecl *Rec) { Origin = Rec; }
   
-  /// \brief Clear the base-paths results.
+  /// Clear the base-paths results.
   void clear();
   
-  /// \brief Swap this data structure's contents with another CXXBasePaths 
+  /// Swap this data structure's contents with another CXXBasePaths 
   /// object.
   void swap(CXXBasePaths &Other);
 };
 
-/// \brief Uniquely identifies a virtual method within a class
+/// Uniquely identifies a virtual method within a class
 /// hierarchy by the method itself and a class subobject number.
 struct UniqueVirtualMethod {
-  /// \brief The overriding virtual method.
+  /// The overriding virtual method.
   CXXMethodDecl *Method = nullptr;
 
-  /// \brief The subobject in which the overriding virtual method
+  /// The subobject in which the overriding virtual method
   /// resides.
   unsigned Subobject = 0;
 
-  /// \brief The virtual base class subobject of which this overridden
+  /// The virtual base class subobject of which this overridden
   /// virtual method is a part. Note that this records the closest
   /// derived virtual base class subobject.
   const CXXRecordDecl *InVirtualSubobject = nullptr;
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ struct UniqueVirtualMethod {
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief The set of methods that override a given virtual method in
+/// The set of methods that override a given virtual method in
 /// each subobject where it occurs.
 ///
 /// The first part of the pair is the subobject in which the
@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ public:
   void replaceAll(UniqueVirtualMethod Overriding);
 };
 
-/// \brief A mapping from each virtual member function to its set of
+/// A mapping from each virtual member function to its set of
 /// final overriders.
 ///
 /// Within a class hierarchy for a given derived class, each virtual
@@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ public:
 class CXXFinalOverriderMap
   : public llvm::MapVector<const CXXMethodDecl *, OverridingMethods> {};
 
-/// \brief A set of all the primary bases for a class.
+/// A set of all the primary bases for a class.
 class CXXIndirectPrimaryBaseSet
   : public llvm::SmallSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 32> {};
 

include/clang/AST/CanonicalType.h

@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ class TemplateTypeParmDecl;
 // Canonical, qualified type template
 //----------------------------------------------------------------------------//
 
-/// \brief Represents a canonical, potentially-qualified type.
+/// Represents a canonical, potentially-qualified type.
 ///
 /// The CanQual template is a lightweight smart pointer that provides access
 /// to the canonical representation of a type, where all typedefs and other
@@ -64,35 +64,35 @@ class TemplateTypeParmDecl;
 /// a call to ASTContext::getCanonicalType().
 template<typename T = Type>
 class CanQual {
-  /// \brief The actual, canonical type.
+  /// The actual, canonical type.
   QualType Stored;
 
 public:
-  /// \brief Constructs a NULL canonical type.
+  /// Constructs a NULL canonical type.
   CanQual() = default;
 
-  /// \brief Converting constructor that permits implicit upcasting of
+  /// Converting constructor that permits implicit upcasting of
   /// canonical type pointers.
   template <typename U>
   CanQual(const CanQual<U> &Other,
           typename std::enable_if<std::is_base_of<T, U>::value, int>::type = 0);
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the underlying type pointer, which refers to a
+  /// Retrieve the underlying type pointer, which refers to a
   /// canonical type.
   ///
   /// The underlying pointer must not be nullptr.
   const T *getTypePtr() const { return cast<T>(Stored.getTypePtr()); }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the underlying type pointer, which refers to a
+  /// Retrieve the underlying type pointer, which refers to a
   /// canonical type, or nullptr.
   const T *getTypePtrOrNull() const { 
     return cast_or_null<T>(Stored.getTypePtrOrNull()); 
   }
 
-  /// \brief Implicit conversion to a qualified type.
+  /// Implicit conversion to a qualified type.
   operator QualType() const { return Stored; }
 
-  /// \brief Implicit conversion to bool.
+  /// Implicit conversion to bool.
   explicit operator bool() const { return !isNull(); }
   
   bool isNull() const {
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ public:
 
   SplitQualType split() const { return Stored.split(); }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve a canonical type pointer with a different static type,
+  /// Retrieve a canonical type pointer with a different static type,
   /// upcasting or downcasting as needed.
   ///
   /// The getAs() function is typically used to try to downcast to a
@@ -122,17 +122,17 @@ public:
 
   template<typename U> CanProxy<U> castAs() const;
 
-  /// \brief Overloaded arrow operator that produces a canonical type
+  /// Overloaded arrow operator that produces a canonical type
   /// proxy.
   CanProxy<T> operator->() const;
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve all qualifiers.
+  /// Retrieve all qualifiers.
   Qualifiers getQualifiers() const { return Stored.getLocalQualifiers(); }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
+  /// Retrieve the const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
   unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const { return Stored.getLocalCVRQualifiers(); }
 
-  /// \brief Determines whether this type has any qualifiers
+  /// Determines whether this type has any qualifiers
   bool hasQualifiers() const { return Stored.hasLocalQualifiers(); }
 
   bool isConstQualified() const {
@@ -147,45 +147,45 @@ public:
     return Stored.isLocalRestrictQualified();
   }
 
-  /// \brief Determines if this canonical type is furthermore
+  /// Determines if this canonical type is furthermore
   /// canonical as a parameter.  The parameter-canonicalization
   /// process decays arrays to pointers and drops top-level qualifiers.
   bool isCanonicalAsParam() const {
     return Stored.isCanonicalAsParam();
   }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the unqualified form of this type.
+  /// Retrieve the unqualified form of this type.
   CanQual<T> getUnqualifiedType() const;
 
-  /// \brief Retrieves a version of this type with const applied.
+  /// Retrieves a version of this type with const applied.
   /// Note that this does not always yield a canonical type.
   QualType withConst() const {
     return Stored.withConst();
   }
 
-  /// \brief Determines whether this canonical type is more qualified than
+  /// Determines whether this canonical type is more qualified than
   /// the @p Other canonical type.
   bool isMoreQualifiedThan(CanQual<T> Other) const {
     return Stored.isMoreQualifiedThan(Other.Stored);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Determines whether this canonical type is at least as qualified as
+  /// Determines whether this canonical type is at least as qualified as
   /// the @p Other canonical type.
   bool isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(CanQual<T> Other) const {
     return Stored.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(Other.Stored);
   }
 
-  /// \brief If the canonical type is a reference type, returns the type that
+  /// If the canonical type is a reference type, returns the type that
   /// it refers to; otherwise, returns the type itself.
   CanQual<Type> getNonReferenceType() const;
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the internal representation of this canonical type.
+  /// Retrieve the internal representation of this canonical type.
   void *getAsOpaquePtr() const { return Stored.getAsOpaquePtr(); }
 
-  /// \brief Construct a canonical type from its internal representation.
+  /// Construct a canonical type from its internal representation.
   static CanQual<T> getFromOpaquePtr(void *Ptr);
 
-  /// \brief Builds a canonical type from a QualType.
+  /// Builds a canonical type from a QualType.
   ///
   /// This routine is inherently unsafe, because it requires the user to
   /// ensure that the given type is a canonical type with the correct
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ inline bool operator!=(CanQual<T> x, CanQual<U> y) {
   return x.getAsOpaquePtr() != y.getAsOpaquePtr();
 }
 
-/// \brief Represents a canonical, potentially-qualified type.
+/// Represents a canonical, potentially-qualified type.
 using CanQualType = CanQual<Type>;
 
 inline CanQualType Type::getCanonicalTypeUnqualified() const {
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(this->getTypePtr()->Accessor());      \
 #define LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(Type, Accessor)             \
 Type Accessor() const { return this->getTypePtr()->Accessor(); }
 
-/// \brief Base class of all canonical proxy types, which is responsible for
+/// Base class of all canonical proxy types, which is responsible for
 /// storing the underlying canonical type and providing basic conversions.
 template<typename T>
 class CanProxyBase {
@@ -242,10 +242,10 @@ protected:
   CanQual<T> Stored;
 
 public:
-  /// \brief Retrieve the pointer to the underlying Type
+  /// Retrieve the pointer to the underlying Type
   const T *getTypePtr() const { return Stored.getTypePtr(); }
 
-  /// \brief Implicit conversion to the underlying pointer.
+  /// Implicit conversion to the underlying pointer.
   ///
   /// Also provides the ability to use canonical type proxies in a Boolean
   // context,e.g.,
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ public:
   /// @endcode
   operator const T*() const { return this->Stored.getTypePtrOrNull(); }
 
-  /// \brief Try to convert the given canonical type to a specific structural
+  /// Try to convert the given canonical type to a specific structural
   /// type.
   template<typename U> CanProxy<U> getAs() const {
     return this->Stored.template getAs<U>();
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ public:
   LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(bool, isSpecifierType)
   LLVM_CLANG_CANPROXY_SIMPLE_ACCESSOR(CXXRecordDecl*, getAsCXXRecordDecl)
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the proxy-adaptor type.
+  /// Retrieve the proxy-adaptor type.
   ///
   /// This arrow operator is used when CanProxyAdaptor has been specialized
   /// for the given type T. In that case, we reference members of the
@@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ public:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief Replaceable canonical proxy adaptor class that provides the link
+/// Replaceable canonical proxy adaptor class that provides the link
 /// between a canonical type and the accessors of the type.
 ///
 /// The CanProxyAdaptor is a replaceable class template that is instantiated
@@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ public:
 template<typename T>
 struct CanProxyAdaptor : CanProxyBase<T> {};
 
-/// \brief Canonical proxy type returned when retrieving the members of a
+/// Canonical proxy type returned when retrieving the members of a
 /// canonical type or as the result of the @c CanQual<T>::getAs member
 /// function.
 ///
@@ -347,13 +347,13 @@ struct CanProxyAdaptor : CanProxyBase<T> {};
 template<typename T>
 class CanProxy : public CanProxyAdaptor<T> {
 public:
-  /// \brief Build a NULL proxy.
+  /// Build a NULL proxy.
   CanProxy() = default;
 
-  /// \brief Build a proxy to the given canonical type.
+  /// Build a proxy to the given canonical type.
   CanProxy(CanQual<T> Stored) { this->Stored = Stored; }
 
-  /// \brief Implicit conversion to the stored canonical type.
+  /// Implicit conversion to the stored canonical type.
   operator CanQual<T>() const { return this->Stored; }
 };
 
@@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ namespace clang {
 // Canonical proxy adaptors for canonical type nodes.
 //----------------------------------------------------------------------------//
 
-/// \brief Iterator adaptor that turns an iterator over canonical QualTypes
+/// Iterator adaptor that turns an iterator over canonical QualTypes
 /// into an iterator over CanQualTypes.
 template <typename InputIterator>
 struct CanTypeIterator

include/clang/AST/CommentBriefParser.h

@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ namespace comments {
 ///
 /// Due to a variety of comment styles, it considers the following as "a brief
 /// description", in order of priority:
-/// \li a \\brief or \\short command,
+/// \li a \or \\short command,
 /// \li the first paragraph,
 /// \li a \\result or \\return or \\returns paragraph.
 class BriefParser {

include/clang/AST/CommentCommandTraits.h

@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 namespace clang {
 namespace comments {
 
-/// \brief Information about a single command.
+/// Information about a single command.
 ///
 /// When reordering, adding or removing members please update the corresponding
 /// TableGen backend.
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ struct CommandInfo {
   unsigned IsBlockCommand : 1;
 
   /// True if this command is introducing a brief documentation
-  /// paragraph (\\brief or an alias).
+  /// paragraph (\or an alias).
   unsigned IsBriefCommand : 1;
 
   /// True if this command is \\returns or an alias.
@@ -77,29 +77,29 @@ struct CommandInfo {
   /// True if this command is \\deprecated or an alias.
   unsigned IsDeprecatedCommand : 1;
 
-  /// \brief True if this is a \\headerfile-like command.
+  /// True if this is a \\headerfile-like command.
   unsigned IsHeaderfileCommand : 1;
 
   /// True if we don't want to warn about this command being passed an empty
   /// paragraph.  Meaningful only for block commands.
   unsigned IsEmptyParagraphAllowed : 1;
 
-  /// \brief True if this command is a verbatim-like block command.
+  /// True if this command is a verbatim-like block command.
   ///
   /// A verbatim-like block command eats every character (except line starting
   /// decorations) until matching end command is seen or comment end is hit.
   unsigned IsVerbatimBlockCommand : 1;
 
-  /// \brief True if this command is an end command for a verbatim-like block.
+  /// True if this command is an end command for a verbatim-like block.
   unsigned IsVerbatimBlockEndCommand : 1;
 
-  /// \brief True if this command is a verbatim line command.
+  /// True if this command is a verbatim line command.
   ///
   /// A verbatim-like line command eats everything until a newline is seen or
   /// comment end is hit.
   unsigned IsVerbatimLineCommand : 1;
 
-  /// \brief True if this command contains a declaration for the entity being
+  /// True if this command contains a declaration for the entity being
   /// documented.
   ///
   /// For example:
@@ -108,17 +108,17 @@ struct CommandInfo {
   /// \endcode
   unsigned IsDeclarationCommand : 1;
   
-  /// \brief True if verbatim-like line command is a function declaration.
+  /// True if verbatim-like line command is a function declaration.
   unsigned IsFunctionDeclarationCommand : 1;
 
-  /// \brief True if block command is further describing a container API; such
+  /// True if block command is further describing a container API; such
   /// as \@coclass, \@classdesign, etc.
   unsigned IsRecordLikeDetailCommand : 1;
   
-  /// \brief True if block command is a container API; such as \@interface.
+  /// True if block command is a container API; such as \@interface.
   unsigned IsRecordLikeDeclarationCommand : 1;
   
-  /// \brief True if this command is unknown.  This \c CommandInfo object was
+  /// True if this command is unknown.  This \c CommandInfo object was
   /// created during parsing.
   unsigned IsUnknownCommand : 1;
 };

include/clang/AST/CommentLexer.h

@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ enum TokenKind {
 };
 } // end namespace tok
 
-/// \brief Comment token.
+/// Comment token.
 class Token {
   friend class Lexer;
   friend class TextTokenRetokenizer;
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ public:
   void dump(const Lexer &L, const SourceManager &SM) const;
 };
 
-/// \brief Comment lexer.
+/// Comment lexer.
 class Lexer {
 private:
   Lexer(const Lexer &) = delete;

include/clang/AST/CommentSema.h

@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ class Sema {
   /// Contains a valid value if \c DeclInfo->IsFilled is true.
   llvm::StringMap<TParamCommandComment *> TemplateParameterDocs;
 
-  /// AST node for the \\brief command and its aliases.
+  /// AST node for the \command and its aliases.
   const BlockCommandComment *BriefCommand;
 
   /// AST node for the \\headerfile command.
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ public:
   void checkReturnsCommand(const BlockCommandComment *Command);
 
   /// Emit diagnostics about duplicate block commands that should be
-  /// used only once per comment, e.g., \\brief and \\returns.
+  /// used only once per comment, e.g., \and \\returns.
   void checkBlockCommandDuplicate(const BlockCommandComment *Command);
 
   void checkDeprecatedCommand(const BlockCommandComment *Comment);

include/clang/AST/ComparisonCategories.h

@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ public:
   /// True iff the comparison category is an equality comparison.
   bool isEquality() const { return !isOrdered(); }
 
-  /// \brief True iff the comparison category is a relational comparison.
+  /// True iff the comparison category is a relational comparison.
   bool isOrdered() const {
     using CCK = ComparisonCategoryType;
     return Kind == CCK::PartialOrdering || Kind == CCK::WeakOrdering ||

include/clang/AST/DataCollection.h

@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 //
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 /// \file
-/// \brief This file declares helper methods for collecting data from AST nodes.
+/// This file declares helper methods for collecting data from AST nodes.
 ///
 /// To collect data from Stmt nodes, subclass ConstStmtVisitor and include
 /// StmtDataCollectors.inc after defining the macros that you need. This

include/clang/AST/Decl.h

@@ -1232,30 +1232,30 @@ public:
 
   EvaluatedStmt *ensureEvaluatedStmt() const;
 
-  /// \brief Attempt to evaluate the value of the initializer attached to this
+  /// Attempt to evaluate the value of the initializer attached to this
   /// declaration, and produce notes explaining why it cannot be evaluated or is
   /// not a constant expression. Returns a pointer to the value if evaluation
   /// succeeded, 0 otherwise.
   APValue *evaluateValue() const;
   APValue *evaluateValue(SmallVectorImpl<PartialDiagnosticAt> &Notes) const;
 
-  /// \brief Return the already-evaluated value of this variable's
+  /// Return the already-evaluated value of this variable's
   /// initializer, or NULL if the value is not yet known. Returns pointer
   /// to untyped APValue if the value could not be evaluated.
   APValue *getEvaluatedValue() const;
 
-  /// \brief Determines whether it is already known whether the
+  /// Determines whether it is already known whether the
   /// initializer is an integral constant expression or not.
   bool isInitKnownICE() const;
 
-  /// \brief Determines whether the initializer is an integral constant
+  /// Determines whether the initializer is an integral constant
   /// expression, or in C++11, whether the initializer is a constant
   /// expression.
   ///
   /// \pre isInitKnownICE()
   bool isInitICE() const;
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether the value of the initializer attached to this
+  /// Determine whether the value of the initializer attached to this
   /// declaration is an integral constant expression.
   bool checkInitIsICE() const;
 
@@ -1263,7 +1263,7 @@ public:
     VarDeclBits.InitStyle = Style;
   }
 
-  /// \brief The style of initialization for this declaration.
+  /// The style of initialization for this declaration.
   ///
   /// C-style initialization is "int x = 1;". Call-style initialization is
   /// a C++98 direct-initializer, e.g. "int x(1);". The Init expression will be
@@ -1277,18 +1277,18 @@ public:
     return static_cast<InitializationStyle>(VarDeclBits.InitStyle);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Whether the initializer is a direct-initializer (list or call).
+  /// Whether the initializer is a direct-initializer (list or call).
   bool isDirectInit() const {
     return getInitStyle() != CInit;
   }
 
-  /// \brief If this definition should pretend to be a declaration.
+  /// If this definition should pretend to be a declaration.
   bool isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition() const {
     return isa<ParmVarDecl>(this) ? false :
       NonParmVarDeclBits.IsThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition;
   }
 
-  /// \brief This is a definition which should be demoted to a declaration.
+  /// This is a definition which should be demoted to a declaration.
   ///
   /// In some cases (mostly module merging) we can end up with two visible
   /// definitions one of which needs to be demoted to a declaration to keep
@@ -1299,7 +1299,7 @@ public:
     NonParmVarDeclBits.IsThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition = 1;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this variable is the exception variable in a
+  /// Determine whether this variable is the exception variable in a
   /// C++ catch statememt or an Objective-C \@catch statement.
   bool isExceptionVariable() const {
     return isa<ParmVarDecl>(this) ? false : NonParmVarDeclBits.ExceptionVar;
@@ -1309,7 +1309,7 @@ public:
     NonParmVarDeclBits.ExceptionVar = EV;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this local variable can be used with the named
+  /// Determine whether this local variable can be used with the named
   /// return value optimization (NRVO).
   ///
   /// The named return value optimization (NRVO) works by marking certain
@@ -1327,7 +1327,7 @@ public:
     NonParmVarDeclBits.NRVOVariable = NRVO;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this variable is the for-range-declaration in
+  /// Determine whether this variable is the for-range-declaration in
   /// a C++0x for-range statement.
   bool isCXXForRangeDecl() const {
     return isa<ParmVarDecl>(this) ? false : NonParmVarDeclBits.CXXForRangeDecl;
@@ -1337,7 +1337,7 @@ public:
     NonParmVarDeclBits.CXXForRangeDecl = FRD;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this variable is a for-loop declaration for a
+  /// Determine whether this variable is a for-loop declaration for a
   /// for-in statement in Objective-C.
   bool isObjCForDecl() const {
     return NonParmVarDeclBits.ObjCForDecl;
@@ -1347,7 +1347,7 @@ public:
     NonParmVarDeclBits.ObjCForDecl = FRD;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this variable is an ARC pseudo-__strong
+  /// Determine whether this variable is an ARC pseudo-__strong
   /// variable.  A pseudo-__strong variable has a __strong-qualified
   /// type but does not actually retain the object written into it.
   /// Generally such variables are also 'const' for safety.
@@ -1407,41 +1407,41 @@ public:
     NonParmVarDeclBits.PreviousDeclInSameBlockScope = Same;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the variable declaration from which this variable could
+  /// Retrieve the variable declaration from which this variable could
   /// be instantiated, if it is an instantiation (rather than a non-template).
   VarDecl *getTemplateInstantiationPattern() const;
 
-  /// \brief If this variable is an instantiated static data member of a
+  /// If this variable is an instantiated static data member of a
   /// class template specialization, returns the templated static data member
   /// from which it was instantiated.
   VarDecl *getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember() const;
 
-  /// \brief If this variable is an instantiation of a variable template or a
+  /// If this variable is an instantiation of a variable template or a
   /// static data member of a class template, determine what kind of
   /// template specialization or instantiation this is.
   TemplateSpecializationKind getTemplateSpecializationKind() const;
 
-  /// \brief If this variable is an instantiation of a variable template or a
+  /// If this variable is an instantiation of a variable template or a
   /// static data member of a class template, determine its point of
   /// instantiation.
   SourceLocation getPointOfInstantiation() const;
 
-  /// \brief If this variable is an instantiation of a static data member of a
+  /// If this variable is an instantiation of a static data member of a
   /// class template specialization, retrieves the member specialization
   /// information.
   MemberSpecializationInfo *getMemberSpecializationInfo() const;
 
-  /// \brief For a static data member that was instantiated from a static
+  /// For a static data member that was instantiated from a static
   /// data member of a class template, set the template specialiation kind.
   void setTemplateSpecializationKind(TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
                         SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation = SourceLocation());
 
-  /// \brief Specify that this variable is an instantiation of the
+  /// Specify that this variable is an instantiation of the
   /// static data member VD.
   void setInstantiationOfStaticDataMember(VarDecl *VD,
                                           TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
 
-  /// \brief Retrieves the variable template that is described by this
+  /// Retrieves the variable template that is described by this
   /// variable declaration.
   ///
   /// Every variable template is represented as a VarTemplateDecl and a
@@ -1613,7 +1613,7 @@ public:
 
   void setDefaultArg(Expr *defarg);
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the source range that covers the entire default
+  /// Retrieve the source range that covers the entire default
   /// argument.
   SourceRange getDefaultArgRange() const;
   void setUninstantiatedDefaultArg(Expr *arg);
@@ -1661,7 +1661,7 @@ public:
 
   QualType getOriginalType() const;
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this parameter is actually a function
+  /// Determine whether this parameter is actually a function
   /// parameter pack.
   bool isParameterPack() const;
 
@@ -1709,7 +1709,7 @@ private:
 class FunctionDecl : public DeclaratorDecl, public DeclContext,
                      public Redeclarable<FunctionDecl> {
 public:
-  /// \brief The kind of templated function a FunctionDecl can be.
+  /// The kind of templated function a FunctionDecl can be.
   enum TemplatedKind {
     TK_NonTemplate,
     TK_FunctionTemplate,
@@ -1757,10 +1757,10 @@ private:
   unsigned IsConstexpr : 1;
   unsigned InstantiationIsPending : 1;
 
-  /// \brief Indicates if the function uses __try.
+  /// Indicates if the function uses __try.
   unsigned UsesSEHTry : 1;
 
-  /// \brief Indicates if the function was a definition but its body was
+  /// Indicates if the function was a definition but its body was
   /// skipped.
   unsigned HasSkippedBody : 1;
 
@@ -1786,7 +1786,7 @@ private:
   unsigned HasODRHash : 1;
   unsigned ODRHash;
 
-  /// \brief End part of this FunctionDecl's source range.
+  /// End part of this FunctionDecl's source range.
   ///
   /// We could compute the full range in getSourceRange(). However, when we're
   /// dealing with a function definition deserialized from a PCH/AST file,
@@ -1795,7 +1795,7 @@ private:
   /// EndRangeLoc.
   SourceLocation EndRangeLoc;
 
-  /// \brief The template or declaration that this declaration
+  /// The template or declaration that this declaration
   /// describes or was instantiated from, respectively.
   ///
   /// For non-templates, this value will be NULL. For function
@@ -1817,7 +1817,7 @@ private:
   /// the DeclaratorDecl base class.
   DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc;
 
-  /// \brief Specify that this function declaration is actually a function
+  /// Specify that this function declaration is actually a function
   /// template specialization.
   ///
   /// \param C the ASTContext.
@@ -1846,7 +1846,7 @@ private:
                           const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgsAsWritten,
                                          SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation);
 
-  /// \brief Specify that this record is an instantiation of the
+  /// Specify that this record is an instantiation of the
   /// member function FD.
   void setInstantiationOfMemberFunction(ASTContext &C, FunctionDecl *FD,
                                         TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
@@ -1980,7 +1980,7 @@ public:
     return isDefined(Definition);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Get the definition for this declaration.
+  /// Get the definition for this declaration.
   FunctionDecl *getDefinition() {
     const FunctionDecl *Definition;
     if (isDefined(Definition))
@@ -2064,7 +2064,7 @@ public:
   bool hasImplicitReturnZero() const { return HasImplicitReturnZero; }
   void setHasImplicitReturnZero(bool IRZ) { HasImplicitReturnZero = IRZ; }
 
-  /// \brief Whether this function has a prototype, either because one
+  /// Whether this function has a prototype, either because one
   /// was explicitly written or because it was "inherited" by merging
   /// a declaration without a prototype with a declaration that has a
   /// prototype.
@@ -2074,7 +2074,7 @@ public:
 
   bool hasWrittenPrototype() const { return HasWrittenPrototype; }
 
-  /// \brief Whether this function inherited its prototype from a
+  /// Whether this function inherited its prototype from a
   /// previous declaration.
   bool hasInheritedPrototype() const { return HasInheritedPrototype; }
   void setHasInheritedPrototype(bool P = true) { HasInheritedPrototype = P; }
@@ -2083,7 +2083,7 @@ public:
   bool isConstexpr() const { return IsConstexpr; }
   void setConstexpr(bool IC) { IsConstexpr = IC; }
 
-  /// \brief Whether the instantiation of this function is pending.
+  /// Whether the instantiation of this function is pending.
   /// This bit is set when the decision to instantiate this function is made
   /// and unset if and when the function body is created. That leaves out
   /// cases where instantiation did not happen because the template definition
@@ -2092,11 +2092,11 @@ public:
   bool instantiationIsPending() const { return InstantiationIsPending; }
   void setInstantiationIsPending(bool IC) { InstantiationIsPending = IC; }
 
-  /// \brief Indicates the function uses __try.
+  /// Indicates the function uses __try.
   bool usesSEHTry() const { return UsesSEHTry; }
   void setUsesSEHTry(bool UST) { UsesSEHTry = UST; }
 
-  /// \brief Whether this function has been deleted.
+  /// Whether this function has been deleted.
   ///
   /// A function that is "deleted" (via the C++0x "= delete" syntax)
   /// acts like a normal function, except that it cannot actually be
@@ -2119,15 +2119,15 @@ public:
   bool isDeletedAsWritten() const { return IsDeleted && !IsDefaulted; }
   void setDeletedAsWritten(bool D = true) { IsDeleted = D; }
 
-  /// \brief Determines whether this function is "main", which is the
+  /// Determines whether this function is "main", which is the
   /// entry point into an executable program.
   bool isMain() const;
 
-  /// \brief Determines whether this function is a MSVCRT user defined entry
+  /// Determines whether this function is a MSVCRT user defined entry
   /// point.
   bool isMSVCRTEntryPoint() const;
 
-  /// \brief Determines whether this operator new or delete is one
+  /// Determines whether this operator new or delete is one
   /// of the reserved global placement operators:
   ///    void *operator new(size_t, void *);
   ///    void *operator new[](size_t, void *);
@@ -2142,7 +2142,7 @@ public:
   /// This function must be an allocation or deallocation function.
   bool isReservedGlobalPlacementOperator() const;
 
-  /// \brief Determines whether this function is one of the replaceable
+  /// Determines whether this function is one of the replaceable
   /// global allocation functions:
   ///    void *operator new(size_t);
   ///    void *operator new(size_t, const std::nothrow_t &) noexcept;
@@ -2162,32 +2162,32 @@ public:
   /// true through IsAligned.
   bool isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction(bool *IsAligned = nullptr) const;
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this is a destroying operator delete.
+  /// Determine whether this is a destroying operator delete.
   bool isDestroyingOperatorDelete() const;
 
   /// Compute the language linkage.
   LanguageLinkage getLanguageLinkage() const;
 
-  /// \brief Determines whether this function is a function with
+  /// Determines whether this function is a function with
   /// external, C linkage.
   bool isExternC() const;
 
-  /// \brief Determines whether this function's context is, or is nested within,
+  /// Determines whether this function's context is, or is nested within,
   /// a C++ extern "C" linkage spec.
   bool isInExternCContext() const;
 
-  /// \brief Determines whether this function's context is, or is nested within,
+  /// Determines whether this function's context is, or is nested within,
   /// a C++ extern "C++" linkage spec.
   bool isInExternCXXContext() const;
 
-  /// \brief Determines whether this is a global function.
+  /// Determines whether this is a global function.
   bool isGlobal() const;
 
-  /// \brief Determines whether this function is known to be 'noreturn', through
+  /// Determines whether this function is known to be 'noreturn', through
   /// an attribute on its declaration or its type.
   bool isNoReturn() const;
 
-  /// \brief True if the function was a definition but its body was skipped.
+  /// True if the function was a definition but its body was skipped.
   bool hasSkippedBody() const { return HasSkippedBody; }
   void setHasSkippedBody(bool Skipped = true) { HasSkippedBody = Skipped; }
 
@@ -2259,34 +2259,34 @@ public:
     return getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType();
   }
 
-  /// \brief Attempt to compute an informative source range covering the
+  /// Attempt to compute an informative source range covering the
   /// function return type. This may omit qualifiers and other information with
   /// limited representation in the AST.
   SourceRange getReturnTypeSourceRange() const;
 
-  /// \brief Attempt to compute an informative source range covering the
+  /// Attempt to compute an informative source range covering the
   /// function exception specification, if any.
   SourceRange getExceptionSpecSourceRange() const;
 
-  /// \brief Determine the type of an expression that calls this function.
+  /// Determine the type of an expression that calls this function.
   QualType getCallResultType() const {
     assert(getType()->getAs<FunctionType>() && "Expected a FunctionType!");
     return getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getCallResultType(getASTContext());
   }
 
-  /// \brief Returns the WarnUnusedResultAttr that is either declared on this
+  /// Returns the WarnUnusedResultAttr that is either declared on this
   /// function, or its return type declaration.
   const Attr *getUnusedResultAttr() const;
 
-  /// \brief Returns true if this function or its return type has the
+  /// Returns true if this function or its return type has the
   /// warn_unused_result attribute.
   bool hasUnusedResultAttr() const { return getUnusedResultAttr() != nullptr; }
 
-  /// \brief Returns the storage class as written in the source. For the
+  /// Returns the storage class as written in the source. For the
   /// computed linkage of symbol, see getLinkage.
   StorageClass getStorageClass() const { return StorageClass(SClass); }
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether the "inline" keyword was specified for this
+  /// Determine whether the "inline" keyword was specified for this
   /// function.
   bool isInlineSpecified() const { return IsInlineSpecified; }
 
@@ -2301,7 +2301,7 @@ public:
     IsInline = true;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this function should be inlined, because it is
+  /// Determine whether this function should be inlined, because it is
   /// either marked "inline" or "constexpr" or is a member function of a class
   /// that was defined in the class body.
   bool isInlined() const { return IsInline; }
@@ -2322,7 +2322,7 @@ public:
 
   const IdentifierInfo *getLiteralIdentifier() const;
 
-  /// \brief If this function is an instantiation of a member function
+  /// If this function is an instantiation of a member function
   /// of a class template specialization, retrieves the function from
   /// which it was instantiated.
   ///
@@ -2345,22 +2345,22 @@ public:
   /// declaration returned by getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction().
   FunctionDecl *getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction() const;
 
-  /// \brief What kind of templated function this is.
+  /// What kind of templated function this is.
   TemplatedKind getTemplatedKind() const;
 
-  /// \brief If this function is an instantiation of a member function of a
+  /// If this function is an instantiation of a member function of a
   /// class template specialization, retrieves the member specialization
   /// information.
   MemberSpecializationInfo *getMemberSpecializationInfo() const;
 
-  /// \brief Specify that this record is an instantiation of the
+  /// Specify that this record is an instantiation of the
   /// member function FD.
   void setInstantiationOfMemberFunction(FunctionDecl *FD,
                                         TemplateSpecializationKind TSK) {
     setInstantiationOfMemberFunction(getASTContext(), FD, TSK);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieves the function template that is described by this
+  /// Retrieves the function template that is described by this
   /// function declaration.
   ///
   /// Every function template is represented as a FunctionTemplateDecl
@@ -2376,50 +2376,50 @@ public:
 
   void setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *Template);
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this function is a function template
+  /// Determine whether this function is a function template
   /// specialization.
   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() const {
     return getPrimaryTemplate() != nullptr;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the class scope template pattern that this function
+  /// Retrieve the class scope template pattern that this function
   ///  template specialization is instantiated from.
   FunctionDecl *getClassScopeSpecializationPattern() const;
 
-  /// \brief If this function is actually a function template specialization,
+  /// If this function is actually a function template specialization,
   /// retrieve information about this function template specialization.
   /// Otherwise, returns NULL.
   FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *getTemplateSpecializationInfo() const;
 
-  /// \brief Determines whether this function is a function template
+  /// Determines whether this function is a function template
   /// specialization or a member of a class template specialization that can
   /// be implicitly instantiated.
   bool isImplicitlyInstantiable() const;
 
-  /// \brief Determines if the given function was instantiated from a
+  /// Determines if the given function was instantiated from a
   /// function template.
   bool isTemplateInstantiation() const;
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the function declaration from which this function could
+  /// Retrieve the function declaration from which this function could
   /// be instantiated, if it is an instantiation (rather than a non-template
   /// or a specialization, for example).
   FunctionDecl *getTemplateInstantiationPattern() const;
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the primary template that this function template
+  /// Retrieve the primary template that this function template
   /// specialization either specializes or was instantiated from.
   ///
   /// If this function declaration is not a function template specialization,
   /// returns NULL.
   FunctionTemplateDecl *getPrimaryTemplate() const;
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the template arguments used to produce this function
+  /// Retrieve the template arguments used to produce this function
   /// template specialization from the primary template.
   ///
   /// If this function declaration is not a function template specialization,
   /// returns NULL.
   const TemplateArgumentList *getTemplateSpecializationArgs() const;
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the template argument list as written in the sources,
+  /// Retrieve the template argument list as written in the sources,
   /// if any.
   ///
   /// If this function declaration is not a function template specialization
@@ -2429,7 +2429,7 @@ public:
   const ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo*
   getTemplateSpecializationArgsAsWritten() const;
 
-  /// \brief Specify that this function declaration is actually a function
+  /// Specify that this function declaration is actually a function
   /// template specialization.
   ///
   /// \param Template the function template that this function template
@@ -2459,7 +2459,7 @@ public:
                                       PointOfInstantiation);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Specifies that this function declaration is actually a
+  /// Specifies that this function declaration is actually a
   /// dependent function template specialization.
   void setDependentTemplateSpecialization(ASTContext &Context,
                              const UnresolvedSetImpl &Templates,
@@ -2468,16 +2468,16 @@ public:
   DependentFunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *
   getDependentSpecializationInfo() const;
 
-  /// \brief Determine what kind of template instantiation this function
+  /// Determine what kind of template instantiation this function
   /// represents.
   TemplateSpecializationKind getTemplateSpecializationKind() const;
 
-  /// \brief Determine what kind of template instantiation this function
+  /// Determine what kind of template instantiation this function
   /// represents.
   void setTemplateSpecializationKind(TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
                         SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation = SourceLocation());
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the (first) point of instantiation of a function template
+  /// Retrieve the (first) point of instantiation of a function template
   /// specialization or a member of a class template specialization.
   ///
   /// \returns the first point of instantiation, if this function was
@@ -2485,17 +2485,17 @@ public:
   /// location.
   SourceLocation getPointOfInstantiation() const;
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this is or was instantiated from an out-of-line
+  /// Determine whether this is or was instantiated from an out-of-line
   /// definition of a member function.
   bool isOutOfLine() const override;
 
-  /// \brief Identify a memory copying or setting function.
+  /// Identify a memory copying or setting function.
   /// If the given function is a memory copy or setting function, returns
   /// the corresponding Builtin ID. If the function is not a memory function,
   /// returns 0.
   unsigned getMemoryFunctionKind() const;
 
-  /// \brief Returns ODRHash of the function.  This value is calculated and
+  /// Returns ODRHash of the function.  This value is calculated and
   /// stored on first call, then the stored value returned on the other calls.
   unsigned getODRHash();
 
@@ -2548,7 +2548,7 @@ class FieldDecl : public DeclaratorDecl, public Mergeable<FieldDecl> {
     Expr *BitWidth;
   };
 
-  /// \brief Storage for either the bit-width, the in-class initializer, or
+  /// Storage for either the bit-width, the in-class initializer, or
   /// both (via InitAndBitWidth), or the captured variable length array bound.
   ///
   /// If the storage kind is ISK_InClassCopyInit or
@@ -2679,20 +2679,20 @@ public:
     InitStorage.setPointerAndInt(getBitWidth(), ISK_NoInit);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this member captures the variable length array
+  /// Determine whether this member captures the variable length array
   /// type.
   bool hasCapturedVLAType() const {
     return InitStorage.getInt() == ISK_CapturedVLAType;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Get the captured variable length array type.
+  /// Get the captured variable length array type.
   const VariableArrayType *getCapturedVLAType() const {
     return hasCapturedVLAType() ? static_cast<const VariableArrayType *>(
                                       InitStorage.getPointer())
                                 : nullptr;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Set the captured variable length array type for this field.
+  /// Set the captured variable length array type for this field.
   void setCapturedVLAType(const VariableArrayType *VLAType);
 
   /// Returns the parent of this field declaration, which
@@ -3062,7 +3062,7 @@ private:
   // to be used for the (uncommon) case of out-of-line declarations.
   using ExtInfo = QualifierInfo;
 
-  /// \brief If the (out-of-line) tag declaration name
+  /// If the (out-of-line) tag declaration name
   /// is qualified, it points to the qualifier info (nns and range);
   /// otherwise, if the tag declaration is anonymous and it is part of
   /// a typedef or alias, it points to the TypedefNameDecl (used for mangling);
@@ -3106,7 +3106,7 @@ protected:
     return getMostRecentDecl();
   }
 
-  /// @brief Completes the definition of this tag declaration.
+  /// Completes the definition of this tag declaration.
   ///
   /// This is a helper function for derived classes.
   void completeDefinition();
@@ -3153,7 +3153,7 @@ public:
     return IsCompleteDefinition;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Return true if this complete decl is
+  /// Return true if this complete decl is
   /// required to be complete for some existing use.
   bool isCompleteDefinitionRequired() const {
     return IsCompleteDefinitionRequired;
@@ -3176,7 +3176,7 @@ public:
     IsFreeStanding = isFreeStanding;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Whether this declaration declares a type that is
+  /// Whether this declaration declares a type that is
   /// dependent, i.e., a type that somehow depends on template
   /// parameters.
   bool isDependentType() const { return isDependentContext(); }
@@ -3246,14 +3246,14 @@ public:
 
   void setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(TypedefNameDecl *TDD);
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the name of this
+  /// Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the name of this
   /// declaration, if it was present in the source.
   NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const {
     return hasExtInfo() ? getExtInfo()->QualifierLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()
                         : nullptr;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the nested-name-specifier (with source-location
+  /// Retrieve the nested-name-specifier (with source-location
   /// information) that qualifies the name of this declaration, if it was
   /// present in the source.
   NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const {
@@ -3314,7 +3314,7 @@ class EnumDecl : public TagDecl {
   /// in C++) are of the enum type instead.
   QualType PromotionType;
 
-  /// \brief If this enumeration is an instantiation of a member enumeration
+  /// If this enumeration is an instantiation of a member enumeration
   /// of a class template specialization, this is the member specialization
   /// information.
   MemberSpecializationInfo *SpecializationInfo = nullptr;
@@ -3422,23 +3422,23 @@ public:
     return IntegerType.get<TypeSourceInfo*>()->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
   }
 
-  /// \brief Set the underlying integer type.
+  /// Set the underlying integer type.
   void setIntegerType(QualType T) { IntegerType = T.getTypePtrOrNull(); }
 
-  /// \brief Set the underlying integer type source info.
+  /// Set the underlying integer type source info.
   void setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { IntegerType = TInfo; }
 
-  /// \brief Return the type source info for the underlying integer type,
+  /// Return the type source info for the underlying integer type,
   /// if no type source info exists, return 0.
   TypeSourceInfo *getIntegerTypeSourceInfo() const {
     return IntegerType.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>();
   }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the source range that covers the underlying type if
+  /// Retrieve the source range that covers the underlying type if
   /// specified.
   SourceRange getIntegerTypeRange() const LLVM_READONLY;
 
-  /// \brief Returns the width in bits required to store all the
+  /// Returns the width in bits required to store all the
   /// non-negative enumerators of this enum.
   unsigned getNumPositiveBits() const {
     return NumPositiveBits;
@@ -3448,7 +3448,7 @@ public:
     assert(NumPositiveBits == Num && "can't store this bitcount");
   }
 
-  /// \brief Returns the width in bits required to store all the
+  /// Returns the width in bits required to store all the
   /// negative enumerators of this enum.  These widths include
   /// the rightmost leading 1;  that is:
   ///
@@ -3464,23 +3464,23 @@ public:
     NumNegativeBits = Num;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Returns true if this is a C++11 scoped enumeration.
+  /// Returns true if this is a C++11 scoped enumeration.
   bool isScoped() const {
     return IsScoped;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Returns true if this is a C++11 scoped enumeration.
+  /// Returns true if this is a C++11 scoped enumeration.
   bool isScopedUsingClassTag() const {
     return IsScopedUsingClassTag;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Returns true if this is an Objective-C, C++11, or
+  /// Returns true if this is an Objective-C, C++11, or
   /// Microsoft-style enumeration with a fixed underlying type.
   bool isFixed() const {
     return IsFixed;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Returns true if this can be considered a complete type.
+  /// Returns true if this can be considered a complete type.
   bool isComplete() const {
     // IntegerType is set for fixed type enums and non-fixed but implicitly
     // int-sized Microsoft enums.
@@ -3499,33 +3499,33 @@ public:
   /// enum_extensibility(open).
   bool isClosedNonFlag() const;
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the enum definition from which this enumeration could
+  /// Retrieve the enum definition from which this enumeration could
   /// be instantiated, if it is an instantiation (rather than a non-template).
   EnumDecl *getTemplateInstantiationPattern() const;
 
-  /// \brief Returns the enumeration (declared within the template)
+  /// Returns the enumeration (declared within the template)
   /// from which this enumeration type was instantiated, or NULL if
   /// this enumeration was not instantiated from any template.
   EnumDecl *getInstantiatedFromMemberEnum() const;
 
-  /// \brief If this enumeration is a member of a specialization of a
+  /// If this enumeration is a member of a specialization of a
   /// templated class, determine what kind of template specialization
   /// or instantiation this is.
   TemplateSpecializationKind getTemplateSpecializationKind() const;
 
-  /// \brief For an enumeration member that was instantiated from a member
+  /// For an enumeration member that was instantiated from a member
   /// enumeration of a templated class, set the template specialiation kind.
   void setTemplateSpecializationKind(TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
                         SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation = SourceLocation());
 
-  /// \brief If this enumeration is an instantiation of a member enumeration of
+  /// If this enumeration is an instantiation of a member enumeration of
   /// a class template specialization, retrieves the member specialization
   /// information.
   MemberSpecializationInfo *getMemberSpecializationInfo() const {
     return SpecializationInfo;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Specify that this enumeration is an instantiation of the
+  /// Specify that this enumeration is an instantiation of the
   /// member enumeration ED.
   void setInstantiationOfMemberEnum(EnumDecl *ED,
                                     TemplateSpecializationKind TSK) {
@@ -3713,7 +3713,7 @@ public:
     ParamDestroyedInCallee = V;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Determines whether this declaration represents the
+  /// Determines whether this declaration represents the
   /// injected class name.
   ///
   /// The injected class name in C++ is the name of the class that
@@ -3728,15 +3728,15 @@ public:
   /// \endcode
   bool isInjectedClassName() const;
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this record is a class describing a lambda
+  /// Determine whether this record is a class describing a lambda
   /// function object.
   bool isLambda() const;
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this record is a record for captured variables in
+  /// Determine whether this record is a record for captured variables in
   /// CapturedStmt construct.
   bool isCapturedRecord() const;
 
-  /// \brief Mark the record as a record for captured variables in CapturedStmt
+  /// Mark the record as a record for captured variables in CapturedStmt
   /// construct.
   void setCapturedRecord();
 
@@ -3778,12 +3778,12 @@ public:
     return K >= firstRecord && K <= lastRecord;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Get whether or not this is an ms_struct which can
+  /// Get whether or not this is an ms_struct which can
   /// be turned on with an attribute, pragma, or -mms-bitfields
   /// commandline option.
   bool isMsStruct(const ASTContext &C) const;
 
-  /// \brief Whether we are allowed to insert extra padding between fields.
+  /// Whether we are allowed to insert extra padding between fields.
   /// These padding are added to help AddressSanitizer detect
   /// intra-object-overflow bugs.
   bool mayInsertExtraPadding(bool EmitRemark = false) const;
@@ -3793,7 +3793,7 @@ public:
   const FieldDecl *findFirstNamedDataMember() const;  
 
 private:
-  /// \brief Deserialize just the fields.
+  /// Deserialize just the fields.
   void LoadFieldsFromExternalStorage() const;
 };
 
@@ -4019,13 +4019,13 @@ protected:
   }
 
 private:
-  /// \brief The number of parameters to the outlined function.
+  /// The number of parameters to the outlined function.
   unsigned NumParams;
 
-  /// \brief The position of context parameter in list of parameters.
+  /// The position of context parameter in list of parameters.
   unsigned ContextParam;
 
-  /// \brief The body of the outlined function.
+  /// The body of the outlined function.
   llvm::PointerIntPair<Stmt *, 1, bool> BodyAndNothrow;
 
   explicit CapturedDecl(DeclContext *DC, unsigned NumParams);
@@ -4073,7 +4073,7 @@ public:
     return {getParams(), getNumParams()};
   }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the parameter containing captured variables.
+  /// Retrieve the parameter containing captured variables.
   ImplicitParamDecl *getContextParam() const {
     assert(ContextParam < NumParams);
     return getParam(ContextParam);
@@ -4088,9 +4088,9 @@ public:
   using param_iterator = ImplicitParamDecl *const *;
   using param_range = llvm::iterator_range<param_iterator>;
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve an iterator pointing to the first parameter decl.
+  /// Retrieve an iterator pointing to the first parameter decl.
   param_iterator param_begin() const { return getParams(); }
-  /// \brief Retrieve an iterator one past the last parameter decl.
+  /// Retrieve an iterator one past the last parameter decl.
   param_iterator param_end() const { return getParams() + NumParams; }
 
   // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc.
@@ -4104,7 +4104,7 @@ public:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief Describes a module import declaration, which makes the contents
+/// Describes a module import declaration, which makes the contents
 /// of the named module visible in the current translation unit.
 ///
 /// An import declaration imports the named module (or submodule). For example:
@@ -4121,7 +4121,7 @@ class ImportDecl final : public Decl,
   friend class ASTReader;
   friend TrailingObjects;
 
-  /// \brief The imported module, along with a bit that indicates whether
+  /// The imported module, along with a bit that indicates whether
   /// we have source-location information for each identifier in the module
   /// name. 
   ///
@@ -4129,7 +4129,7 @@ class ImportDecl final : public Decl,
   /// end of the import declaration.
   llvm::PointerIntPair<Module *, 1, bool> ImportedAndComplete;
   
-  /// \brief The next import in the list of imports local to the translation
+  /// The next import in the list of imports local to the translation
   /// unit being parsed (not loaded from an AST file).
   ImportDecl *NextLocalImport = nullptr;
   
@@ -4142,25 +4142,25 @@ class ImportDecl final : public Decl,
   ImportDecl(EmptyShell Empty) : Decl(Import, Empty) {}
   
 public:
-  /// \brief Create a new module import declaration.
+  /// Create a new module import declaration.
   static ImportDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, 
                             SourceLocation StartLoc, Module *Imported,
                             ArrayRef<SourceLocation> IdentifierLocs);
   
-  /// \brief Create a new module import declaration for an implicitly-generated
+  /// Create a new module import declaration for an implicitly-generated
   /// import.
   static ImportDecl *CreateImplicit(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, 
                                     SourceLocation StartLoc, Module *Imported, 
                                     SourceLocation EndLoc);
   
-  /// \brief Create a new, deserialized module import declaration.
+  /// Create a new, deserialized module import declaration.
   static ImportDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID, 
                                         unsigned NumLocations);
   
-  /// \brief Retrieve the module that was imported by the import declaration.
+  /// Retrieve the module that was imported by the import declaration.
   Module *getImportedModule() const { return ImportedAndComplete.getPointer(); }
   
-  /// \brief Retrieves the locations of each of the identifiers that make up
+  /// Retrieves the locations of each of the identifiers that make up
   /// the complete module name in the import declaration.
   ///
   /// This will return an empty array if the locations of the individual
@@ -4173,7 +4173,7 @@ public:
   static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == Import; }
 };
 
-/// \brief Represents a C++ Modules TS module export declaration.
+/// Represents a C++ Modules TS module export declaration.
 ///
 /// For example:
 /// \code
@@ -4185,7 +4185,7 @@ class ExportDecl final : public Decl, public DeclContext {
 private:
   friend class ASTDeclReader;
 
-  /// \brief The source location for the right brace (if valid).
+  /// The source location for the right brace (if valid).
   SourceLocation RBraceLoc;
 
   ExportDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation ExportLoc)

include/clang/AST/DeclBase.h

@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ class TemplateDecl;
 class TranslationUnitDecl;
 class UsingDirectiveDecl;
 
-/// \brief Captures the result of checking the availability of a
+/// Captures the result of checking the availability of a
 /// declaration.
 enum AvailabilityResult {
   AR_Available = 0,
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ enum AvailabilityResult {
 /// asserted in DeclBase.cpp.
 class LLVM_ALIGNAS(/*alignof(uint64_t)*/ 8) Decl {
 public:
-  /// \brief Lists the kind of concrete classes of Decl.
+  /// Lists the kind of concrete classes of Decl.
   enum Kind {
 #define DECL(DERIVED, BASE) DERIVED,
 #define ABSTRACT_DECL(DECL)
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ public:
 #include "clang/AST/DeclNodes.inc"
   };
 
-  /// \brief A placeholder type used to construct an empty shell of a
+  /// A placeholder type used to construct an empty shell of a
   /// decl-derived type that will be filled in later (e.g., by some
   /// deserialization method).
   struct EmptyShell {};
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ public:
   };
 
 protected:
-  /// \brief The next declaration within the same lexical
+  /// The next declaration within the same lexical
   /// DeclContext. These pointers form the linked list that is
   /// traversed via DeclContext's decls_begin()/decls_end().
   ///
@@ -288,22 +288,22 @@ private:
   /// the implementation rather than explicitly written by the user.
   unsigned Implicit : 1;
 
-  /// \brief Whether this declaration was "used", meaning that a definition is
+  /// Whether this declaration was "used", meaning that a definition is
   /// required.
   unsigned Used : 1;
 
-  /// \brief Whether this declaration was "referenced".
+  /// Whether this declaration was "referenced".
   /// The difference with 'Used' is whether the reference appears in a
   /// evaluated context or not, e.g. functions used in uninstantiated templates
   /// are regarded as "referenced" but not "used".
   unsigned Referenced : 1;
 
-  /// \brief Whether this declaration is a top-level declaration (function,
+  /// Whether this declaration is a top-level declaration (function,
   /// global variable, etc.) that is lexically inside an objc container
   /// definition.
   unsigned TopLevelDeclInObjCContainer : 1;
   
-  /// \brief Whether statistic collection is enabled.
+  /// Whether statistic collection is enabled.
   static bool StatisticsEnabled;
 
 protected:
@@ -319,17 +319,17 @@ protected:
   // NOTE: VC++ treats enums as signed, avoid using the AccessSpecifier enum
   unsigned Access : 2;
 
-  /// \brief Whether this declaration was loaded from an AST file.
+  /// Whether this declaration was loaded from an AST file.
   unsigned FromASTFile : 1;
 
   /// IdentifierNamespace - This specifies what IDNS_* namespace this lives in.
   unsigned IdentifierNamespace : 13;
 
-  /// \brief If 0, we have not computed the linkage of this declaration.
+  /// If 0, we have not computed the linkage of this declaration.
   /// Otherwise, it is the linkage + 1.
   mutable unsigned CacheValidAndLinkage : 3;
 
-  /// \brief Allocate memory for a deserialized declaration.
+  /// Allocate memory for a deserialized declaration.
   ///
   /// This routine must be used to allocate memory for any declaration that is
   /// deserialized from a module file.
@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ protected:
   void *operator new(std::size_t Size, const ASTContext &Ctx, unsigned ID,
                      std::size_t Extra = 0);
 
-  /// \brief Allocate memory for a non-deserialized declaration.
+  /// Allocate memory for a non-deserialized declaration.
   void *operator new(std::size_t Size, const ASTContext &Ctx,
                      DeclContext *Parent, std::size_t Extra = 0);
 
@@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ protected:
 
   virtual ~Decl();
 
-  /// \brief Update a potentially out-of-date declaration.
+  /// Update a potentially out-of-date declaration.
   void updateOutOfDate(IdentifierInfo &II) const;
 
   Linkage getCachedLinkage() const {
@@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ protected:
   }
 
 public:
-  /// \brief Source range that this declaration covers.
+  /// Source range that this declaration covers.
   virtual SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY {
     return SourceRange(getLocation(), getLocation());
   }
@@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ public:
     return AccessSpecifier(Access);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the access specifier for this declaration, even though
+  /// Retrieve the access specifier for this declaration, even though
   /// it may not yet have been properly set.
   AccessSpecifier getAccessUnsafe() const {
     return AccessSpecifier(Access);
@@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ public:
   bool isImplicit() const { return Implicit; }
   void setImplicit(bool I = true) { Implicit = I; }
 
-  /// \brief Whether *any* (re-)declaration of the entity was used, meaning that
+  /// Whether *any* (re-)declaration of the entity was used, meaning that
   /// a definition is required.
   ///
   /// \param CheckUsedAttr When true, also consider the "used" attribute
@@ -560,28 +560,28 @@ public:
   /// whether the function is used.
   bool isUsed(bool CheckUsedAttr = true) const;
 
-  /// \brief Set whether the declaration is used, in the sense of odr-use.
+  /// Set whether the declaration is used, in the sense of odr-use.
   ///
   /// This should only be used immediately after creating a declaration.
   /// It intentionally doesn't notify any listeners.
   void setIsUsed() { getCanonicalDecl()->Used = true; }
 
-  /// \brief Mark the declaration used, in the sense of odr-use.
+  /// Mark the declaration used, in the sense of odr-use.
   ///
   /// This notifies any mutation listeners in addition to setting a bit
   /// indicating the declaration is used.
   void markUsed(ASTContext &C);
 
-  /// \brief Whether any declaration of this entity was referenced.
+  /// Whether any declaration of this entity was referenced.
   bool isReferenced() const;
 
-  /// \brief Whether this declaration was referenced. This should not be relied
+  /// Whether this declaration was referenced. This should not be relied
   /// upon for anything other than debugging.
   bool isThisDeclarationReferenced() const { return Referenced; }
 
   void setReferenced(bool R = true) { Referenced = R; }
 
-  /// \brief Whether this declaration is a top-level declaration (function,
+  /// Whether this declaration is a top-level declaration (function,
   /// global variable, etc.) that is lexically inside an objc container
   /// definition.
   bool isTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer() const {
@@ -592,17 +592,17 @@ public:
     TopLevelDeclInObjCContainer = V;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Looks on this and related declarations for an applicable
+  /// Looks on this and related declarations for an applicable
   /// external source symbol attribute.
   ExternalSourceSymbolAttr *getExternalSourceSymbolAttr() const;
 
-  /// \brief Whether this declaration was marked as being private to the
+  /// Whether this declaration was marked as being private to the
   /// module in which it was defined.
   bool isModulePrivate() const {
     return getModuleOwnershipKind() == ModuleOwnershipKind::ModulePrivate;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Whether this declaration is exported (by virtue of being lexically
+  /// Whether this declaration is exported (by virtue of being lexically
   /// within an ExportDecl or by being a NamespaceDecl).
   bool isExported() const;
 
@@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ public:
   const Attr *getDefiningAttr() const;
 
 protected:
-  /// \brief Specify that this declaration was marked as being private
+  /// Specify that this declaration was marked as being private
   /// to the module in which it was defined.
   void setModulePrivate() {
     // The module-private specifier has no effect on unowned declarations.
@@ -624,14 +624,14 @@ protected:
     setModuleOwnershipKind(ModuleOwnershipKind::ModulePrivate);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Set the owning module ID.
+  /// Set the owning module ID.
   void setOwningModuleID(unsigned ID) {
     assert(isFromASTFile() && "Only works on a deserialized declaration");
     *((unsigned*)this - 2) = ID;
   }
   
 public:
-  /// \brief Determine the availability of the given declaration.
+  /// Determine the availability of the given declaration.
   ///
   /// This routine will determine the most restrictive availability of
   /// the given declaration (e.g., preferring 'unavailable' to
@@ -653,7 +653,7 @@ public:
                   VersionTuple EnclosingVersion = VersionTuple(),
                   StringRef *RealizedPlatform = nullptr) const;
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the version of the target platform in which this
+  /// Retrieve the version of the target platform in which this
   /// declaration was introduced.
   ///
   /// \returns An empty version tuple if this declaration has no 'introduced'
@@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ public:
   /// attribute otherwise.
   VersionTuple getVersionIntroduced() const;
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this declaration is marked 'deprecated'.
+  /// Determine whether this declaration is marked 'deprecated'.
   ///
   /// \param Message If non-NULL and the declaration is deprecated,
   /// this will be set to the message describing why the declaration
@@ -670,7 +670,7 @@ public:
     return getAvailability(Message) == AR_Deprecated;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this declaration is marked 'unavailable'.
+  /// Determine whether this declaration is marked 'unavailable'.
   ///
   /// \param Message If non-NULL and the declaration is unavailable,
   /// this will be set to the message describing why the declaration
@@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ public:
     return getAvailability(Message) == AR_Unavailable;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this is a weak-imported symbol.
+  /// Determine whether this is a weak-imported symbol.
   ///
   /// Weak-imported symbols are typically marked with the
   /// 'weak_import' attribute, but may also be marked with an
@@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ public:
   /// the introduction of this feature.
   bool isWeakImported() const;
 
-  /// \brief Determines whether this symbol can be weak-imported,
+  /// Determines whether this symbol can be weak-imported,
   /// e.g., whether it would be well-formed to add the weak_import
   /// attribute.
   ///
@@ -695,11 +695,11 @@ public:
   /// declaration cannot be weak-imported because it has a definition.
   bool canBeWeakImported(bool &IsDefinition) const;
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this declaration came from an AST file (such as
+  /// Determine whether this declaration came from an AST file (such as
   /// a precompiled header or module) rather than having been parsed.
   bool isFromASTFile() const { return FromASTFile; }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the global declaration ID associated with this
+  /// Retrieve the global declaration ID associated with this
   /// declaration, which specifies where this Decl was loaded from.
   unsigned getGlobalID() const {
     if (isFromASTFile())
@@ -707,7 +707,7 @@ public:
     return 0;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the global ID of the module that owns this particular
+  /// Retrieve the global ID of the module that owns this particular
   /// declaration.
   unsigned getOwningModuleID() const {
     if (isFromASTFile())
@@ -722,7 +722,7 @@ protected:
   bool hasLocalOwningModuleStorage() const;
 
 public:
-  /// \brief Get the imported owning module, if this decl is from an imported
+  /// Get the imported owning module, if this decl is from an imported
   /// (non-local) module.
   Module *getImportedOwningModule() const {
     if (!isFromASTFile() || !hasOwningModule())
@@ -731,7 +731,7 @@ public:
     return getOwningModuleSlow();
   }
 
-  /// \brief Get the local owning module, if known. Returns nullptr if owner is
+  /// Get the local owning module, if known. Returns nullptr if owner is
   /// not yet known or declaration is not from a module.
   Module *getLocalOwningModule() const {
     if (isFromASTFile() || !hasOwningModule())
@@ -765,7 +765,7 @@ public:
   /// all declarations in a global module fragment are unowned.
   Module *getOwningModuleForLinkage(bool IgnoreLinkage = false) const;
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this declaration might be hidden from name
+  /// Determine whether this declaration might be hidden from name
   /// lookup. Note that the declaration might be visible even if this returns
   /// \c false, if the owning module is visible within the query context.
   // FIXME: Rename this to make it clearer what it does.
@@ -780,12 +780,12 @@ public:
       setModuleOwnershipKind(ModuleOwnershipKind::Visible);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Get the kind of module ownership for this declaration.
+  /// Get the kind of module ownership for this declaration.
   ModuleOwnershipKind getModuleOwnershipKind() const {
     return NextInContextAndBits.getInt();
   }
 
-  /// \brief Set whether this declaration is hidden from name lookup.
+  /// Set whether this declaration is hidden from name lookup.
   void setModuleOwnershipKind(ModuleOwnershipKind MOK) {
     assert(!(getModuleOwnershipKind() == ModuleOwnershipKind::Unowned &&
              MOK != ModuleOwnershipKind::Unowned && !isFromASTFile() &&
@@ -854,7 +854,7 @@ public:
     return getParentFunctionOrMethod() == nullptr;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Returns true if this declaration lexically is inside a function.
+  /// Returns true if this declaration lexically is inside a function.
   /// It recognizes non-defining declarations as well as members of local
   /// classes:
   /// \code
@@ -863,7 +863,7 @@ public:
   /// \endcode
   bool isLexicallyWithinFunctionOrMethod() const;
 
-  /// \brief If this decl is defined inside a function/method/block it returns
+  /// If this decl is defined inside a function/method/block it returns
   /// the corresponding DeclContext, otherwise it returns null.
   const DeclContext *getParentFunctionOrMethod() const;
   DeclContext *getParentFunctionOrMethod() {
@@ -871,32 +871,32 @@ public:
                     const_cast<const Decl*>(this)->getParentFunctionOrMethod());
   }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieves the "canonical" declaration of the given declaration.
+  /// Retrieves the "canonical" declaration of the given declaration.
   virtual Decl *getCanonicalDecl() { return this; }
   const Decl *getCanonicalDecl() const {
     return const_cast<Decl*>(this)->getCanonicalDecl();
   }
 
-  /// \brief Whether this particular Decl is a canonical one.
+  /// Whether this particular Decl is a canonical one.
   bool isCanonicalDecl() const { return getCanonicalDecl() == this; }
   
 protected:
-  /// \brief Returns the next redeclaration or itself if this is the only decl.
+  /// Returns the next redeclaration or itself if this is the only decl.
   ///
   /// Decl subclasses that can be redeclared should override this method so that
   /// Decl::redecl_iterator can iterate over them.
   virtual Decl *getNextRedeclarationImpl() { return this; }
 
-  /// \brief Implementation of getPreviousDecl(), to be overridden by any
+  /// Implementation of getPreviousDecl(), to be overridden by any
   /// subclass that has a redeclaration chain.
   virtual Decl *getPreviousDeclImpl() { return nullptr; }
 
-  /// \brief Implementation of getMostRecentDecl(), to be overridden by any
+  /// Implementation of getMostRecentDecl(), to be overridden by any
   /// subclass that has a redeclaration chain.
   virtual Decl *getMostRecentDeclImpl() { return this; }
 
 public:
-  /// \brief Iterates through all the redeclarations of the same decl.
+  /// Iterates through all the redeclarations of the same decl.
   class redecl_iterator {
     /// Current - The current declaration.
     Decl *Current = nullptr;
@@ -941,7 +941,7 @@ public:
 
   using redecl_range = llvm::iterator_range<redecl_iterator>;
 
-  /// \brief Returns an iterator range for all the redeclarations of the same
+  /// Returns an iterator range for all the redeclarations of the same
   /// decl. It will iterate at least once (when this decl is the only one).
   redecl_range redecls() const {
     return redecl_range(redecls_begin(), redecls_end());
@@ -953,26 +953,26 @@ public:
 
   redecl_iterator redecls_end() const { return redecl_iterator(); }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the previous declaration that declares the same entity
+  /// Retrieve the previous declaration that declares the same entity
   /// as this declaration, or NULL if there is no previous declaration.
   Decl *getPreviousDecl() { return getPreviousDeclImpl(); }
   
-  /// \brief Retrieve the most recent declaration that declares the same entity
+  /// Retrieve the most recent declaration that declares the same entity
   /// as this declaration, or NULL if there is no previous declaration.
   const Decl *getPreviousDecl() const { 
     return const_cast<Decl *>(this)->getPreviousDeclImpl();
   }
 
-  /// \brief True if this is the first declaration in its redeclaration chain.
+  /// True if this is the first declaration in its redeclaration chain.
   bool isFirstDecl() const {
     return getPreviousDecl() == nullptr;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the most recent declaration that declares the same entity
+  /// Retrieve the most recent declaration that declares the same entity
   /// as this declaration (which may be this declaration).
   Decl *getMostRecentDecl() { return getMostRecentDeclImpl(); }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the most recent declaration that declares the same entity
+  /// Retrieve the most recent declaration that declares the same entity
   /// as this declaration (which may be this declaration).
   const Decl *getMostRecentDecl() const { 
     return const_cast<Decl *>(this)->getMostRecentDeclImpl();
@@ -983,7 +983,7 @@ public:
   ///  top-level Stmt* of that body.  Otherwise this method returns null.
   virtual Stmt* getBody() const { return nullptr; }
 
-  /// \brief Returns true if this \c Decl represents a declaration for a body of
+  /// Returns true if this \c Decl represents a declaration for a body of
   /// code, such as a function or method definition.
   /// Note that \c hasBody can also return true if any redeclaration of this
   /// \c Decl represents a declaration for a body of code.
@@ -1006,24 +1006,24 @@ public:
   /// template parameter pack.
   bool isTemplateParameterPack() const;
 
-  /// \brief Whether this declaration is a parameter pack.
+  /// Whether this declaration is a parameter pack.
   bool isParameterPack() const;
 
-  /// \brief returns true if this declaration is a template
+  /// returns true if this declaration is a template
   bool isTemplateDecl() const;
 
-  /// \brief Whether this declaration is a function or function template.
+  /// Whether this declaration is a function or function template.
   bool isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate() const {
     return (DeclKind >= Decl::firstFunction &&
             DeclKind <= Decl::lastFunction) ||
            DeclKind == FunctionTemplate;
   }
 
-  /// \brief If this is a declaration that describes some template, this
+  /// If this is a declaration that describes some template, this
   /// method returns that template declaration.
   TemplateDecl *getDescribedTemplate() const;
 
-  /// \brief Returns the function itself, or the templated function if this is a
+  /// Returns the function itself, or the templated function if this is a
   /// function template.
   FunctionDecl *getAsFunction() LLVM_READONLY;
 
@@ -1031,7 +1031,7 @@ public:
     return const_cast<Decl *>(this)->getAsFunction();
   }
 
-  /// \brief Changes the namespace of this declaration to reflect that it's
+  /// Changes the namespace of this declaration to reflect that it's
   /// a function-local extern declaration.
   ///
   /// These declarations appear in the lexical context of the extern
@@ -1052,14 +1052,14 @@ public:
       IdentifierNamespace |= IDNS_Ordinary;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this is a block-scope declaration with linkage.
+  /// Determine whether this is a block-scope declaration with linkage.
   /// This will either be a local variable declaration declared 'extern', or a
   /// local function declaration.
   bool isLocalExternDecl() {
     return IdentifierNamespace & IDNS_LocalExtern;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Changes the namespace of this declaration to reflect that it's
+  /// Changes the namespace of this declaration to reflect that it's
   /// the object of a friend declaration.
   ///
   /// These declarations appear in the lexical context of the friending
@@ -1101,7 +1101,7 @@ public:
     FOK_Undeclared ///< A friend of a previously-undeclared entity.
   };
 
-  /// \brief Determines whether this declaration is the object of a
+  /// Determines whether this declaration is the object of a
   /// friend declaration and, if so, what kind.
   ///
   /// There is currently no direct way to find the associated FriendDecl.
@@ -1141,7 +1141,7 @@ public:
 
   void dump(raw_ostream &Out, bool Deserialize = false) const;
 
-  /// \brief Looks through the Decl's underlying type to extract a FunctionType
+  /// Looks through the Decl's underlying type to extract a FunctionType
   /// when possible. Will return null if the type underlying the Decl does not
   /// have a FunctionType.
   const FunctionType *getFunctionType(bool BlocksToo = true) const;
@@ -1155,7 +1155,7 @@ protected:
   ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const;
 };
 
-/// \brief Determine whether two declarations declare the same entity.
+/// Determine whether two declarations declare the same entity.
 inline bool declaresSameEntity(const Decl *D1, const Decl *D2) {
   if (!D1 || !D2)
     return false;
@@ -1182,7 +1182,7 @@ public:
   void print(raw_ostream &OS) const override;
 };
 
-/// \brief The results of name lookup within a DeclContext. This is either a
+/// The results of name lookup within a DeclContext. This is either a
 /// single result (with no stable storage) or a collection of results (with
 /// stable storage provided by the lookup table).
 class DeclContextLookupResult {
@@ -1263,36 +1263,36 @@ class DeclContext {
   /// DeclKind - This indicates which class this is.
   unsigned DeclKind : 8;
 
-  /// \brief Whether this declaration context also has some external
+  /// Whether this declaration context also has some external
   /// storage that contains additional declarations that are lexically
   /// part of this context.
   mutable bool ExternalLexicalStorage : 1;
 
-  /// \brief Whether this declaration context also has some external
+  /// Whether this declaration context also has some external
   /// storage that contains additional declarations that are visible
   /// in this context.
   mutable bool ExternalVisibleStorage : 1;
 
-  /// \brief Whether this declaration context has had external visible
+  /// Whether this declaration context has had external visible
   /// storage added since the last lookup. In this case, \c LookupPtr's
   /// invariant may not hold and needs to be fixed before we perform
   /// another lookup.
   mutable bool NeedToReconcileExternalVisibleStorage : 1;
 
-  /// \brief If \c true, this context may have local lexical declarations
+  /// If \c true, this context may have local lexical declarations
   /// that are missing from the lookup table.
   mutable bool HasLazyLocalLexicalLookups : 1;
 
-  /// \brief If \c true, the external source may have lexical declarations
+  /// If \c true, the external source may have lexical declarations
   /// that are missing from the lookup table.
   mutable bool HasLazyExternalLexicalLookups : 1;
 
-  /// \brief If \c true, lookups should only return identifier from
+  /// If \c true, lookups should only return identifier from
   /// DeclContext scope (for example TranslationUnit). Used in
   /// LookupQualifiedName()
   mutable bool UseQualifiedLookup : 1;
 
-  /// \brief Pointer to the data structure used to lookup declarations
+  /// Pointer to the data structure used to lookup declarations
   /// within this context (or a DependentStoredDeclsMap if this is a
   /// dependent context). We maintain the invariant that, if the map
   /// contains an entry for a DeclarationName (and we haven't lazily
@@ -1315,7 +1315,7 @@ protected:
   /// another pointer.
   mutable Decl *LastDecl = nullptr;
 
-  /// \brief Build up a chain of declarations.
+  /// Build up a chain of declarations.
   ///
   /// \returns the first/last pair of declarations.
   static std::pair<Decl *, Decl *>
@@ -1398,7 +1398,7 @@ public:
     }
   }
 
-  /// \brief Test whether the context supports looking up names.
+  /// Test whether the context supports looking up names.
   bool isLookupContext() const {
     return !isFunctionOrMethod() && DeclKind != Decl::LinkageSpec &&
            DeclKind != Decl::Export;
@@ -1424,7 +1424,7 @@ public:
 
   bool isInlineNamespace() const;
 
-  /// \brief Determines whether this context is dependent on a
+  /// Determines whether this context is dependent on a
   /// template parameter.
   bool isDependentContext() const;
 
@@ -1445,28 +1445,28 @@ public:
   /// C++0x scoped enums), and C++ linkage specifications.
   bool isTransparentContext() const;
 
-  /// \brief Determines whether this context or some of its ancestors is a
+  /// Determines whether this context or some of its ancestors is a
   /// linkage specification context that specifies C linkage.
   bool isExternCContext() const;
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the nearest enclosing C linkage specification context.
+  /// Retrieve the nearest enclosing C linkage specification context.
   const LinkageSpecDecl *getExternCContext() const;
 
-  /// \brief Determines whether this context or some of its ancestors is a
+  /// Determines whether this context or some of its ancestors is a
   /// linkage specification context that specifies C++ linkage.
   bool isExternCXXContext() const;
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this declaration context is equivalent
+  /// Determine whether this declaration context is equivalent
   /// to the declaration context DC.
   bool Equals(const DeclContext *DC) const {
     return DC && this->getPrimaryContext() == DC->getPrimaryContext();
   }
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this declaration context encloses the
+  /// Determine whether this declaration context encloses the
   /// declaration context DC.
   bool Encloses(const DeclContext *DC) const;
 
-  /// \brief Find the nearest non-closure ancestor of this context,
+  /// Find the nearest non-closure ancestor of this context,
   /// i.e. the innermost semantic parent of this context which is not
   /// a closure.  A context may be its own non-closure ancestor.
   Decl *getNonClosureAncestor();
@@ -1493,19 +1493,19 @@ public:
     return const_cast<DeclContext *>(this)->getRedeclContext();
   }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the nearest enclosing namespace context.
+  /// Retrieve the nearest enclosing namespace context.
   DeclContext *getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
   const DeclContext *getEnclosingNamespaceContext() const {
     return const_cast<DeclContext *>(this)->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
   }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the outermost lexically enclosing record context.
+  /// Retrieve the outermost lexically enclosing record context.
   RecordDecl *getOuterLexicalRecordContext();
   const RecordDecl *getOuterLexicalRecordContext() const {
     return const_cast<DeclContext *>(this)->getOuterLexicalRecordContext();
   }
 
-  /// \brief Test if this context is part of the enclosing namespace set of
+  /// Test if this context is part of the enclosing namespace set of
   /// the context NS, as defined in C++0x [namespace.def]p9. If either context
   /// isn't a namespace, this is equivalent to Equals().
   ///
@@ -1513,7 +1513,7 @@ public:
   /// inline, its enclosing namespace, recursively.
   bool InEnclosingNamespaceSetOf(const DeclContext *NS) const;
 
-  /// \brief Collects all of the declaration contexts that are semantically
+  /// Collects all of the declaration contexts that are semantically
   /// connected to this declaration context.
   ///
   /// For declaration contexts that have multiple semantically connected but
@@ -1669,7 +1669,7 @@ public:
     }
   };
 
-  /// \brief Iterates over a filtered subrange of declarations stored
+  /// Iterates over a filtered subrange of declarations stored
   /// in a DeclContext.
   ///
   /// This iterator visits only those declarations that are of type
@@ -1745,7 +1745,7 @@ public:
     }
   };
 
-  /// @brief Add the declaration D into this context.
+  /// Add the declaration D into this context.
   ///
   /// This routine should be invoked when the declaration D has first
   /// been declared, to place D into the context where it was
@@ -1759,7 +1759,7 @@ public:
   /// semantic context via makeDeclVisibleInContext.
   void addDecl(Decl *D);
 
-  /// @brief Add the declaration D into this context, but suppress
+  /// Add the declaration D into this context, but suppress
   /// searches for external declarations with the same name.
   ///
   /// Although analogous in function to addDecl, this removes an
@@ -1769,7 +1769,7 @@ public:
   /// See the ASTImporter for use cases.
   void addDeclInternal(Decl *D);
 
-  /// @brief Add the declaration D to this context without modifying
+  /// Add the declaration D to this context without modifying
   /// any lookup tables.
   ///
   /// This is useful for some operations in dependent contexts where
@@ -1777,10 +1777,10 @@ public:
   /// only happens with friends.
   void addHiddenDecl(Decl *D);
 
-  /// @brief Removes a declaration from this context.
+  /// Removes a declaration from this context.
   void removeDecl(Decl *D);
     
-  /// @brief Checks whether a declaration is in this context.
+  /// Checks whether a declaration is in this context.
   bool containsDecl(Decl *D) const;
 
   using lookup_result = DeclContextLookupResult;
@@ -1793,12 +1793,12 @@ public:
   /// routine will not look into parent contexts.
   lookup_result lookup(DeclarationName Name) const;
 
-  /// \brief Find the declarations with the given name that are visible
+  /// Find the declarations with the given name that are visible
   /// within this context; don't attempt to retrieve anything from an
   /// external source.
   lookup_result noload_lookup(DeclarationName Name);
 
-  /// \brief A simplistic name lookup mechanism that performs name lookup
+  /// A simplistic name lookup mechanism that performs name lookup
   /// into this declaration context without consulting the external source.
   ///
   /// This function should almost never be used, because it subverts the
@@ -1810,7 +1810,7 @@ public:
   void localUncachedLookup(DeclarationName Name,
                            SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Results);
 
-  /// @brief Makes a declaration visible within this context.
+  /// Makes a declaration visible within this context.
   ///
   /// This routine makes the declaration D visible to name lookup
   /// within this context and, if this is a transparent context,
@@ -1837,11 +1837,11 @@ public:
   // If PreserveInternalState, avoids building lookup data structures too.
   lookups_range noload_lookups(bool PreserveInternalState) const;
 
-  /// \brief Iterators over all possible lookups within this context.
+  /// Iterators over all possible lookups within this context.
   all_lookups_iterator lookups_begin() const;
   all_lookups_iterator lookups_end() const;
 
-  /// \brief Iterators over all possible lookups within this context that are
+  /// Iterators over all possible lookups within this context that are
   /// currently loaded; don't attempt to retrieve anything from an external
   /// source.
   all_lookups_iterator noload_lookups_begin() const;
@@ -1873,7 +1873,7 @@ public:
 
   // Low-level accessors
 
-  /// \brief Mark that there are external lexical declarations that we need
+  /// Mark that there are external lexical declarations that we need
   /// to include in our lookup table (and that are not available as external
   /// visible lookups). These extra lookup results will be found by walking
   /// the lexical declarations of this context. This should be used only if
@@ -1885,28 +1885,28 @@ public:
     HasLazyExternalLexicalLookups = true;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the internal representation of the lookup structure.
+  /// Retrieve the internal representation of the lookup structure.
   /// This may omit some names if we are lazily building the structure.
   StoredDeclsMap *getLookupPtr() const { return LookupPtr; }
 
-  /// \brief Ensure the lookup structure is fully-built and return it.
+  /// Ensure the lookup structure is fully-built and return it.
   StoredDeclsMap *buildLookup();
 
-  /// \brief Whether this DeclContext has external storage containing
+  /// Whether this DeclContext has external storage containing
   /// additional declarations that are lexically in this context.
   bool hasExternalLexicalStorage() const { return ExternalLexicalStorage; }
 
-  /// \brief State whether this DeclContext has external storage for
+  /// State whether this DeclContext has external storage for
   /// declarations lexically in this context.
   void setHasExternalLexicalStorage(bool ES = true) {
     ExternalLexicalStorage = ES;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Whether this DeclContext has external storage containing
+  /// Whether this DeclContext has external storage containing
   /// additional declarations that are visible in this context.
   bool hasExternalVisibleStorage() const { return ExternalVisibleStorage; }
 
-  /// \brief State whether this DeclContext has external storage for
+  /// State whether this DeclContext has external storage for
   /// declarations visible in this context.
   void setHasExternalVisibleStorage(bool ES = true) {
     ExternalVisibleStorage = ES;
@@ -1914,7 +1914,7 @@ public:
       NeedToReconcileExternalVisibleStorage = true;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether the given declaration is stored in the list of
+  /// Determine whether the given declaration is stored in the list of
   /// declarations lexically within this context.
   bool isDeclInLexicalTraversal(const Decl *D) const {
     return D && (D->NextInContextAndBits.getPointer() || D == FirstDecl || 
@@ -1945,7 +1945,7 @@ private:
   void reconcileExternalVisibleStorage() const;
   bool LoadLexicalDeclsFromExternalStorage() const;
 
-  /// @brief Makes a declaration visible within this context, but
+  /// Makes a declaration visible within this context, but
   /// suppresses searches for external declarations with the same
   /// name.
   ///

include/clang/AST/DeclContextInternals.h

@@ -30,17 +30,17 @@ namespace clang {
 
 class DependentDiagnostic;
 
-/// \brief An array of decls optimized for the common case of only containing
+/// An array of decls optimized for the common case of only containing
 /// one entry.
 struct StoredDeclsList {
-  /// \brief When in vector form, this is what the Data pointer points to.
+  /// When in vector form, this is what the Data pointer points to.
   using DeclsTy = SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4>;
 
-  /// \brief A collection of declarations, with a flag to indicate if we have
+  /// A collection of declarations, with a flag to indicate if we have
   /// further external declarations.
   using DeclsAndHasExternalTy = llvm::PointerIntPair<DeclsTy *, 1, bool>;
 
-  /// \brief The stored data, which will be either a pointer to a NamedDecl,
+  /// The stored data, which will be either a pointer to a NamedDecl,
   /// or a pointer to a vector with a flag to indicate if there are further
   /// external declarations.
   llvm::PointerUnion<NamedDecl *, DeclsAndHasExternalTy> Data;
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ public:
              == Vec.end() && "list still contains decl");
   }
 
-  /// \brief Remove any declarations which were imported from an external
+  /// Remove any declarations which were imported from an external
   /// AST source.
   void removeExternalDecls() {
     if (isNull()) {

include/clang/AST/DeclObjC.h

@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ public:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief A list of Objective-C protocols, along with the source
+/// A list of Objective-C protocols, along with the source
 /// locations at which they were referenced.
 class ObjCProtocolList : public ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> {
   SourceLocation *Locations = nullptr;
@@ -156,10 +156,10 @@ private:
   // Method has a definition.
   unsigned IsDefined : 1;
 
-  /// \brief Method redeclaration in the same interface.
+  /// Method redeclaration in the same interface.
   unsigned IsRedeclaration : 1;
 
-  /// \brief Is redeclared in the same interface.
+  /// Is redeclared in the same interface.
   mutable unsigned HasRedeclaration : 1;
 
   // NOTE: VC++ treats enums as signed, avoid using ImplementationControl enum
@@ -170,14 +170,14 @@ private:
   /// in, inout, etc.
   unsigned objcDeclQualifier : 7;
 
-  /// \brief Indicates whether this method has a related result type.
+  /// Indicates whether this method has a related result type.
   unsigned RelatedResultType : 1;
 
-  /// \brief Whether the locations of the selector identifiers are in a
+  /// Whether the locations of the selector identifiers are in a
   /// "standard" position, a enum SelectorLocationsKind.
   unsigned SelLocsKind : 2;
 
-  /// \brief Whether this method overrides any other in the class hierarchy.
+  /// Whether this method overrides any other in the class hierarchy.
   ///
   /// A method is said to override any method in the class's
   /// base classes, its protocols, or its categories' protocols, that has
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ private:
   /// method in the interface or its categories.
   unsigned IsOverriding : 1;
 
-  /// \brief Indicates if the method was a definition but its body was skipped.
+  /// Indicates if the method was a definition but its body was skipped.
   unsigned HasSkippedBody : 1;
 
   // Return type of this method.
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ private:
   // Type source information for the return type.
   TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTInfo;
 
-  /// \brief Array of ParmVarDecls for the formal parameters of this method
+  /// Array of ParmVarDecls for the formal parameters of this method
   /// and optionally followed by selector locations.
   void *ParamsAndSelLocs = nullptr;
   unsigned NumParams = 0;
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ private:
     return getSelLocsKind() != SelLoc_NonStandard;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Get a pointer to the stored selector identifiers locations array.
+  /// Get a pointer to the stored selector identifiers locations array.
   /// No locations will be stored if HasStandardSelLocs is true.
   SourceLocation *getStoredSelLocs() {
     return reinterpret_cast<SourceLocation*>(getParams() + NumParams);
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ private:
     return reinterpret_cast<const SourceLocation*>(getParams() + NumParams);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Get a pointer to the stored selector identifiers locations array.
+  /// Get a pointer to the stored selector identifiers locations array.
   /// No locations will be stored if HasStandardSelLocs is true.
   ParmVarDecl **getParams() {
     return reinterpret_cast<ParmVarDecl **>(ParamsAndSelLocs);
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ private:
     return reinterpret_cast<const ParmVarDecl *const *>(ParamsAndSelLocs);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Get the number of stored selector identifiers locations.
+  /// Get the number of stored selector identifiers locations.
   /// No locations will be stored if HasStandardSelLocs is true.
   unsigned getNumStoredSelLocs() const {
     if (hasStandardSelLocs())
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ private:
                            ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl*> Params,
                            ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelLocs);
 
-  /// \brief A definition will return its interface declaration.
+  /// A definition will return its interface declaration.
   /// An interface declaration will return its definition.
   /// Otherwise it will return itself.
   ObjCMethodDecl *getNextRedeclarationImpl() override;
@@ -301,18 +301,18 @@ public:
   }
   void setObjCDeclQualifier(ObjCDeclQualifier QV) { objcDeclQualifier = QV; }
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this method has a result type that is related
+  /// Determine whether this method has a result type that is related
   /// to the message receiver's type.
   bool hasRelatedResultType() const { return RelatedResultType; }
 
-  /// \brief Note whether this method has a related result type.
+  /// Note whether this method has a related result type.
   void SetRelatedResultType(bool RRT = true) { RelatedResultType = RRT; }
 
-  /// \brief True if this is a method redeclaration in the same interface.
+  /// True if this is a method redeclaration in the same interface.
   bool isRedeclaration() const { return IsRedeclaration; }
   void setAsRedeclaration(const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod);
 
-  /// \brief Returns the location where the declarator ends. It will be
+  /// Returns the location where the declarator ends. It will be
   /// the location of ';' for a method declaration and the location of '{'
   /// for a method definition.
   SourceLocation getDeclaratorEndLoc() const { return DeclEndLoc; }
@@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ public:
   void setReturnType(QualType T) { MethodDeclType = T; }
   SourceRange getReturnTypeSourceRange() const;
 
-  /// \brief Determine the type of an expression that sends a message to this
+  /// Determine the type of an expression that sends a message to this
   /// function. This replaces the type parameters with the types they would
   /// get if the receiver was parameterless (e.g. it may replace the type
   /// parameter with 'id').
@@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ public:
                               NumParams);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Sets the method's parameters and selector source locations.
+  /// Sets the method's parameters and selector source locations.
   /// If the method is implicit (not coming from source) \p SelLocs is
   /// ignored.
   void setMethodParams(ASTContext &C,
@@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ public:
   bool isDefined() const { return IsDefined; }
   void setDefined(bool isDefined) { IsDefined = isDefined; }
 
-  /// \brief Whether this method overrides any other in the class hierarchy.
+  /// Whether this method overrides any other in the class hierarchy.
   ///
   /// A method is said to override any method in the class's
   /// base classes, its protocols, or its categories' protocols, that has
@@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ public:
   bool isOverriding() const { return IsOverriding; }
   void setOverriding(bool isOverriding) { IsOverriding = isOverriding; }
 
-  /// \brief Return overridden methods for the given \p Method.
+  /// Return overridden methods for the given \p Method.
   ///
   /// An ObjC method is considered to override any method in the class's
   /// base classes (and base's categories), its protocols, or its categories'
@@ -483,11 +483,11 @@ public:
   void getOverriddenMethods(
                      SmallVectorImpl<const ObjCMethodDecl *> &Overridden) const;
 
-  /// \brief True if the method was a definition but its body was skipped.
+  /// True if the method was a definition but its body was skipped.
   bool hasSkippedBody() const { return HasSkippedBody; }
   void setHasSkippedBody(bool Skipped = true) { HasSkippedBody = Skipped; }
 
-  /// \brief Returns the property associated with this method's selector.
+  /// Returns the property associated with this method's selector.
   ///
   /// Note that even if this particular method is not marked as a property
   /// accessor, it is still possible for it to match a property declared in a
@@ -520,10 +520,10 @@ public:
   bool isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(
       const ObjCMethodDecl **InitMethod = nullptr) const;
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this method has a body.
+  /// Determine whether this method has a body.
   bool hasBody() const override { return Body.isValid(); }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the body of this method, if it has one.
+  /// Retrieve the body of this method, if it has one.
   Stmt *getBody() const override;
 
   void setLazyBody(uint64_t Offset) { Body = Offset; }
@@ -531,7 +531,7 @@ public:
   CompoundStmt *getCompoundBody() { return (CompoundStmt*)getBody(); }
   void setBody(Stmt *B) { Body = B; }
 
-  /// \brief Returns whether this specific method is a definition.
+  /// Returns whether this specific method is a definition.
   bool isThisDeclarationADefinition() const { return hasBody(); }
 
   // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc.
@@ -737,7 +737,7 @@ enum class ObjCPropertyQueryKind : uint8_t {
   OBJC_PR_query_class
 };
 
-/// \brief Represents one property declaration in an Objective-C interface.
+/// Represents one property declaration in an Objective-C interface.
 ///
 /// For example:
 /// \code{.mm}
@@ -770,7 +770,7 @@ public:
   };
 
   enum {
-    /// \brief Number of bits fitting all the property attributes.
+    /// Number of bits fitting all the property attributes.
     NumPropertyAttrsBits = 15
   };
 
@@ -1163,7 +1163,7 @@ public:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief Represents an ObjC class declaration.
+/// Represents an ObjC class declaration.
 ///
 /// For example:
 ///
@@ -1197,7 +1197,7 @@ class ObjCInterfaceDecl : public ObjCContainerDecl
   mutable const Type *TypeForDecl = nullptr;
   
   struct DefinitionData {
-    /// \brief The definition of this class, for quick access from any 
+    /// The definition of this class, for quick access from any 
     /// declaration.
     ObjCInterfaceDecl *Definition = nullptr;
     
@@ -1210,7 +1210,7 @@ class ObjCInterfaceDecl : public ObjCContainerDecl
     /// Protocols reference in both the \@interface and class extensions.
     ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> AllReferencedProtocols;
 
-    /// \brief List of categories and class extensions defined for this class.
+    /// List of categories and class extensions defined for this class.
     ///
     /// Categories are stored as a linked list in the AST, since the categories
     /// and class extensions come long after the initial interface declaration,
@@ -1221,11 +1221,11 @@ class ObjCInterfaceDecl : public ObjCContainerDecl
     /// extensions and implementation. This list is built lazily.
     ObjCIvarDecl *IvarList = nullptr;
 
-    /// \brief Indicates that the contents of this Objective-C class will be
+    /// Indicates that the contents of this Objective-C class will be
     /// completed by the external AST source when required.
     mutable unsigned ExternallyCompleted : 1;
 
-    /// \brief Indicates that the ivar cache does not yet include ivars
+    /// Indicates that the ivar cache does not yet include ivars
     /// declared in the implementation.
     mutable unsigned IvarListMissingImplementation : 1;
 
@@ -1248,7 +1248,7 @@ class ObjCInterfaceDecl : public ObjCContainerDecl
     /// One of the \c InheritedDesignatedInitializersState enumeratos.
     mutable unsigned InheritedDesignatedInitializers : 2;
     
-    /// \brief The location of the last location in this declaration, before
+    /// The location of the last location in this declaration, before
     /// the properties/methods. For example, this will be the '>', '}', or 
     /// identifier, 
     SourceLocation EndLoc; 
@@ -1262,7 +1262,7 @@ class ObjCInterfaceDecl : public ObjCContainerDecl
   /// The type parameters associated with this class, if any.
   ObjCTypeParamList *TypeParamList = nullptr;
 
-  /// \brief Contains a pointer to the data associated with this class,
+  /// Contains a pointer to the data associated with this class,
   /// which will be NULL if this class has not yet been defined.
   ///
   /// The bit indicates when we don't need to check for out-of-date
@@ -1283,7 +1283,7 @@ class ObjCInterfaceDecl : public ObjCContainerDecl
     return *Data.getPointer();
   }
 
-  /// \brief Allocate the definition data for this class.
+  /// Allocate the definition data for this class.
   void allocateDefinitionData();
   
   using redeclarable_base = Redeclarable<ObjCInterfaceDecl>;
@@ -1338,7 +1338,7 @@ public:
     return SourceRange(getAtStartLoc(), getLocation());
   }
 
-  /// \brief Indicate that this Objective-C class is complete, but that
+  /// Indicate that this Objective-C class is complete, but that
   /// the external AST source will be responsible for filling in its contents
   /// when a complete class is required.
   void setExternallyCompleted();
@@ -1544,13 +1544,13 @@ public:
   isDesignatedInitializer(Selector Sel,
                           const ObjCMethodDecl **InitMethod = nullptr) const;
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this particular declaration of this class is
+  /// Determine whether this particular declaration of this class is
   /// actually also a definition.
   bool isThisDeclarationADefinition() const { 
     return getDefinition() == this;
   }
                           
-  /// \brief Determine whether this class has been defined.
+  /// Determine whether this class has been defined.
   bool hasDefinition() const {
     // If the name of this class is out-of-date, bring it up-to-date, which
     // might bring in a definition.
@@ -1562,21 +1562,21 @@ public:
     return Data.getPointer();
   }
                         
-  /// \brief Retrieve the definition of this class, or NULL if this class 
+  /// Retrieve the definition of this class, or NULL if this class 
   /// has been forward-declared (with \@class) but not yet defined (with 
   /// \@interface).
   ObjCInterfaceDecl *getDefinition() {
     return hasDefinition()? Data.getPointer()->Definition : nullptr;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the definition of this class, or NULL if this class 
+  /// Retrieve the definition of this class, or NULL if this class 
   /// has been forward-declared (with \@class) but not yet defined (with 
   /// \@interface).
   const ObjCInterfaceDecl *getDefinition() const {
     return hasDefinition()? Data.getPointer()->Definition : nullptr;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Starts the definition of this Objective-C class, taking it from
+  /// Starts the definition of this Objective-C class, taking it from
   /// a forward declaration (\@class) to a definition (\@interface).
   void startDefinition();
   
@@ -1608,7 +1608,7 @@ public:
     data().SuperClassTInfo = superClass;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Iterator that walks over the list of categories, filtering out
+  /// Iterator that walks over the list of categories, filtering out
   /// those that do not meet specific criteria.
   ///
   /// This class template is used for the various permutations of category
@@ -1655,13 +1655,13 @@ public:
   };
 
 private:
-  /// \brief Test whether the given category is visible.
+  /// Test whether the given category is visible.
   ///
   /// Used in the \c visible_categories_iterator.
   static bool isVisibleCategory(ObjCCategoryDecl *Cat);
                         
 public:
-  /// \brief Iterator that walks over the list of categories and extensions
+  /// Iterator that walks over the list of categories and extensions
   /// that are visible, i.e., not hidden in a non-imported submodule.
   using visible_categories_iterator =
       filtered_category_iterator<isVisibleCategory>;
@@ -1674,30 +1674,30 @@ public:
                                     visible_categories_end());
   }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve an iterator to the beginning of the visible-categories
+  /// Retrieve an iterator to the beginning of the visible-categories
   /// list.
   visible_categories_iterator visible_categories_begin() const {
     return visible_categories_iterator(getCategoryListRaw());
   }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve an iterator to the end of the visible-categories list.
+  /// Retrieve an iterator to the end of the visible-categories list.
   visible_categories_iterator visible_categories_end() const {
     return visible_categories_iterator();
   }
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether the visible-categories list is empty.
+  /// Determine whether the visible-categories list is empty.
   bool visible_categories_empty() const {
     return visible_categories_begin() == visible_categories_end();
   }
 
 private:
-  /// \brief Test whether the given category... is a category.
+  /// Test whether the given category... is a category.
   ///
   /// Used in the \c known_categories_iterator.
   static bool isKnownCategory(ObjCCategoryDecl *) { return true; }
 
 public:
-  /// \brief Iterator that walks over all of the known categories and
+  /// Iterator that walks over all of the known categories and
   /// extensions, including those that are hidden.
   using known_categories_iterator = filtered_category_iterator<isKnownCategory>;
   using known_categories_range =
@@ -1708,30 +1708,30 @@ public:
                                   known_categories_end());
   }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve an iterator to the beginning of the known-categories
+  /// Retrieve an iterator to the beginning of the known-categories
   /// list.
   known_categories_iterator known_categories_begin() const {
     return known_categories_iterator(getCategoryListRaw());
   }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve an iterator to the end of the known-categories list.
+  /// Retrieve an iterator to the end of the known-categories list.
   known_categories_iterator known_categories_end() const {
     return known_categories_iterator();
   }
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether the known-categories list is empty.
+  /// Determine whether the known-categories list is empty.
   bool known_categories_empty() const {
     return known_categories_begin() == known_categories_end();
   }
 
 private:
-  /// \brief Test whether the given category is a visible extension.
+  /// Test whether the given category is a visible extension.
   ///
   /// Used in the \c visible_extensions_iterator.
   static bool isVisibleExtension(ObjCCategoryDecl *Cat);
 
 public:
-  /// \brief Iterator that walks over all of the visible extensions, skipping
+  /// Iterator that walks over all of the visible extensions, skipping
   /// any that are known but hidden.
   using visible_extensions_iterator =
       filtered_category_iterator<isVisibleExtension>;
@@ -1744,24 +1744,24 @@ public:
                                     visible_extensions_end());
   }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve an iterator to the beginning of the visible-extensions
+  /// Retrieve an iterator to the beginning of the visible-extensions
   /// list.
   visible_extensions_iterator visible_extensions_begin() const {
     return visible_extensions_iterator(getCategoryListRaw());
   }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve an iterator to the end of the visible-extensions list.
+  /// Retrieve an iterator to the end of the visible-extensions list.
   visible_extensions_iterator visible_extensions_end() const {
     return visible_extensions_iterator();
   }
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether the visible-extensions list is empty.
+  /// Determine whether the visible-extensions list is empty.
   bool visible_extensions_empty() const {
     return visible_extensions_begin() == visible_extensions_end();
   }
 
 private:
-  /// \brief Test whether the given category is an extension.
+  /// Test whether the given category is an extension.
   ///
   /// Used in the \c known_extensions_iterator.
   static bool isKnownExtension(ObjCCategoryDecl *Cat);
@@ -1771,7 +1771,7 @@ public:
   friend class ASTDeclWriter;
   friend class ASTReader;
 
-  /// \brief Iterator that walks over all of the known extensions.
+  /// Iterator that walks over all of the known extensions.
   using known_extensions_iterator =
       filtered_category_iterator<isKnownExtension>;
   using known_extensions_range =
@@ -1782,23 +1782,23 @@ public:
                                   known_extensions_end());
   }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve an iterator to the beginning of the known-extensions
+  /// Retrieve an iterator to the beginning of the known-extensions
   /// list.
   known_extensions_iterator known_extensions_begin() const {
     return known_extensions_iterator(getCategoryListRaw());
   }
   
-  /// \brief Retrieve an iterator to the end of the known-extensions list.
+  /// Retrieve an iterator to the end of the known-extensions list.
   known_extensions_iterator known_extensions_end() const {
     return known_extensions_iterator();
   }
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether the known-extensions list is empty.
+  /// Determine whether the known-extensions list is empty.
   bool known_extensions_empty() const {
     return known_extensions_begin() == known_extensions_end();
   }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the raw pointer to the start of the category/extension
+  /// Retrieve the raw pointer to the start of the category/extension
   /// list.
   ObjCCategoryDecl* getCategoryListRaw() const {
     // FIXME: Should make sure no callers ever do this.
@@ -1811,7 +1811,7 @@ public:
     return data().CategoryList;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Set the raw pointer to the start of the category/extension
+  /// Set the raw pointer to the start of the category/extension
   /// list.
   void setCategoryListRaw(ObjCCategoryDecl *category) {
     data().CategoryList = category;
@@ -1874,7 +1874,7 @@ public:
 
   ObjCInterfaceDecl *lookupInheritedClass(const IdentifierInfo *ICName);
 
-  /// \brief Lookup a method in the classes implementation hierarchy.
+  /// Lookup a method in the classes implementation hierarchy.
   ObjCMethodDecl *lookupPrivateMethod(const Selector &Sel,
                                       bool Instance=true) const;
 
@@ -1882,7 +1882,7 @@ public:
     return lookupPrivateMethod(Sel, false);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Lookup a setter or getter in the class hierarchy,
+  /// Lookup a setter or getter in the class hierarchy,
   /// including in all categories except for category passed
   /// as argument.
   ObjCMethodDecl *lookupPropertyAccessor(const Selector Sel,
@@ -1988,7 +1988,7 @@ public:
 
   static ObjCIvarDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
   
-  /// \brief Return the class interface that this ivar is logically contained
+  /// Return the class interface that this ivar is logically contained
   /// in; this is either the interface where the ivar was declared, or the
   /// interface the ivar is conceptually a part of in the case of synthesized
   /// ivars.
@@ -2027,7 +2027,7 @@ private:
   unsigned Synthesized : 1;
 };
 
-/// \brief Represents a field declaration created by an \@defs(...).
+/// Represents a field declaration created by an \@defs(...).
 class ObjCAtDefsFieldDecl : public FieldDecl {
   ObjCAtDefsFieldDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
                       SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
@@ -2051,7 +2051,7 @@ public:
   static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == ObjCAtDefsField; }
 };
 
-/// \brief Represents an Objective-C protocol declaration.
+/// Represents an Objective-C protocol declaration.
 ///
 /// Objective-C protocols declare a pure abstract type (i.e., no instance
 /// variables are permitted).  Protocols originally drew inspiration from
@@ -2083,14 +2083,14 @@ public:
 class ObjCProtocolDecl : public ObjCContainerDecl,
                          public Redeclarable<ObjCProtocolDecl> {
   struct DefinitionData {
-    // \brief The declaration that defines this protocol.
+    // The declaration that defines this protocol.
     ObjCProtocolDecl *Definition;
 
-    /// \brief Referenced protocols
+    /// Referenced protocols
     ObjCProtocolList ReferencedProtocols;    
   };
 
-  /// \brief Contains a pointer to the data associated with this class,
+  /// Contains a pointer to the data associated with this class,
   /// which will be NULL if this class has not yet been defined.
   ///
   /// The bit indicates when we don't need to check for out-of-date
@@ -2213,7 +2213,7 @@ public:
     return lookupMethod(Sel, false/*isInstance*/);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this protocol has a definition.
+  /// Determine whether this protocol has a definition.
   bool hasDefinition() const {
     // If the name of this protocol is out-of-date, bring it up-to-date, which
     // might bring in a definition.
@@ -2225,23 +2225,23 @@ public:
     return Data.getPointer();
   }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the definition of this protocol, if any.
+  /// Retrieve the definition of this protocol, if any.
   ObjCProtocolDecl *getDefinition() {
     return hasDefinition()? Data.getPointer()->Definition : nullptr;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the definition of this protocol, if any.
+  /// Retrieve the definition of this protocol, if any.
   const ObjCProtocolDecl *getDefinition() const {
     return hasDefinition()? Data.getPointer()->Definition : nullptr;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this particular declaration is also the 
+  /// Determine whether this particular declaration is also the 
   /// definition.
   bool isThisDeclarationADefinition() const {
     return getDefinition() == this;
   }
   
-  /// \brief Starts the definition of this Objective-C protocol.
+  /// Starts the definition of this Objective-C protocol.
   void startDefinition();
 
   /// Produce a name to be used for protocol's metadata. It comes either via
@@ -2310,7 +2310,7 @@ class ObjCCategoryDecl : public ObjCContainerDecl {
   /// FIXME: this should not be a singly-linked list.  Move storage elsewhere.
   ObjCCategoryDecl *NextClassCategory = nullptr;
 
-  /// \brief The location of the category name in this declaration.
+  /// The location of the category name in this declaration.
   SourceLocation CategoryNameLoc;
 
   /// class extension may have private ivars.
@@ -2400,7 +2400,7 @@ public:
 
   ObjCCategoryDecl *getNextClassCategory() const { return NextClassCategory; }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the pointer to the next stored category (or extension),
+  /// Retrieve the pointer to the next stored category (or extension),
   /// which may be hidden.
   ObjCCategoryDecl *getNextClassCategoryRaw() const {
     return NextClassCategory;
@@ -2578,7 +2578,7 @@ class ObjCImplementationDecl : public ObjCImplDecl {
   SourceLocation IvarRBraceLoc;
   
   /// Support for ivar initialization.
-  /// \brief The arguments used to initialize the ivars
+  /// The arguments used to initialize the ivars
   LazyCXXCtorInitializersPtr IvarInitializers;
   unsigned NumIvarInitializers = 0;
 
@@ -2694,7 +2694,7 @@ public:
     return getIdentifier()->getName();
   }
 
-  /// @brief Get the name of the class associated with this interface.
+  /// Get the name of the class associated with this interface.
   //
   // FIXME: Move to StringRef API.
   std::string getNameAsString() const {
@@ -2785,7 +2785,7 @@ public:
 private:
   SourceLocation AtLoc;   // location of \@synthesize or \@dynamic
 
-  /// \brief For \@synthesize, the location of the ivar, if it was written in
+  /// For \@synthesize, the location of the ivar, if it was written in
   /// the source code.
   ///
   /// \code
@@ -2854,7 +2854,7 @@ public:
     this->IvarLoc = IvarLoc;
   }
 
-  /// \brief For \@synthesize, returns true if an ivar name was explicitly
+  /// For \@synthesize, returns true if an ivar name was explicitly
   /// specified.
   ///
   /// \code

include/clang/AST/DeclOpenMP.h

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 ///
 /// \file
-/// \brief This file defines OpenMP nodes for declarative directives.
+/// This file defines OpenMP nodes for declarative directives.
 ///
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
 
 namespace clang {
 
-/// \brief This represents '#pragma omp threadprivate ...' directive.
+/// This represents '#pragma omp threadprivate ...' directive.
 /// For example, in the following, both 'a' and 'A::b' are threadprivate:
 ///
 /// \code
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ public:
   static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == OMPThreadPrivate; }
 };
 
-/// \brief This represents '#pragma omp declare reduction ...' directive.
+/// This represents '#pragma omp declare reduction ...' directive.
 /// For example, in the following, declared reduction 'foo' for types 'int' and
 /// 'float':
 ///
@@ -109,14 +109,14 @@ public:
 
 private:
   friend class ASTDeclReader;
-  /// \brief Combiner for declare reduction construct.
+  /// Combiner for declare reduction construct.
   Expr *Combiner;
-  /// \brief Initializer for declare reduction construct.
+  /// Initializer for declare reduction construct.
   Expr *Initializer;
   /// Kind of initializer - function call or omp_priv<init_expr> initializtion.
   InitKind InitializerKind = CallInit;
 
-  /// \brief Reference to the previous declare reduction construct in the same
+  /// Reference to the previous declare reduction construct in the same
   /// scope with the same name. Required for proper templates instantiation if
   /// the declare reduction construct is declared inside compound statement.
   LazyDeclPtr PrevDeclInScope;
@@ -135,33 +135,33 @@ private:
   }
 
 public:
-  /// \brief Create declare reduction node.
+  /// Create declare reduction node.
   static OMPDeclareReductionDecl *
   Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation L, DeclarationName Name,
          QualType T, OMPDeclareReductionDecl *PrevDeclInScope);
-  /// \brief Create deserialized declare reduction node.
+  /// Create deserialized declare reduction node.
   static OMPDeclareReductionDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C,
                                                      unsigned ID);
 
-  /// \brief Get combiner expression of the declare reduction construct.
+  /// Get combiner expression of the declare reduction construct.
   Expr *getCombiner() { return Combiner; }
   const Expr *getCombiner() const { return Combiner; }
-  /// \brief Set combiner expression for the declare reduction construct.
+  /// Set combiner expression for the declare reduction construct.
   void setCombiner(Expr *E) { Combiner = E; }
 
-  /// \brief Get initializer expression (if specified) of the declare reduction
+  /// Get initializer expression (if specified) of the declare reduction
   /// construct.
   Expr *getInitializer() { return Initializer; }
   const Expr *getInitializer() const { return Initializer; }
   /// Get initializer kind.
   InitKind getInitializerKind() const { return InitializerKind; }
-  /// \brief Set initializer expression for the declare reduction construct.
+  /// Set initializer expression for the declare reduction construct.
   void setInitializer(Expr *E, InitKind IK) {
     Initializer = E;
     InitializerKind = IK;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Get reference to previous declare reduction construct in the same
+  /// Get reference to previous declare reduction construct in the same
   /// scope with the same name.
   OMPDeclareReductionDecl *getPrevDeclInScope();
   const OMPDeclareReductionDecl *getPrevDeclInScope() const;

include/clang/AST/DeclVisitor.h

@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ namespace declvisitor {
 template <typename T> struct make_ptr { using type = T *; };
 template <typename T> struct make_const_ptr { using type = const T *; };
 
-/// \brief A simple visitor class that helps create declaration visitors.
+/// A simple visitor class that helps create declaration visitors.
 template<template <typename> class Ptr, typename ImplClass, typename RetTy=void>
 class Base {
 public:
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ public:
 
 } // namespace declvisitor
 
-/// \brief A simple visitor class that helps create declaration visitors.
+/// A simple visitor class that helps create declaration visitors.
 ///
 /// This class does not preserve constness of Decl pointers (see also
 /// ConstDeclVisitor).
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ template<typename ImplClass, typename RetTy = void>
 class DeclVisitor
  : public declvisitor::Base<declvisitor::make_ptr, ImplClass, RetTy> {};
 
-/// \brief A simple visitor class that helps create declaration visitors.
+/// A simple visitor class that helps create declaration visitors.
 ///
 /// This class preserves constness of Decl pointers (see also DeclVisitor).
 template<typename ImplClass, typename RetTy = void>

include/clang/AST/DeclarationName.h

@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ public:
            (reinterpret_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(Ptr & ~PtrMask));
   }
 
-  /// \brief Evaluates true when this declaration name is empty.
+  /// Evaluates true when this declaration name is empty.
   bool isEmpty() const {
     return !*this;
   }
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ public:
   /// getNameKind - Determine what kind of name this is.
   NameKind getNameKind() const;
 
-  /// \brief Determines whether the name itself is dependent, e.g., because it 
+  /// Determines whether the name itself is dependent, e.g., because it 
   /// involves a C++ type that is itself dependent.
   ///
   /// Note that this does not capture all of the notions of "dependent name",
@@ -541,10 +541,10 @@ public:
     LocInfo.CXXLiteralOperatorName.OpNameLoc = Loc.getRawEncoding();
   }
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this name involves a template parameter.
+  /// Determine whether this name involves a template parameter.
   bool isInstantiationDependent() const;
   
-  /// \brief Determine whether this name contains an unexpanded
+  /// Determine whether this name contains an unexpanded
   /// parameter pack.
   bool containsUnexpandedParameterPack() const;
 

include/clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h

@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ namespace clang {
   
 class ASTContext;
   
-/// \brief Given a potentially-evaluated expression, this visitor visits all
+/// Given a potentially-evaluated expression, this visitor visits all
 /// of its potentially-evaluated subexpressions, recursively.
 template<template <typename> class Ptr, typename ImplClass>
 class EvaluatedExprVisitorBase : public StmtVisitorBase<Ptr, ImplClass, void> {
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ public:
         this->Visit(*I);
   }
 
-  /// \brief The basis case walks all of the children of the statement or
+  /// The basis case walks all of the children of the statement or
   /// expression, assuming they are all potentially evaluated.
   void VisitStmt(PTR(Stmt) S) {
     for (auto *SubStmt : S->children())

include/clang/AST/ExprObjC.h

@@ -198,10 +198,10 @@ public:
   SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return Range.getEnd(); }
   SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY { return Range; }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve elements of array of literals.
+  /// Retrieve elements of array of literals.
   Expr **getElements() { return getTrailingObjects<Expr *>(); }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve elements of array of literals.
+  /// Retrieve elements of array of literals.
   const Expr * const *getElements() const {
     return getTrailingObjects<Expr *>();
   }
@@ -234,23 +234,23 @@ public:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief An element in an Objective-C dictionary literal.
+/// An element in an Objective-C dictionary literal.
 ///
 struct ObjCDictionaryElement {
-  /// \brief The key for the dictionary element.
+  /// The key for the dictionary element.
   Expr *Key;
   
-  /// \brief The value of the dictionary element.
+  /// The value of the dictionary element.
   Expr *Value;
   
-  /// \brief The location of the ellipsis, if this is a pack expansion.
+  /// The location of the ellipsis, if this is a pack expansion.
   SourceLocation EllipsisLoc;
   
-  /// \brief The number of elements this pack expansion will expand to, if
+  /// The number of elements this pack expansion will expand to, if
   /// this is a pack expansion and is known.
   Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions;
 
-  /// \brief Determines whether this dictionary element is a pack expansion.
+  /// Determines whether this dictionary element is a pack expansion.
   bool isPackExpansion() const { return EllipsisLoc.isValid(); }
 };
 
@@ -264,21 +264,21 @@ template <> struct isPodLike<clang::ObjCDictionaryElement> : std::true_type {};
 
 namespace clang {
 
-/// \brief Internal struct for storing Key/value pair.
+/// Internal struct for storing Key/value pair.
 struct ObjCDictionaryLiteral_KeyValuePair {
   Expr *Key;
   Expr *Value;
 };
 
-/// \brief Internal struct to describes an element that is a pack
+/// Internal struct to describes an element that is a pack
 /// expansion, used if any of the elements in the dictionary literal
 /// are pack expansions.
 struct ObjCDictionaryLiteral_ExpansionData {
-  /// \brief The location of the ellipsis, if this element is a pack
+  /// The location of the ellipsis, if this element is a pack
   /// expansion.
   SourceLocation EllipsisLoc;
 
-  /// \brief If non-zero, the number of elements that this pack
+  /// If non-zero, the number of elements that this pack
   /// expansion will expand to (+1).
   unsigned NumExpansionsPlusOne;
 };
@@ -290,10 +290,10 @@ class ObjCDictionaryLiteral final
       private llvm::TrailingObjects<ObjCDictionaryLiteral,
                                     ObjCDictionaryLiteral_KeyValuePair,
                                     ObjCDictionaryLiteral_ExpansionData> {
-  /// \brief The number of elements in this dictionary literal.
+  /// The number of elements in this dictionary literal.
   unsigned NumElements : 31;
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this dictionary literal has any pack expansions.
+  /// Determine whether this dictionary literal has any pack expansions.
   ///
   /// If the dictionary literal has pack expansions, then there will
   /// be an array of pack expansion data following the array of
@@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ private:
   /// the pointer is an ObjCPropertyDecl and Setter is always null.
   llvm::PointerIntPair<NamedDecl *, 1, bool> PropertyOrGetter;
 
-  /// \brief Indicates whether the property reference will result in a message
+  /// Indicates whether the property reference will result in a message
   /// to the getter, the setter, or both.
   /// This applies to both implicit and explicit property references.
   enum MethodRefFlags {
@@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ private:
     MethodRef_Setter = 0x2
   };
 
-  /// \brief Contains the Setter method pointer and MethodRefFlags bit flags.
+  /// Contains the Setter method pointer and MethodRefFlags bit flags.
   llvm::PointerIntPair<ObjCMethodDecl *, 2, unsigned> SetterAndMethodRefFlags;
 
   // FIXME: Maybe we should store the property identifier here,
@@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ private:
 
   SourceLocation IdLoc;
   
-  /// \brief When the receiver in property access is 'super', this is
+  /// When the receiver in property access is 'super', this is
   /// the location of the 'super' keyword.  When it's an interface,
   /// this is that interface.
   SourceLocation ReceiverLoc;
@@ -694,14 +694,14 @@ public:
     return getExplicitProperty()->getSetterName();
   }
 
-  /// \brief True if the property reference will result in a message to the
+  /// True if the property reference will result in a message to the
   /// getter.
   /// This applies to both implicit and explicit property references.
   bool isMessagingGetter() const {
     return SetterAndMethodRefFlags.getInt() & MethodRef_Getter;
   }
 
-  /// \brief True if the property reference will result in a message to the
+  /// True if the property reference will result in a message to the
   /// setter.
   /// This applies to both implicit and explicit property references.
   bool isMessagingSetter() const {
@@ -874,7 +874,7 @@ private:
   friend class ASTStmtReader;
 };
 
-/// \brief An expression that sends a message to the given Objective-C
+/// An expression that sends a message to the given Objective-C
 /// object or class.
 ///
 /// The following contains two message send expressions:
@@ -903,47 +903,47 @@ private:
 class ObjCMessageExpr final
     : public Expr,
       private llvm::TrailingObjects<ObjCMessageExpr, void *, SourceLocation> {
-  /// \brief Stores either the selector that this message is sending
+  /// Stores either the selector that this message is sending
   /// to (when \c HasMethod is zero) or an \c ObjCMethodDecl pointer
   /// referring to the method that we type-checked against.
   uintptr_t SelectorOrMethod = 0;
 
   enum { NumArgsBitWidth = 16 };
 
-  /// \brief The number of arguments in the message send, not
+  /// The number of arguments in the message send, not
   /// including the receiver.
   unsigned NumArgs : NumArgsBitWidth;
   
-  /// \brief The kind of message send this is, which is one of the
+  /// The kind of message send this is, which is one of the
   /// ReceiverKind values.
   ///
   /// We pad this out to a byte to avoid excessive masking and shifting.
   unsigned Kind : 8;
 
-  /// \brief Whether we have an actual method prototype in \c
+  /// Whether we have an actual method prototype in \c
   /// SelectorOrMethod.
   ///
   /// When non-zero, we have a method declaration; otherwise, we just
   /// have a selector.
   unsigned HasMethod : 1;
 
-  /// \brief Whether this message send is a "delegate init call",
+  /// Whether this message send is a "delegate init call",
   /// i.e. a call of an init method on self from within an init method.
   unsigned IsDelegateInitCall : 1;
 
-  /// \brief Whether this message send was implicitly generated by
+  /// Whether this message send was implicitly generated by
   /// the implementation rather than explicitly written by the user.
   unsigned IsImplicit : 1;
 
-  /// \brief Whether the locations of the selector identifiers are in a
+  /// Whether the locations of the selector identifiers are in a
   /// "standard" position, a enum SelectorLocationsKind.
   unsigned SelLocsKind : 2;
 
-  /// \brief When the message expression is a send to 'super', this is
+  /// When the message expression is a send to 'super', this is
   /// the location of the 'super' keyword.
   SourceLocation SuperLoc;
 
-  /// \brief The source locations of the open and close square
+  /// The source locations of the open and close square
   /// brackets ('[' and ']', respectively).
   SourceLocation LBracLoc, RBracLoc;
 
@@ -997,10 +997,10 @@ class ObjCMessageExpr final
                           ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelLocs,
                           SelectorLocationsKind SelLocsK);
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the pointer value of the message receiver.
+  /// Retrieve the pointer value of the message receiver.
   void *getReceiverPointer() const { return *getTrailingObjects<void *>(); }
 
-  /// \brief Set the pointer value of the message receiver.
+  /// Set the pointer value of the message receiver.
   void setReceiverPointer(void *Value) {
     *getTrailingObjects<void *>() = Value;
   }
@@ -1013,7 +1013,7 @@ class ObjCMessageExpr final
     return getSelLocsKind() != SelLoc_NonStandard;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Get a pointer to the stored selector identifiers locations array.
+  /// Get a pointer to the stored selector identifiers locations array.
   /// No locations will be stored if HasStandardSelLocs is true.
   SourceLocation *getStoredSelLocs() {
     return getTrailingObjects<SourceLocation>();
@@ -1022,7 +1022,7 @@ class ObjCMessageExpr final
     return getTrailingObjects<SourceLocation>();
   }
 
-  /// \brief Get the number of stored selector identifiers locations.
+  /// Get the number of stored selector identifiers locations.
   /// No locations will be stored if HasStandardSelLocs is true.
   unsigned getNumStoredSelLocs() const {
     if (hasStandardSelLocs())
@@ -1045,22 +1045,22 @@ public:
   friend class ASTStmtWriter;
   friend TrailingObjects;
 
-  /// \brief The kind of receiver this message is sending to.
+  /// The kind of receiver this message is sending to.
   enum ReceiverKind {
-    /// \brief The receiver is a class.
+    /// The receiver is a class.
     Class = 0,
 
-    /// \brief The receiver is an object instance.
+    /// The receiver is an object instance.
     Instance,
 
-    /// \brief The receiver is a superclass.
+    /// The receiver is a superclass.
     SuperClass,
 
-    /// \brief The receiver is the instance of the superclass object.
+    /// The receiver is the instance of the superclass object.
     SuperInstance
   };
 
-  /// \brief Create a message send to super.
+  /// Create a message send to super.
   ///
   /// \param Context The ASTContext in which this expression will be created.
   ///
@@ -1098,7 +1098,7 @@ public:
                                  SourceLocation RBracLoc,
                                  bool isImplicit);
 
-  /// \brief Create a class message send.
+  /// Create a class message send.
   ///
   /// \param Context The ASTContext in which this expression will be created.
   ///
@@ -1132,7 +1132,7 @@ public:
                                  SourceLocation RBracLoc,
                                  bool isImplicit);
 
-  /// \brief Create an instance message send.
+  /// Create an instance message send.
   ///
   /// \param Context The ASTContext in which this expression will be created.
   ///
@@ -1166,7 +1166,7 @@ public:
                                  SourceLocation RBracLoc,
                                  bool isImplicit);
 
-  /// \brief Create an empty Objective-C message expression, to be
+  /// Create an empty Objective-C message expression, to be
   /// filled in by subsequent calls.
   ///
   /// \param Context The context in which the message send will be created.
@@ -1177,31 +1177,31 @@ public:
                                       unsigned NumArgs,
                                       unsigned NumStoredSelLocs);
 
-  /// \brief Indicates whether the message send was implicitly
+  /// Indicates whether the message send was implicitly
   /// generated by the implementation. If false, it was written explicitly
   /// in the source code.
   bool isImplicit() const { return IsImplicit; }
 
-  /// \brief Determine the kind of receiver that this message is being
+  /// Determine the kind of receiver that this message is being
   /// sent to.
   ReceiverKind getReceiverKind() const { return (ReceiverKind)Kind; }
 
-  /// \brief Source range of the receiver.
+  /// Source range of the receiver.
   SourceRange getReceiverRange() const;
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this is an instance message to either a
+  /// Determine whether this is an instance message to either a
   /// computed object or to super.
   bool isInstanceMessage() const {
     return getReceiverKind() == Instance || getReceiverKind() == SuperInstance;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this is an class message to either a
+  /// Determine whether this is an class message to either a
   /// specified class or to super.
   bool isClassMessage() const {
     return getReceiverKind() == Class || getReceiverKind() == SuperClass;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Returns the object expression (receiver) for an instance message,
+  /// Returns the object expression (receiver) for an instance message,
   /// or null for a message that is not an instance message.
   Expr *getInstanceReceiver() {
     if (getReceiverKind() == Instance)
@@ -1213,14 +1213,14 @@ public:
     return const_cast<ObjCMessageExpr*>(this)->getInstanceReceiver();
   }
 
-  /// \brief Turn this message send into an instance message that
+  /// Turn this message send into an instance message that
   /// computes the receiver object with the given expression.
   void setInstanceReceiver(Expr *rec) { 
     Kind = Instance;
     setReceiverPointer(rec);
   }
   
-  /// \brief Returns the type of a class message send, or NULL if the
+  /// Returns the type of a class message send, or NULL if the
   /// message is not a class message.
   QualType getClassReceiver() const { 
     if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = getClassReceiverTypeInfo())
@@ -1229,7 +1229,7 @@ public:
     return {};
   }
 
-  /// \brief Returns a type-source information of a class message
+  /// Returns a type-source information of a class message
   /// send, or nullptr if the message is not a class message.
   TypeSourceInfo *getClassReceiverTypeInfo() const {
     if (getReceiverKind() == Class)
@@ -1242,7 +1242,7 @@ public:
     setReceiverPointer(TSInfo);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the location of the 'super' keyword for a class
+  /// Retrieve the location of the 'super' keyword for a class
   /// or instance message to 'super', otherwise an invalid source location.
   SourceLocation getSuperLoc() const { 
     if (getReceiverKind() == SuperInstance || getReceiverKind() == SuperClass)
@@ -1251,7 +1251,7 @@ public:
     return SourceLocation();
   }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the receiver type to which this message is being directed.
+  /// Retrieve the receiver type to which this message is being directed.
   ///
   /// This routine cross-cuts all of the different kinds of message
   /// sends to determine what the underlying (statically known) type
@@ -1262,7 +1262,7 @@ public:
   /// \returns The type of the receiver.
   QualType getReceiverType() const;
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the Objective-C interface to which this message
+  /// Retrieve the Objective-C interface to which this message
   /// is being directed, if known.
   ///
   /// This routine cross-cuts all of the different kinds of message
@@ -1274,7 +1274,7 @@ public:
   /// \returns The Objective-C interface if known, otherwise nullptr.
   ObjCInterfaceDecl *getReceiverInterface() const;
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the type referred to by 'super'. 
+  /// Retrieve the type referred to by 'super'. 
   ///
   /// The returned type will either be an ObjCInterfaceType (for an
   /// class message to super) or an ObjCObjectPointerType that refers
@@ -1323,11 +1323,11 @@ public:
     return getSelector().getMethodFamily();
   }
 
-  /// \brief Return the number of actual arguments in this message,
+  /// Return the number of actual arguments in this message,
   /// not counting the receiver.
   unsigned getNumArgs() const { return NumArgs; }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the arguments to this message, not including the
+  /// Retrieve the arguments to this message, not including the
   /// receiver.
   Expr **getArgs() {
     return reinterpret_cast<Expr **>(getTrailingObjects<void *>() + 1);
@@ -1455,7 +1455,7 @@ public:
              /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false),
         Base(base), IsaMemberLoc(l), OpLoc(oploc), IsArrow(isarrow) {}
 
-  /// \brief Build an empty expression.
+  /// Build an empty expression.
   explicit ObjCIsaExpr(EmptyShell Empty) : Expr(ObjCIsaExprClass, Empty) {}
 
   void setBase(Expr *E) { Base = E; }
@@ -1563,7 +1563,7 @@ public:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief An Objective-C "bridged" cast expression, which casts between
+/// An Objective-C "bridged" cast expression, which casts between
 /// Objective-C pointers and C pointers, transferring ownership in the process.
 ///
 /// \code
@@ -1589,21 +1589,21 @@ public:
                          CK, Operand, 0, TSInfo),
         LParenLoc(LParenLoc), BridgeKeywordLoc(BridgeKeywordLoc), Kind(Kind) {}
   
-  /// \brief Construct an empty Objective-C bridged cast.
+  /// Construct an empty Objective-C bridged cast.
   explicit ObjCBridgedCastExpr(EmptyShell Shell)
       : ExplicitCastExpr(ObjCBridgedCastExprClass, Shell, 0) {}
 
   SourceLocation getLParenLoc() const { return LParenLoc; }
 
-  /// \brief Determine which kind of bridge is being performed via this cast.
+  /// Determine which kind of bridge is being performed via this cast.
   ObjCBridgeCastKind getBridgeKind() const { 
     return static_cast<ObjCBridgeCastKind>(Kind); 
   }
   
-  /// \brief Retrieve the kind of bridge being performed as a string.
+  /// Retrieve the kind of bridge being performed as a string.
   StringRef getBridgeKindName() const;
   
-  /// \brief The location of the bridge keyword.
+  /// The location of the bridge keyword.
   SourceLocation getBridgeKeywordLoc() const { return BridgeKeywordLoc; }
   
   SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return LParenLoc; }
@@ -1617,7 +1617,7 @@ public:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief A runtime availability query.
+/// A runtime availability query.
 ///
 /// There are 2 ways to spell this node:
 /// \code
@@ -1650,7 +1650,7 @@ public:
   SourceLocation getLocEnd() const { return RParen; }
   SourceRange getSourceRange() const { return {AtLoc, RParen}; }
 
-  /// \brief This may be '*', in which case this should fold to true.
+  /// This may be '*', in which case this should fold to true.
   bool hasVersion() const { return !VersionToCheck.empty(); }
   VersionTuple getVersion() { return VersionToCheck; }
 

include/clang/AST/ExprOpenMP.h

@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
 
 namespace clang {
-/// \brief OpenMP 4.0 [2.4, Array Sections].
+/// OpenMP 4.0 [2.4, Array Sections].
 /// To specify an array section in an OpenMP construct, array subscript
 /// expressions are extended with the following syntax:
 /// \code
@@ -72,33 +72,33 @@ public:
     SubExprs[LENGTH] = Length;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Create an empty array section expression.
+  /// Create an empty array section expression.
   explicit OMPArraySectionExpr(EmptyShell Shell)
       : Expr(OMPArraySectionExprClass, Shell) {}
 
   /// An array section can be written only as Base[LowerBound:Length].
 
-  /// \brief Get base of the array section.
+  /// Get base of the array section.
   Expr *getBase() { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[BASE]); }
   const Expr *getBase() const { return cast<Expr>(SubExprs[BASE]); }
-  /// \brief Set base of the array section.
+  /// Set base of the array section.
   void setBase(Expr *E) { SubExprs[BASE] = E; }
 
-  /// \brief Return original type of the base expression for array section.
+  /// Return original type of the base expression for array section.
   static QualType getBaseOriginalType(const Expr *Base);
 
-  /// \brief Get lower bound of array section.
+  /// Get lower bound of array section.
   Expr *getLowerBound() { return cast_or_null<Expr>(SubExprs[LOWER_BOUND]); }
   const Expr *getLowerBound() const {
     return cast_or_null<Expr>(SubExprs[LOWER_BOUND]);
   }
-  /// \brief Set lower bound of the array section.
+  /// Set lower bound of the array section.
   void setLowerBound(Expr *E) { SubExprs[LOWER_BOUND] = E; }
 
-  /// \brief Get length of array section.
+  /// Get length of array section.
   Expr *getLength() { return cast_or_null<Expr>(SubExprs[LENGTH]); }
   const Expr *getLength() const { return cast_or_null<Expr>(SubExprs[LENGTH]); }
-  /// \brief Set length of the array section.
+  /// Set length of the array section.
   void setLength(Expr *E) { SubExprs[LENGTH] = E; }
 
   SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY {

include/clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h

@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ class Selector;
 class Stmt;
 class TagDecl;
 
-/// \brief Abstract interface for external sources of AST nodes.
+/// Abstract interface for external sources of AST nodes.
 ///
 /// External AST sources provide AST nodes constructed from some
 /// external source, such as a precompiled header. External AST
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ class ExternalASTSource : public RefCountedBase<ExternalASTSource> {
   /// whenever we might have added new redeclarations for existing decls.
   uint32_t CurrentGeneration = 0;
 
-  /// \brief Whether this AST source also provides information for
+  /// Whether this AST source also provides information for
   /// semantic analysis.
   bool SemaSource = false;
 
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ public:
   ExternalASTSource() = default;
   virtual ~ExternalASTSource();
 
-  /// \brief RAII class for safely pairing a StartedDeserializing call
+  /// RAII class for safely pairing a StartedDeserializing call
   /// with FinishedDeserializing.
   class Deserializing {
     ExternalASTSource *Source;
@@ -91,12 +91,12 @@ public:
     }
   };
 
-  /// \brief Get the current generation of this AST source. This number
+  /// Get the current generation of this AST source. This number
   /// is incremented each time the AST source lazily extends an existing
   /// entity.
   uint32_t getGeneration() const { return CurrentGeneration; }
 
-  /// \brief Resolve a declaration ID into a declaration, potentially
+  /// Resolve a declaration ID into a declaration, potentially
   /// building a new declaration.
   ///
   /// This method only needs to be implemented if the AST source ever
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ public:
   /// The default implementation of this method is a no-op.
   virtual Decl *GetExternalDecl(uint32_t ID);
 
-  /// \brief Resolve a selector ID into a selector.
+  /// Resolve a selector ID into a selector.
   ///
   /// This operation only needs to be implemented if the AST source
   /// returns non-zero for GetNumKnownSelectors().
@@ -113,13 +113,13 @@ public:
   /// The default implementation of this method is a no-op.
   virtual Selector GetExternalSelector(uint32_t ID);
 
-  /// \brief Returns the number of selectors known to the external AST
+  /// Returns the number of selectors known to the external AST
   /// source.
   ///
   /// The default implementation of this method is a no-op.
   virtual uint32_t GetNumExternalSelectors();
 
-  /// \brief Resolve the offset of a statement in the decl stream into
+  /// Resolve the offset of a statement in the decl stream into
   /// a statement.
   ///
   /// This operation is meant to be used via a LazyOffsetPtr.  It only
@@ -129,22 +129,22 @@ public:
   /// The default implementation of this method is a no-op.
   virtual Stmt *GetExternalDeclStmt(uint64_t Offset);
 
-  /// \brief Resolve the offset of a set of C++ constructor initializers in
+  /// Resolve the offset of a set of C++ constructor initializers in
   /// the decl stream into an array of initializers.
   ///
   /// The default implementation of this method is a no-op.
   virtual CXXCtorInitializer **GetExternalCXXCtorInitializers(uint64_t Offset);
 
-  /// \brief Resolve the offset of a set of C++ base specifiers in the decl
+  /// Resolve the offset of a set of C++ base specifiers in the decl
   /// stream into an array of specifiers.
   ///
   /// The default implementation of this method is a no-op.
   virtual CXXBaseSpecifier *GetExternalCXXBaseSpecifiers(uint64_t Offset);
 
-  /// \brief Update an out-of-date identifier.
+  /// Update an out-of-date identifier.
   virtual void updateOutOfDateIdentifier(IdentifierInfo &II) {}
 
-  /// \brief Find all declarations with the given name in the given context,
+  /// Find all declarations with the given name in the given context,
   /// and add them to the context by calling SetExternalVisibleDeclsForName
   /// or SetNoExternalVisibleDeclsForName.
   /// \return \c true if any declarations might have been found, \c false if
@@ -154,13 +154,13 @@ public:
   virtual bool
   FindExternalVisibleDeclsByName(const DeclContext *DC, DeclarationName Name);
 
-  /// \brief Ensures that the table of all visible declarations inside this
+  /// Ensures that the table of all visible declarations inside this
   /// context is up to date.
   ///
   /// The default implementation of this function is a no-op.
   virtual void completeVisibleDeclsMap(const DeclContext *DC);
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the module that corresponds to the given module ID.
+  /// Retrieve the module that corresponds to the given module ID.
   virtual Module *getModule(unsigned ID) { return nullptr; }
 
   /// Abstracts clang modules and precompiled header files and holds
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ public:
 
   virtual ExtKind hasExternalDefinitions(const Decl *D);
 
-  /// \brief Finds all declarations lexically contained within the given
+  /// Finds all declarations lexically contained within the given
   /// DeclContext, after applying an optional filter predicate.
   ///
   /// \param IsKindWeWant a predicate function that returns true if the passed
@@ -207,31 +207,31 @@ public:
                            llvm::function_ref<bool(Decl::Kind)> IsKindWeWant,
                            SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Result);
 
-  /// \brief Finds all declarations lexically contained within the given
+  /// Finds all declarations lexically contained within the given
   /// DeclContext.
   void FindExternalLexicalDecls(const DeclContext *DC,
                                 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Result) {
     FindExternalLexicalDecls(DC, [](Decl::Kind) { return true; }, Result);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Get the decls that are contained in a file in the Offset/Length
+  /// Get the decls that are contained in a file in the Offset/Length
   /// range. \p Length can be 0 to indicate a point at \p Offset instead of
   /// a range.
   virtual void FindFileRegionDecls(FileID File, unsigned Offset,
                                    unsigned Length,
                                    SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls);
 
-  /// \brief Gives the external AST source an opportunity to complete
+  /// Gives the external AST source an opportunity to complete
   /// the redeclaration chain for a declaration. Called each time we
   /// need the most recent declaration of a declaration after the
   /// generation count is incremented.
   virtual void CompleteRedeclChain(const Decl *D);
 
-  /// \brief Gives the external AST source an opportunity to complete
+  /// Gives the external AST source an opportunity to complete
   /// an incomplete type.
   virtual void CompleteType(TagDecl *Tag);
 
-  /// \brief Gives the external AST source an opportunity to complete an
+  /// Gives the external AST source an opportunity to complete an
   /// incomplete Objective-C class.
   ///
   /// This routine will only be invoked if the "externally completed" bit is
@@ -239,35 +239,35 @@ public:
   /// \c ObjCInterfaceDecl::setExternallyCompleted().
   virtual void CompleteType(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class);
 
-  /// \brief Loads comment ranges.
+  /// Loads comment ranges.
   virtual void ReadComments();
 
-  /// \brief Notify ExternalASTSource that we started deserialization of
+  /// Notify ExternalASTSource that we started deserialization of
   /// a decl or type so until FinishedDeserializing is called there may be
   /// decls that are initializing. Must be paired with FinishedDeserializing.
   ///
   /// The default implementation of this method is a no-op.
   virtual void StartedDeserializing();
 
-  /// \brief Notify ExternalASTSource that we finished the deserialization of
+  /// Notify ExternalASTSource that we finished the deserialization of
   /// a decl or type. Must be paired with StartedDeserializing.
   ///
   /// The default implementation of this method is a no-op.
   virtual void FinishedDeserializing();
 
-  /// \brief Function that will be invoked when we begin parsing a new
+  /// Function that will be invoked when we begin parsing a new
   /// translation unit involving this external AST source.
   ///
   /// The default implementation of this method is a no-op.
   virtual void StartTranslationUnit(ASTConsumer *Consumer);
 
-  /// \brief Print any statistics that have been gathered regarding
+  /// Print any statistics that have been gathered regarding
   /// the external AST source.
   ///
   /// The default implementation of this method is a no-op.
   virtual void PrintStats();
   
-  /// \brief Perform layout on the given record.
+  /// Perform layout on the given record.
   ///
   /// This routine allows the external AST source to provide an specific 
   /// layout for a record, overriding the layout that would normally be
@@ -332,11 +332,11 @@ protected:
   SetNoExternalVisibleDeclsForName(const DeclContext *DC,
                                    DeclarationName Name);
 
-  /// \brief Increment the current generation.
+  /// Increment the current generation.
   uint32_t incrementGeneration(ASTContext &C);
 };
 
-/// \brief A lazy pointer to an AST node (of base type T) that resides
+/// A lazy pointer to an AST node (of base type T) that resides
 /// within an external AST source.
 ///
 /// The AST node is identified within the external AST source by a
@@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ protected:
 /// external AST source itself.
 template<typename T, typename OffsT, T* (ExternalASTSource::*Get)(OffsT Offset)>
 struct LazyOffsetPtr {
-  /// \brief Either a pointer to an AST node or the offset within the
+  /// Either a pointer to an AST node or the offset within the
   /// external AST source where the AST node can be found.
   ///
   /// If the low bit is clear, a pointer to the AST node. If the low
@@ -376,20 +376,20 @@ public:
     return *this;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Whether this pointer is non-NULL.
+  /// Whether this pointer is non-NULL.
   ///
   /// This operation does not require the AST node to be deserialized.
   explicit operator bool() const { return Ptr != 0; }
 
-  /// \brief Whether this pointer is non-NULL.
+  /// Whether this pointer is non-NULL.
   ///
   /// This operation does not require the AST node to be deserialized.
   bool isValid() const { return Ptr != 0; }
 
-  /// \brief Whether this pointer is currently stored as an offset.
+  /// Whether this pointer is currently stored as an offset.
   bool isOffset() const { return Ptr & 0x01; }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the pointer to the AST node that this lazy pointer
+  /// Retrieve the pointer to the AST node that this lazy pointer
   ///
   /// \param Source the external AST source.
   ///
@@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ public:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief A lazy value (of type T) that is within an AST node of type Owner,
+/// A lazy value (of type T) that is within an AST node of type Owner,
 /// where the value might change in later generations of the external AST
 /// source.
 template<typename Owner, typename T, void (ExternalASTSource::*Update)(Owner)>
@@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ struct PointerLikeTypeTraits<
 
 namespace clang {
 
-/// \brief Represents a lazily-loaded vector of data.
+/// Represents a lazily-loaded vector of data.
 ///
 /// The lazily-loaded vector of data contains data that is partially loaded
 /// from an external source and partially added by local translation. The 
@@ -589,20 +589,20 @@ public:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief A lazy pointer to a statement.
+/// A lazy pointer to a statement.
 using LazyDeclStmtPtr =
     LazyOffsetPtr<Stmt, uint64_t, &ExternalASTSource::GetExternalDeclStmt>;
 
-/// \brief A lazy pointer to a declaration.
+/// A lazy pointer to a declaration.
 using LazyDeclPtr =
     LazyOffsetPtr<Decl, uint32_t, &ExternalASTSource::GetExternalDecl>;
 
-/// \brief A lazy pointer to a set of CXXCtorInitializers.
+/// A lazy pointer to a set of CXXCtorInitializers.
 using LazyCXXCtorInitializersPtr =
     LazyOffsetPtr<CXXCtorInitializer *, uint64_t,
                   &ExternalASTSource::GetExternalCXXCtorInitializers>;
 
-/// \brief A lazy pointer to a set of CXXBaseSpecifiers.
+/// A lazy pointer to a set of CXXBaseSpecifiers.
 using LazyCXXBaseSpecifiersPtr =
     LazyOffsetPtr<CXXBaseSpecifier, uint64_t,
                   &ExternalASTSource::GetExternalCXXBaseSpecifiers>;

include/clang/AST/LambdaCapture.h

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 ///
 /// \file
-/// \brief Defines the LambdaCapture class.
+/// Defines the LambdaCapture class.
 ///
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
@@ -21,21 +21,21 @@
 
 namespace clang {
 
-/// \brief Describes the capture of a variable or of \c this, or of a
+/// Describes the capture of a variable or of \c this, or of a
 /// C++1y init-capture.
 class LambdaCapture {
   enum {
-    /// \brief Flag used by the Capture class to indicate that the given
+    /// Flag used by the Capture class to indicate that the given
     /// capture was implicit.
     Capture_Implicit = 0x01,
 
-    /// \brief Flag used by the Capture class to indicate that the
+    /// Flag used by the Capture class to indicate that the
     /// given capture was by-copy.
     ///
     /// This includes the case of a non-reference init-capture.
     Capture_ByCopy = 0x02,
 
-    /// \brief Flag used by the Capture class to distinguish between a capture
+    /// Flag used by the Capture class to distinguish between a capture
     /// of '*this' and a capture of a VLA type.
     Capture_This = 0x04
   };
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ class LambdaCapture {
   friend class ASTStmtWriter;
 
 public:
-  /// \brief Create a new capture of a variable or of \c this.
+  /// Create a new capture of a variable or of \c this.
   ///
   /// \param Loc The source location associated with this capture.
   ///
@@ -75,29 +75,29 @@ public:
                 VarDecl *Var = nullptr,
                 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation());
 
-  /// \brief Determine the kind of capture.
+  /// Determine the kind of capture.
   LambdaCaptureKind getCaptureKind() const;
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this capture handles the C++ \c this
+  /// Determine whether this capture handles the C++ \c this
   /// pointer.
   bool capturesThis() const {
     return DeclAndBits.getPointer() == nullptr &&
           (DeclAndBits.getInt() & Capture_This);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this capture handles a variable.
+  /// Determine whether this capture handles a variable.
   bool capturesVariable() const {
     return dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(DeclAndBits.getPointer());
   }
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this captures a variable length array bound
+  /// Determine whether this captures a variable length array bound
   /// expression.
   bool capturesVLAType() const {
     return DeclAndBits.getPointer() == nullptr &&
            !(DeclAndBits.getInt() & Capture_This);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the declaration of the local variable being
+  /// Retrieve the declaration of the local variable being
   /// captured.
   ///
   /// This operation is only valid if this capture is a variable capture
@@ -107,17 +107,17 @@ public:
     return static_cast<VarDecl *>(DeclAndBits.getPointer());
   }
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this was an implicit capture (not
+  /// Determine whether this was an implicit capture (not
   /// written between the square brackets introducing the lambda).
   bool isImplicit() const {
     return DeclAndBits.getInt() & Capture_Implicit;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this was an explicit capture (written
+  /// Determine whether this was an explicit capture (written
   /// between the square brackets introducing the lambda).
   bool isExplicit() const { return !isImplicit(); }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the source location of the capture.
+  /// Retrieve the source location of the capture.
   ///
   /// For an explicit capture, this returns the location of the
   /// explicit capture in the source. For an implicit capture, this
@@ -125,11 +125,11 @@ public:
   /// used.
   SourceLocation getLocation() const { return Loc; }
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this capture is a pack expansion,
+  /// Determine whether this capture is a pack expansion,
   /// which captures a function parameter pack.
   bool isPackExpansion() const { return EllipsisLoc.isValid(); }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the location of the ellipsis for a capture
+  /// Retrieve the location of the ellipsis for a capture
   /// that is a pack expansion.
   SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const {
     assert(isPackExpansion() && "No ellipsis location for a non-expansion");

include/clang/AST/LocInfoType.h

@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ namespace clang {
 
 class TypeSourceInfo;
 
-/// \brief Holds a QualType and a TypeSourceInfo* that came out of a declarator
+/// Holds a QualType and a TypeSourceInfo* that came out of a declarator
 /// parsing.
 ///
 /// LocInfoType is a "transient" type, only needed for passing to/from Parser

include/clang/AST/Mangle.h

@@ -183,14 +183,14 @@ public:
   explicit MicrosoftMangleContext(ASTContext &C, DiagnosticsEngine &D)
       : MangleContext(C, D, MK_Microsoft) {}
 
-  /// \brief Mangle vftable symbols.  Only a subset of the bases along the path
+  /// Mangle vftable symbols.  Only a subset of the bases along the path
   /// to the vftable are included in the name.  It's up to the caller to pick
   /// them correctly.
   virtual void mangleCXXVFTable(const CXXRecordDecl *Derived,
                                 ArrayRef<const CXXRecordDecl *> BasePath,
                                 raw_ostream &Out) = 0;
 
-  /// \brief Mangle vbtable symbols.  Only a subset of the bases along the path
+  /// Mangle vbtable symbols.  Only a subset of the bases along the path
   /// to the vbtable are included in the name.  It's up to the caller to pick
   /// them correctly.
   virtual void mangleCXXVBTable(const CXXRecordDecl *Derived,

include/clang/AST/MangleNumberingContext.h

@@ -27,29 +27,29 @@ class TagDecl;
 class Type;
 class VarDecl;
 
-/// \brief Keeps track of the mangled names of lambda expressions and block
+/// Keeps track of the mangled names of lambda expressions and block
 /// literals within a particular context.
 class MangleNumberingContext {
 public:
   virtual ~MangleNumberingContext() {}
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the mangling number of a new lambda expression with the
+  /// Retrieve the mangling number of a new lambda expression with the
   /// given call operator within this context.
   virtual unsigned getManglingNumber(const CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator) = 0;
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the mangling number of a new block literal within this
+  /// Retrieve the mangling number of a new block literal within this
   /// context.
   virtual unsigned getManglingNumber(const BlockDecl *BD) = 0;
 
   /// Static locals are numbered by source order.
   virtual unsigned getStaticLocalNumber(const VarDecl *VD) = 0;
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the mangling number of a static local variable within
+  /// Retrieve the mangling number of a static local variable within
   /// this context.
   virtual unsigned getManglingNumber(const VarDecl *VD,
                                      unsigned MSLocalManglingNumber) = 0;
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the mangling number of a static local variable within
+  /// Retrieve the mangling number of a static local variable within
   /// this context.
   virtual unsigned getManglingNumber(const TagDecl *TD,
                                      unsigned MSLocalManglingNumber) = 0;

include/clang/AST/NSAPI.h

@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ namespace clang {
   class QualType;
   class Expr;
 
-// \brief Provides info and caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation API.
+// Provides info and caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation API.
 class NSAPI {
 public:
   explicit NSAPI(ASTContext &Ctx);
@@ -53,25 +53,25 @@ public:
 
   IdentifierInfo *getNSClassId(NSClassIdKindKind K) const;
 
-  /// \brief The Objective-C NSString selectors.
+  /// The Objective-C NSString selectors.
   Selector getNSStringSelector(NSStringMethodKind MK) const;
 
-  /// \brief Return NSStringMethodKind if \param Sel is such a selector.
+  /// Return NSStringMethodKind if \param Sel is such a selector.
   Optional<NSStringMethodKind> getNSStringMethodKind(Selector Sel) const;
 
-  /// \brief Returns true if the expression \param E is a reference of
+  /// Returns true if the expression \param E is a reference of
   /// "NSUTF8StringEncoding" enum constant.
   bool isNSUTF8StringEncodingConstant(const Expr *E) const {
     return isObjCEnumerator(E, "NSUTF8StringEncoding", NSUTF8StringEncodingId);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Returns true if the expression \param E is a reference of
+  /// Returns true if the expression \param E is a reference of
   /// "NSASCIIStringEncoding" enum constant.
   bool isNSASCIIStringEncodingConstant(const Expr *E) const {
     return isObjCEnumerator(E, "NSASCIIStringEncoding",NSASCIIStringEncodingId);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Enumerates the NSArray/NSMutableArray methods used to generate
+  /// Enumerates the NSArray/NSMutableArray methods used to generate
   /// literals and to apply some checks.
   enum NSArrayMethodKind {
     NSArr_array,
@@ -89,13 +89,13 @@ public:
   };
   static const unsigned NumNSArrayMethods = 12;
 
-  /// \brief The Objective-C NSArray selectors.
+  /// The Objective-C NSArray selectors.
   Selector getNSArraySelector(NSArrayMethodKind MK) const;
 
-  /// \brief Return NSArrayMethodKind if \p Sel is such a selector.
+  /// Return NSArrayMethodKind if \p Sel is such a selector.
   Optional<NSArrayMethodKind> getNSArrayMethodKind(Selector Sel);
 
-  /// \brief Enumerates the NSDictionary/NSMutableDictionary methods used
+  /// Enumerates the NSDictionary/NSMutableDictionary methods used
   /// to generate literals and to apply some checks.
   enum NSDictionaryMethodKind {
     NSDict_dictionary,
@@ -114,13 +114,13 @@ public:
   };
   static const unsigned NumNSDictionaryMethods = 13;
   
-  /// \brief The Objective-C NSDictionary selectors.
+  /// The Objective-C NSDictionary selectors.
   Selector getNSDictionarySelector(NSDictionaryMethodKind MK) const;
 
-  /// \brief Return NSDictionaryMethodKind if \p Sel is such a selector.
+  /// Return NSDictionaryMethodKind if \p Sel is such a selector.
   Optional<NSDictionaryMethodKind> getNSDictionaryMethodKind(Selector Sel);
 
-  /// \brief Enumerates the NSMutableSet/NSOrderedSet methods used
+  /// Enumerates the NSMutableSet/NSOrderedSet methods used
   /// to apply some checks.
   enum NSSetMethodKind {
     NSMutableSet_addObject,
@@ -131,42 +131,42 @@ public:
   };
   static const unsigned NumNSSetMethods = 5;
 
-  /// \brief The Objective-C NSSet selectors.
+  /// The Objective-C NSSet selectors.
   Selector getNSSetSelector(NSSetMethodKind MK) const;
 
-  /// \brief Return NSSetMethodKind if \p Sel is such a selector.
+  /// Return NSSetMethodKind if \p Sel is such a selector.
   Optional<NSSetMethodKind> getNSSetMethodKind(Selector Sel);
 
-  /// \brief Returns selector for "objectForKeyedSubscript:".
+  /// Returns selector for "objectForKeyedSubscript:".
   Selector getObjectForKeyedSubscriptSelector() const {
     return getOrInitSelector(StringRef("objectForKeyedSubscript"),
                              objectForKeyedSubscriptSel);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Returns selector for "objectAtIndexedSubscript:".
+  /// Returns selector for "objectAtIndexedSubscript:".
   Selector getObjectAtIndexedSubscriptSelector() const {
     return getOrInitSelector(StringRef("objectAtIndexedSubscript"),
                              objectAtIndexedSubscriptSel);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Returns selector for "setObject:forKeyedSubscript".
+  /// Returns selector for "setObject:forKeyedSubscript".
   Selector getSetObjectForKeyedSubscriptSelector() const {
     StringRef Ids[] = { "setObject", "forKeyedSubscript" };
     return getOrInitSelector(Ids, setObjectForKeyedSubscriptSel);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Returns selector for "setObject:atIndexedSubscript".
+  /// Returns selector for "setObject:atIndexedSubscript".
   Selector getSetObjectAtIndexedSubscriptSelector() const {
     StringRef Ids[] = { "setObject", "atIndexedSubscript" };
     return getOrInitSelector(Ids, setObjectAtIndexedSubscriptSel);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Returns selector for "isEqual:".
+  /// Returns selector for "isEqual:".
   Selector getIsEqualSelector() const {
     return getOrInitSelector(StringRef("isEqual"), isEqualSel);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Enumerates the NSNumber methods used to generate literals.
+  /// Enumerates the NSNumber methods used to generate literals.
   enum NSNumberLiteralMethodKind {
     NSNumberWithChar,
     NSNumberWithUnsignedChar,
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ public:
   };
   static const unsigned NumNSNumberLiteralMethods = 15;
 
-  /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber selectors used to create NSNumber literals.
+  /// The Objective-C NSNumber selectors used to create NSNumber literals.
   /// \param Instance if true it will return the selector for the init* method
   /// otherwise it will return the selector for the number* method.
   Selector getNSNumberLiteralSelector(NSNumberLiteralMethodKind MK,
@@ -198,29 +198,29 @@ public:
            Sel == getNSNumberLiteralSelector(MK, true);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Return NSNumberLiteralMethodKind if \p Sel is such a selector.
+  /// Return NSNumberLiteralMethodKind if \p Sel is such a selector.
   Optional<NSNumberLiteralMethodKind>
       getNSNumberLiteralMethodKind(Selector Sel) const;
 
-  /// \brief Determine the appropriate NSNumber factory method kind for a
+  /// Determine the appropriate NSNumber factory method kind for a
   /// literal of the given type.
   Optional<NSNumberLiteralMethodKind>
       getNSNumberFactoryMethodKind(QualType T) const;
 
-  /// \brief Returns true if \param T is a typedef of "BOOL" in objective-c.
+  /// Returns true if \param T is a typedef of "BOOL" in objective-c.
   bool isObjCBOOLType(QualType T) const;
-  /// \brief Returns true if \param T is a typedef of "NSInteger" in objective-c.
+  /// Returns true if \param T is a typedef of "NSInteger" in objective-c.
   bool isObjCNSIntegerType(QualType T) const;
-  /// \brief Returns true if \param T is a typedef of "NSUInteger" in objective-c.
+  /// Returns true if \param T is a typedef of "NSUInteger" in objective-c.
   bool isObjCNSUIntegerType(QualType T) const;
-  /// \brief Returns one of NSIntegral typedef names if \param T is a typedef
+  /// Returns one of NSIntegral typedef names if \param T is a typedef
   /// of that name in objective-c.
   StringRef GetNSIntegralKind(QualType T) const;
 
-  /// \brief Returns \c true if \p Id is currently defined as a macro.
+  /// Returns \c true if \p Id is currently defined as a macro.
   bool isMacroDefined(StringRef Id) const;
 
-  /// \brief Returns \c true if \p InterfaceDecl is subclass of \p NSClassKind
+  /// Returns \c true if \p InterfaceDecl is subclass of \p NSClassKind
   bool isSubclassOfNSClass(ObjCInterfaceDecl *InterfaceDecl,
                            NSClassIdKindKind NSClassKind) const;
 
@@ -236,16 +236,16 @@ private:
 
   mutable Selector NSStringSelectors[NumNSStringMethods];
 
-  /// \brief The selectors for Objective-C NSArray methods.
+  /// The selectors for Objective-C NSArray methods.
   mutable Selector NSArraySelectors[NumNSArrayMethods];
 
-  /// \brief The selectors for Objective-C NSDictionary methods.
+  /// The selectors for Objective-C NSDictionary methods.
   mutable Selector NSDictionarySelectors[NumNSDictionaryMethods];
 
-  /// \brief The selectors for Objective-C NSSet methods.
+  /// The selectors for Objective-C NSSet methods.
   mutable Selector NSSetSelectors[NumNSSetMethods];
 
-  /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber selectors used to create NSNumber literals.
+  /// The Objective-C NSNumber selectors used to create NSNumber literals.
   mutable Selector NSNumberClassSelectors[NumNSNumberLiteralMethods];
   mutable Selector NSNumberInstanceSelectors[NumNSNumberLiteralMethods];
 

include/clang/AST/NestedNameSpecifier.h

@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ struct PrintingPolicy;
 class Type;
 class TypeLoc;
 
-/// \brief Represents a C++ nested name specifier, such as
+/// Represents a C++ nested name specifier, such as
 /// "\::std::vector<int>::".
 ///
 /// C++ nested name specifiers are the prefixes to qualified
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ class TypeLoc;
 /// The last two specifiers can only appear at the start of a 
 /// nested-namespace-specifier.
 class NestedNameSpecifier : public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
-  /// \brief Enumeration describing
+  /// Enumeration describing
   enum StoredSpecifierKind {
     StoredIdentifier = 0,
     StoredDecl = 1,
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ class NestedNameSpecifier : public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
     StoredTypeSpecWithTemplate = 3
   };
 
-  /// \brief The nested name specifier that precedes this nested name
+  /// The nested name specifier that precedes this nested name
   /// specifier.
   ///
   /// The pointer is the nested-name-specifier that precedes this
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ class NestedNameSpecifier : public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
   /// SpecifierKind.
   llvm::PointerIntPair<NestedNameSpecifier *, 2, StoredSpecifierKind> Prefix;
 
-  /// \brief The last component in the nested name specifier, which
+  /// The last component in the nested name specifier, which
   /// can be an identifier, a declaration, or a type.
   ///
   /// When the pointer is NULL, this specifier represents the global
@@ -73,42 +73,42 @@ class NestedNameSpecifier : public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
   void* Specifier = nullptr;
 
 public:
-  /// \brief The kind of specifier that completes this nested name
+  /// The kind of specifier that completes this nested name
   /// specifier.
   enum SpecifierKind {
-    /// \brief An identifier, stored as an IdentifierInfo*.
+    /// An identifier, stored as an IdentifierInfo*.
     Identifier,
 
-    /// \brief A namespace, stored as a NamespaceDecl*.
+    /// A namespace, stored as a NamespaceDecl*.
     Namespace,
 
-    /// \brief A namespace alias, stored as a NamespaceAliasDecl*.
+    /// A namespace alias, stored as a NamespaceAliasDecl*.
     NamespaceAlias,
 
-    /// \brief A type, stored as a Type*.
+    /// A type, stored as a Type*.
     TypeSpec,
 
-    /// \brief A type that was preceded by the 'template' keyword,
+    /// A type that was preceded by the 'template' keyword,
     /// stored as a Type*.
     TypeSpecWithTemplate,
 
-    /// \brief The global specifier '::'. There is no stored value.
+    /// The global specifier '::'. There is no stored value.
     Global,
 
-    /// \brief Microsoft's '__super' specifier, stored as a CXXRecordDecl* of
+    /// Microsoft's '__super' specifier, stored as a CXXRecordDecl* of
     /// the class it appeared in.
     Super
   };
 
 private:
-  /// \brief Builds the global specifier.
+  /// Builds the global specifier.
   NestedNameSpecifier() : Prefix(nullptr, StoredIdentifier) {}
 
-  /// \brief Copy constructor used internally to clone nested name
+  /// Copy constructor used internally to clone nested name
   /// specifiers.
   NestedNameSpecifier(const NestedNameSpecifier &Other) = default;
 
-  /// \brief Either find or insert the given nested name specifier
+  /// Either find or insert the given nested name specifier
   /// mockup in the given context.
   static NestedNameSpecifier *FindOrInsert(const ASTContext &Context,
                                            const NestedNameSpecifier &Mockup);
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ private:
 public:
   NestedNameSpecifier &operator=(const NestedNameSpecifier &) = delete;
 
-  /// \brief Builds a specifier combining a prefix and an identifier.
+  /// Builds a specifier combining a prefix and an identifier.
   ///
   /// The prefix must be dependent, since nested name specifiers
   /// referencing an identifier are only permitted when the identifier
@@ -125,22 +125,22 @@ public:
                                      NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix,
                                      IdentifierInfo *II);
 
-  /// \brief Builds a nested name specifier that names a namespace.
+  /// Builds a nested name specifier that names a namespace.
   static NestedNameSpecifier *Create(const ASTContext &Context,
                                      NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix,
                                      const NamespaceDecl *NS);
 
-  /// \brief Builds a nested name specifier that names a namespace alias.
+  /// Builds a nested name specifier that names a namespace alias.
   static NestedNameSpecifier *Create(const ASTContext &Context,
                                      NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix,
                                      NamespaceAliasDecl *Alias);
 
-  /// \brief Builds a nested name specifier that names a type.
+  /// Builds a nested name specifier that names a type.
   static NestedNameSpecifier *Create(const ASTContext &Context,
                                      NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix,
                                      bool Template, const Type *T);
 
-  /// \brief Builds a specifier that consists of just an identifier.
+  /// Builds a specifier that consists of just an identifier.
   ///
   /// The nested-name-specifier is assumed to be dependent, but has no
   /// prefix because the prefix is implied by something outside of the
@@ -149,16 +149,16 @@ public:
   static NestedNameSpecifier *Create(const ASTContext &Context,
                                      IdentifierInfo *II);
 
-  /// \brief Returns the nested name specifier representing the global
+  /// Returns the nested name specifier representing the global
   /// scope.
   static NestedNameSpecifier *GlobalSpecifier(const ASTContext &Context);
 
-  /// \brief Returns the nested name specifier representing the __super scope
+  /// Returns the nested name specifier representing the __super scope
   /// for the given CXXRecordDecl.
   static NestedNameSpecifier *SuperSpecifier(const ASTContext &Context,
                                              CXXRecordDecl *RD);
 
-  /// \brief Return the prefix of this nested name specifier.
+  /// Return the prefix of this nested name specifier.
   ///
   /// The prefix contains all of the parts of the nested name
   /// specifier that preced this current specifier. For example, for a
@@ -167,10 +167,10 @@ public:
   /// "foo::".
   NestedNameSpecifier *getPrefix() const { return Prefix.getPointer(); }
 
-  /// \brief Determine what kind of nested name specifier is stored.
+  /// Determine what kind of nested name specifier is stored.
   SpecifierKind getKind() const;
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the identifier stored in this nested name
+  /// Retrieve the identifier stored in this nested name
   /// specifier.
   IdentifierInfo *getAsIdentifier() const {
     if (Prefix.getInt() == StoredIdentifier)
@@ -179,19 +179,19 @@ public:
     return nullptr;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the namespace stored in this nested name
+  /// Retrieve the namespace stored in this nested name
   /// specifier.
   NamespaceDecl *getAsNamespace() const;
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the namespace alias stored in this nested name
+  /// Retrieve the namespace alias stored in this nested name
   /// specifier.
   NamespaceAliasDecl *getAsNamespaceAlias() const;
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the record declaration stored in this nested name
+  /// Retrieve the record declaration stored in this nested name
   /// specifier.
   CXXRecordDecl *getAsRecordDecl() const;
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the type stored in this nested name specifier.
+  /// Retrieve the type stored in this nested name specifier.
   const Type *getAsType() const {
     if (Prefix.getInt() == StoredTypeSpec ||
         Prefix.getInt() == StoredTypeSpecWithTemplate)
@@ -200,19 +200,19 @@ public:
     return nullptr;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Whether this nested name specifier refers to a dependent
+  /// Whether this nested name specifier refers to a dependent
   /// type or not.
   bool isDependent() const;
 
-  /// \brief Whether this nested name specifier involves a template
+  /// Whether this nested name specifier involves a template
   /// parameter.
   bool isInstantiationDependent() const;
 
-  /// \brief Whether this nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded
+  /// Whether this nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded
   /// parameter pack (for C++11 variadic templates).
   bool containsUnexpandedParameterPack() const;
 
-  /// \brief Print this nested name specifier to the given output
+  /// Print this nested name specifier to the given output
   /// stream.
   void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;
 
@@ -221,53 +221,53 @@ public:
     ID.AddPointer(Specifier);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Dump the nested name specifier to standard output to aid
+  /// Dump the nested name specifier to standard output to aid
   /// in debugging.
   void dump(const LangOptions &LO) const;
   void dump() const;
 };
 
-/// \brief A C++ nested-name-specifier augmented with source location
+/// A C++ nested-name-specifier augmented with source location
 /// information.
 class NestedNameSpecifierLoc {
   NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = nullptr;
   void *Data = nullptr;
 
-  /// \brief Determines the data length for the last component in the
+  /// Determines the data length for the last component in the
   /// given nested-name-specifier.
   static unsigned getLocalDataLength(NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier);
 
-  /// \brief Determines the data length for the entire
+  /// Determines the data length for the entire
   /// nested-name-specifier.
   static unsigned getDataLength(NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier);
 
 public:
-  /// \brief Construct an empty nested-name-specifier.
+  /// Construct an empty nested-name-specifier.
   NestedNameSpecifierLoc() = default;
 
-  /// \brief Construct a nested-name-specifier with source location information
+  /// Construct a nested-name-specifier with source location information
   /// from
   NestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, void *Data)
       : Qualifier(Qualifier), Data(Data) {}
 
-  /// \brief Evaluates true when this nested-name-specifier location is
+  /// Evaluates true when this nested-name-specifier location is
   /// non-empty.
   explicit operator bool() const { return Qualifier; }
 
-  /// \brief Evaluates true when this nested-name-specifier location is
+  /// Evaluates true when this nested-name-specifier location is
   /// empty.
   bool hasQualifier() const { return Qualifier; }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the nested-name-specifier to which this instance
+  /// Retrieve the nested-name-specifier to which this instance
   /// refers.
   NestedNameSpecifier *getNestedNameSpecifier() const {
     return Qualifier;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the opaque pointer that refers to source-location data.
+  /// Retrieve the opaque pointer that refers to source-location data.
   void *getOpaqueData() const { return Data; }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the source range covering the entirety of this
+  /// Retrieve the source range covering the entirety of this
   /// nested-name-specifier.
   ///
   /// For example, if this instance refers to a nested-name-specifier
@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ public:
   /// from the initial '::' to the last '::'.
   SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY;
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the source range covering just the last part of
+  /// Retrieve the source range covering just the last part of
   /// this nested-name-specifier, not including the prefix.
   ///
   /// For example, if this instance refers to a nested-name-specifier
@@ -283,31 +283,31 @@ public:
   /// from "vector" to the last '::'.
   SourceRange getLocalSourceRange() const;
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the location of the beginning of this
+  /// Retrieve the location of the beginning of this
   /// nested-name-specifier.
   SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const {
     return getSourceRange().getBegin();
   }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the location of the end of this
+  /// Retrieve the location of the end of this
   /// nested-name-specifier.
   SourceLocation getEndLoc() const {
     return getSourceRange().getEnd();
   }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the location of the beginning of this
+  /// Retrieve the location of the beginning of this
   /// component of the nested-name-specifier.
   SourceLocation getLocalBeginLoc() const {
     return getLocalSourceRange().getBegin();
   }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the location of the end of this component of the
+  /// Retrieve the location of the end of this component of the
   /// nested-name-specifier.
   SourceLocation getLocalEndLoc() const {
     return getLocalSourceRange().getEnd();
   }
 
-  /// \brief Return the prefix of this nested-name-specifier.
+  /// Return the prefix of this nested-name-specifier.
   ///
   /// For example, if this instance refers to a nested-name-specifier
   /// \c \::std::vector<int>::, the prefix is \c \::std::. Note that the
@@ -320,11 +320,11 @@ public:
     return NestedNameSpecifierLoc(Qualifier->getPrefix(), Data);
   }
 
-  /// \brief For a nested-name-specifier that refers to a type,
+  /// For a nested-name-specifier that refers to a type,
   /// retrieve the type with source-location information.
   TypeLoc getTypeLoc() const;
 
-  /// \brief Determines the data length for the entire
+  /// Determines the data length for the entire
   /// nested-name-specifier.
   unsigned getDataLength() const { return getDataLength(Qualifier); }
 
@@ -339,15 +339,15 @@ public:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief Class that aids in the construction of nested-name-specifiers along
+/// Class that aids in the construction of nested-name-specifiers along
 /// with source-location information for all of the components of the
 /// nested-name-specifier.
 class NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder {
-  /// \brief The current representation of the nested-name-specifier we're
+  /// The current representation of the nested-name-specifier we're
   /// building.
   NestedNameSpecifier *Representation = nullptr;
 
-  /// \brief Buffer used to store source-location information for the
+  /// Buffer used to store source-location information for the
   /// nested-name-specifier.
   ///
   /// Note that we explicitly manage the buffer (rather than using a
@@ -355,11 +355,11 @@ class NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder {
   /// a \c CXXScopeSpec, and CXXScopeSpec uses a NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder.
   char *Buffer = nullptr;
 
-  /// \brief The size of the buffer used to store source-location information
+  /// The size of the buffer used to store source-location information
   /// for the nested-name-specifier.
   unsigned BufferSize = 0;
 
-  /// \brief The capacity of the buffer used to store source-location
+  /// The capacity of the buffer used to store source-location
   /// information for the nested-name-specifier.
   unsigned BufferCapacity = 0;
 
@@ -375,10 +375,10 @@ public:
       free(Buffer);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the representation of the nested-name-specifier.
+  /// Retrieve the representation of the nested-name-specifier.
   NestedNameSpecifier *getRepresentation() const { return Representation; }
 
-  /// \brief Extend the current nested-name-specifier by another
+  /// Extend the current nested-name-specifier by another
   /// nested-name-specifier component of the form 'type::'.
   ///
   /// \param Context The AST context in which this nested-name-specifier
@@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ public:
   void Extend(ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, TypeLoc TL,
               SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
 
-  /// \brief Extend the current nested-name-specifier by another
+  /// Extend the current nested-name-specifier by another
   /// nested-name-specifier component of the form 'identifier::'.
   ///
   /// \param Context The AST context in which this nested-name-specifier
@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ public:
   void Extend(ASTContext &Context, IdentifierInfo *Identifier,
               SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
 
-  /// \brief Extend the current nested-name-specifier by another
+  /// Extend the current nested-name-specifier by another
   /// nested-name-specifier component of the form 'namespace::'.
   ///
   /// \param Context The AST context in which this nested-name-specifier
@@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ public:
   void Extend(ASTContext &Context, NamespaceDecl *Namespace,
               SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
 
-  /// \brief Extend the current nested-name-specifier by another
+  /// Extend the current nested-name-specifier by another
   /// nested-name-specifier component of the form 'namespace-alias::'.
   ///
   /// \param Context The AST context in which this nested-name-specifier
@@ -435,11 +435,11 @@ public:
   void Extend(ASTContext &Context, NamespaceAliasDecl *Alias,
               SourceLocation AliasLoc, SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
 
-  /// \brief Turn this (empty) nested-name-specifier into the global
+  /// Turn this (empty) nested-name-specifier into the global
   /// nested-name-specifier '::'.
   void MakeGlobal(ASTContext &Context, SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
   
-  /// \brief Turns this (empty) nested-name-specifier into '__super'
+  /// Turns this (empty) nested-name-specifier into '__super'
   /// nested-name-specifier.
   ///
   /// \param Context The AST context in which this nested-name-specifier
@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ public:
   void MakeSuper(ASTContext &Context, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 
                  SourceLocation SuperLoc, SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
 
-  /// \brief Make a new nested-name-specifier from incomplete source-location
+  /// Make a new nested-name-specifier from incomplete source-location
   /// information.
   ///
   /// This routine should be used very, very rarely, in cases where we
@@ -464,23 +464,23 @@ public:
   void MakeTrivial(ASTContext &Context, NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
                    SourceRange R);
 
-  /// \brief Adopt an existing nested-name-specifier (with source-range
+  /// Adopt an existing nested-name-specifier (with source-range
   /// information).
   void Adopt(NestedNameSpecifierLoc Other);
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the source range covered by this nested-name-specifier.
+  /// Retrieve the source range covered by this nested-name-specifier.
   SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY {
     return NestedNameSpecifierLoc(Representation, Buffer).getSourceRange();
   }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve a nested-name-specifier with location information,
+  /// Retrieve a nested-name-specifier with location information,
   /// copied into the given AST context.
   ///
   /// \param Context The context into which this nested-name-specifier will be
   /// copied.
   NestedNameSpecifierLoc getWithLocInContext(ASTContext &Context) const;
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve a nested-name-specifier with location
+  /// Retrieve a nested-name-specifier with location
   /// information based on the information in this builder.
   ///
   /// This loc will contain references to the builder's internal data and may
@@ -489,14 +489,14 @@ public:
     return NestedNameSpecifierLoc(Representation, Buffer);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Clear out this builder, and prepare it to build another
+  /// Clear out this builder, and prepare it to build another
   /// nested-name-specifier with source-location information.
   void Clear() {
     Representation = nullptr;
     BufferSize = 0;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the underlying buffer.
+  /// Retrieve the underlying buffer.
   ///
   /// \returns A pair containing a pointer to the buffer of source-location
   /// data and the size of the source-location data that resides in that

include/clang/AST/OperationKinds.def

@@ -227,87 +227,87 @@ CAST_OPERATION(BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast)
 /// to a block pointer.  Block-to-block casts are bitcasts.
 CAST_OPERATION(AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast)
 
-/// \brief Converting between two Objective-C object types, which
+/// Converting between two Objective-C object types, which
 /// can occur when performing reference binding to an Objective-C
 /// object.
 CAST_OPERATION(ObjCObjectLValueCast)
 
-/// \brief A conversion of a floating point real to a floating point
+/// A conversion of a floating point real to a floating point
 /// complex of the original type.  Injects the value as the real
 /// component with a zero imaginary component.
 ///   float -> _Complex float
 CAST_OPERATION(FloatingRealToComplex)
 
-/// \brief Converts a floating point complex to floating point real
+/// Converts a floating point complex to floating point real
 /// of the source's element type.  Just discards the imaginary
 /// component.
 ///   _Complex long double -> long double
 CAST_OPERATION(FloatingComplexToReal)
 
-/// \brief Converts a floating point complex to bool by comparing
+/// Converts a floating point complex to bool by comparing
 /// against 0+0i.
 CAST_OPERATION(FloatingComplexToBoolean)
 
-/// \brief Converts between different floating point complex types.
+/// Converts between different floating point complex types.
 ///   _Complex float -> _Complex double
 CAST_OPERATION(FloatingComplexCast)
 
-/// \brief Converts from a floating complex to an integral complex.
+/// Converts from a floating complex to an integral complex.
 ///   _Complex float -> _Complex int
 CAST_OPERATION(FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex)
 
-/// \brief Converts from an integral real to an integral complex
+/// Converts from an integral real to an integral complex
 /// whose element type matches the source.  Injects the value as
 /// the real component with a zero imaginary component.
 ///   long -> _Complex long
 CAST_OPERATION(IntegralRealToComplex)
 
-/// \brief Converts an integral complex to an integral real of the
+/// Converts an integral complex to an integral real of the
 /// source's element type by discarding the imaginary component.
 ///   _Complex short -> short
 CAST_OPERATION(IntegralComplexToReal)
 
-/// \brief Converts an integral complex to bool by comparing against
+/// Converts an integral complex to bool by comparing against
 /// 0+0i.
 CAST_OPERATION(IntegralComplexToBoolean)
 
-/// \brief Converts between different integral complex types.
+/// Converts between different integral complex types.
 ///   _Complex char -> _Complex long long
 ///   _Complex unsigned int -> _Complex signed int
 CAST_OPERATION(IntegralComplexCast)
 
-/// \brief Converts from an integral complex to a floating complex.
+/// Converts from an integral complex to a floating complex.
 ///   _Complex unsigned -> _Complex float
 CAST_OPERATION(IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex)
 
-/// \brief [ARC] Produces a retainable object pointer so that it may
+/// [ARC] Produces a retainable object pointer so that it may
 /// be consumed, e.g. by being passed to a consuming parameter.
 /// Calls objc_retain.
 CAST_OPERATION(ARCProduceObject)
 
-/// \brief [ARC] Consumes a retainable object pointer that has just
+/// [ARC] Consumes a retainable object pointer that has just
 /// been produced, e.g. as the return value of a retaining call.
 /// Enters a cleanup to call objc_release at some indefinite time.
 CAST_OPERATION(ARCConsumeObject)
 
-/// \brief [ARC] Reclaim a retainable object pointer object that may
+/// [ARC] Reclaim a retainable object pointer object that may
 /// have been produced and autoreleased as part of a function return
 /// sequence.
 CAST_OPERATION(ARCReclaimReturnedObject)
 
-/// \brief [ARC] Causes a value of block type to be copied to the
+/// [ARC] Causes a value of block type to be copied to the
 /// heap, if it is not already there.  A number of other operations
 /// in ARC cause blocks to be copied; this is for cases where that
 /// would not otherwise be guaranteed, such as when casting to a
 /// non-block pointer type.
 CAST_OPERATION(ARCExtendBlockObject)
 
-/// \brief Converts from _Atomic(T) to T.
+/// Converts from _Atomic(T) to T.
 CAST_OPERATION(AtomicToNonAtomic)
-/// \brief Converts from T to _Atomic(T).
+/// Converts from T to _Atomic(T).
 CAST_OPERATION(NonAtomicToAtomic)
 
-/// \brief Causes a block literal to by copied to the heap and then 
+/// Causes a block literal to by copied to the heap and then 
 /// autoreleased.
 ///
 /// This particular cast kind is used for the conversion from a C++11

include/clang/AST/OperationKinds.h

@@ -33,15 +33,15 @@ enum UnaryOperatorKind {
 #include "clang/AST/OperationKinds.def"
 };
 
-/// \brief The kind of bridging performed by the Objective-C bridge cast.
+/// The kind of bridging performed by the Objective-C bridge cast.
 enum ObjCBridgeCastKind {
-  /// \brief Bridging via __bridge, which does nothing but reinterpret
+  /// Bridging via __bridge, which does nothing but reinterpret
   /// the bits.
   OBC_Bridge,
-  /// \brief Bridging via __bridge_transfer, which transfers ownership of an
+  /// Bridging via __bridge_transfer, which transfers ownership of an
   /// Objective-C pointer into ARC.
   OBC_BridgeTransfer,
-  /// \brief Bridging via __bridge_retain, which makes an ARC object available
+  /// Bridging via __bridge_retain, which makes an ARC object available
   /// as a +1 C pointer.
   OBC_BridgeRetained
 };

include/clang/AST/ParentMap.h

@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ public:
   ParentMap(Stmt* ASTRoot);
   ~ParentMap();
 
-  /// \brief Adds and/or updates the parent/child-relations of the complete
+  /// Adds and/or updates the parent/child-relations of the complete
   /// stmt tree of S. All children of S including indirect descendants are
   /// visited and updated or inserted but not the parents of S.
   void addStmt(Stmt* S);

include/clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h

@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ public:
 /// This type is intended to be small and suitable for passing by value.
 /// It is very frequently copied.
 struct PrintingPolicy {
-  /// \brief Create a default printing policy for the specified language.
+  /// Create a default printing policy for the specified language.
   PrintingPolicy(const LangOptions &LO)
     : Indentation(2), SuppressSpecifiers(false),
       SuppressTagKeyword(LO.CPlusPlus),

include/clang/AST/QualTypeNames.h

@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@
 
 namespace clang {
 namespace TypeName {
-/// \brief Get the fully qualified name for a type. This includes full
+/// Get the fully qualified name for a type. This includes full
 /// qualification of all template parameters etc.
 ///
 /// \param[in] QT - the type for which the fully qualified name will be
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ std::string getFullyQualifiedName(QualType QT, const ASTContext &Ctx,
                                   const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
                                   bool WithGlobalNsPrefix = false);
 
-/// \brief Generates a QualType that can be used to name the same type
+/// Generates a QualType that can be used to name the same type
 /// if used at the end of the current translation unit. This ignores
 /// issues such as type shadowing.
 ///

include/clang/AST/RawCommentList.h

@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ private:
   bool IsTrailingComment : 1;
   bool IsAlmostTrailingComment : 1;
 
-  /// \brief Constructor for AST deserialization.
+  /// Constructor for AST deserialization.
   RawComment(SourceRange SR, CommentKind K, bool IsTrailingComment,
              bool IsAlmostTrailingComment) :
     Range(SR), RawTextValid(false), BriefTextValid(false), Kind(K),
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ private:
   friend class ASTReader;
 };
 
-/// \brief Compare comments' source locations.
+/// Compare comments' source locations.
 template<>
 class BeforeThanCompare<RawComment> {
   const SourceManager &SM;
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ public:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief This class represents all comments included in the translation unit,
+/// This class represents all comments included in the translation unit,
 /// sorted in order of appearance in the translation unit.
 class RawCommentList {
 public:

include/clang/AST/RecordLayout.h

@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ private:
     /// Only used for MS-ABI.
     bool EndsWithZeroSizedObject : 1;
 
-    /// \brief True if this class is zero sized or first base is zero sized or
+    /// True if this class is zero sized or first base is zero sized or
     /// has this property.  Only used for MS-ABI.
     bool LeadsWithZeroSizedBase : 1;
 

include/clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h

@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ namespace clang {
       return false;                                                            \
   } while (false)
 
-/// \brief A class that does preorder or postorder
+/// A class that does preorder or postorder
 /// depth-first traversal on the entire Clang AST and visits each node.
 ///
 /// This class performs three distinct tasks:
@@ -158,25 +158,25 @@ public:
   typedef SmallVectorImpl<llvm::PointerIntPair<Stmt *, 1, bool>>
     DataRecursionQueue;
 
-  /// \brief Return a reference to the derived class.
+  /// Return a reference to the derived class.
   Derived &getDerived() { return *static_cast<Derived *>(this); }
 
-  /// \brief Return whether this visitor should recurse into
+  /// Return whether this visitor should recurse into
   /// template instantiations.
   bool shouldVisitTemplateInstantiations() const { return false; }
 
-  /// \brief Return whether this visitor should recurse into the types of
+  /// Return whether this visitor should recurse into the types of
   /// TypeLocs.
   bool shouldWalkTypesOfTypeLocs() const { return true; }
 
-  /// \brief Return whether this visitor should recurse into implicit
+  /// Return whether this visitor should recurse into implicit
   /// code, e.g., implicit constructors and destructors.
   bool shouldVisitImplicitCode() const { return false; }
 
-  /// \brief Return whether this visitor should traverse post-order.
+  /// Return whether this visitor should traverse post-order.
   bool shouldTraversePostOrder() const { return false; }
 
-  /// \brief Recursively visit a statement or expression, by
+  /// Recursively visit a statement or expression, by
   /// dispatching to Traverse*() based on the argument's dynamic type.
   ///
   /// \returns false if the visitation was terminated early, true
@@ -195,70 +195,70 @@ public:
   /// \returns false if the visitation was terminated early, true otherwise.
   bool dataTraverseStmtPost(Stmt *S) { return true; }
 
-  /// \brief Recursively visit a type, by dispatching to
+  /// Recursively visit a type, by dispatching to
   /// Traverse*Type() based on the argument's getTypeClass() property.
   ///
   /// \returns false if the visitation was terminated early, true
   /// otherwise (including when the argument is a Null type).
   bool TraverseType(QualType T);
 
-  /// \brief Recursively visit a type with location, by dispatching to
+  /// Recursively visit a type with location, by dispatching to
   /// Traverse*TypeLoc() based on the argument type's getTypeClass() property.
   ///
   /// \returns false if the visitation was terminated early, true
   /// otherwise (including when the argument is a Null type location).
   bool TraverseTypeLoc(TypeLoc TL);
 
-  /// \brief Recursively visit an attribute, by dispatching to
+  /// Recursively visit an attribute, by dispatching to
   /// Traverse*Attr() based on the argument's dynamic type.
   ///
   /// \returns false if the visitation was terminated early, true
   /// otherwise (including when the argument is a Null type location).
   bool TraverseAttr(Attr *At);
 
-  /// \brief Recursively visit a declaration, by dispatching to
+  /// Recursively visit a declaration, by dispatching to
   /// Traverse*Decl() based on the argument's dynamic type.
   ///
   /// \returns false if the visitation was terminated early, true
   /// otherwise (including when the argument is NULL).
   bool TraverseDecl(Decl *D);
 
-  /// \brief Recursively visit a C++ nested-name-specifier.
+  /// Recursively visit a C++ nested-name-specifier.
   ///
   /// \returns false if the visitation was terminated early, true otherwise.
   bool TraverseNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
 
-  /// \brief Recursively visit a C++ nested-name-specifier with location
+  /// Recursively visit a C++ nested-name-specifier with location
   /// information.
   ///
   /// \returns false if the visitation was terminated early, true otherwise.
   bool TraverseNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS);
 
-  /// \brief Recursively visit a name with its location information.
+  /// Recursively visit a name with its location information.
   ///
   /// \returns false if the visitation was terminated early, true otherwise.
   bool TraverseDeclarationNameInfo(DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo);
 
-  /// \brief Recursively visit a template name and dispatch to the
+  /// Recursively visit a template name and dispatch to the
   /// appropriate method.
   ///
   /// \returns false if the visitation was terminated early, true otherwise.
   bool TraverseTemplateName(TemplateName Template);
 
-  /// \brief Recursively visit a template argument and dispatch to the
+  /// Recursively visit a template argument and dispatch to the
   /// appropriate method for the argument type.
   ///
   /// \returns false if the visitation was terminated early, true otherwise.
   // FIXME: migrate callers to TemplateArgumentLoc instead.
   bool TraverseTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg);
 
-  /// \brief Recursively visit a template argument location and dispatch to the
+  /// Recursively visit a template argument location and dispatch to the
   /// appropriate method for the argument type.
   ///
   /// \returns false if the visitation was terminated early, true otherwise.
   bool TraverseTemplateArgumentLoc(const TemplateArgumentLoc &ArgLoc);
 
-  /// \brief Recursively visit a set of template arguments.
+  /// Recursively visit a set of template arguments.
   /// This can be overridden by a subclass, but it's not expected that
   /// will be needed -- this visitor always dispatches to another.
   ///
@@ -267,13 +267,13 @@ public:
   bool TraverseTemplateArguments(const TemplateArgument *Args,
                                  unsigned NumArgs);
 
-  /// \brief Recursively visit a base specifier. This can be overridden by a
+  /// Recursively visit a base specifier. This can be overridden by a
   /// subclass.
   ///
   /// \returns false if the visitation was terminated early, true otherwise.
   bool TraverseCXXBaseSpecifier(const CXXBaseSpecifier &Base);
 
-  /// \brief Recursively visit a constructor initializer.  This
+  /// Recursively visit a constructor initializer.  This
   /// automatically dispatches to another visitor for the initializer
   /// expression, but not for the name of the initializer, so may
   /// be overridden for clients that need access to the name.
@@ -281,14 +281,14 @@ public:
   /// \returns false if the visitation was terminated early, true otherwise.
   bool TraverseConstructorInitializer(CXXCtorInitializer *Init);
 
-  /// \brief Recursively visit a lambda capture. \c Init is the expression that
+  /// Recursively visit a lambda capture. \c Init is the expression that
   /// will be used to initialize the capture.
   ///
   /// \returns false if the visitation was terminated early, true otherwise.
   bool TraverseLambdaCapture(LambdaExpr *LE, const LambdaCapture *C,
                              Expr *Init);
 
-  /// \brief Recursively visit the body of a lambda expression.
+  /// Recursively visit the body of a lambda expression.
   ///
   /// This provides a hook for visitors that need more context when visiting
   /// \c LE->getBody().
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ public:
   /// \returns false if the visitation was terminated early, true otherwise.
   bool TraverseLambdaBody(LambdaExpr *LE, DataRecursionQueue *Queue = nullptr);
 
-  /// \brief Recursively visit the syntactic or semantic form of an
+  /// Recursively visit the syntactic or semantic form of an
   /// initialization list.
   ///
   /// \returns false if the visitation was terminated early, true otherwise.
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ public:
 
   // ---- Methods on Attrs ----
 
-  // \brief Visit an attribute.
+  // Visit an attribute.
   bool VisitAttr(Attr *A) { return true; }
 
 // Declare Traverse* and empty Visit* for all Attr classes.
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ private:
   bool TraverseOMPClause(OMPClause *C);
 #define OPENMP_CLAUSE(Name, Class) bool Visit##Class(Class *C);
 #include "clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.def"
-  /// \brief Process clauses with list of variables.
+  /// Process clauses with list of variables.
   template <typename T> bool VisitOMPClauseList(T *Node);
   /// Process clauses with pre-initis.
   bool VisitOMPClauseWithPreInit(OMPClauseWithPreInit *Node);

include/clang/AST/Redeclarable.h

@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ class Decl;
 //        | link                +-----+                  |
 //        +-->-------------------------------------------+
 
-/// \brief Provides common interface for the Decls that can be redeclared.
+/// Provides common interface for the Decls that can be redeclared.
 template<typename decl_type>
 class Redeclarable {
 protected:
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ protected:
     return DeclLink(DeclLink::LatestLink, Ctx);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Points to the next redeclaration in the chain.
+  /// Points to the next redeclaration in the chain.
   ///
   /// If NextIsPrevious() is true, this is a link to the previous declaration
   /// of this same Decl. If NextIsLatest() is true, this is the first
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ public:
       : RedeclLink(LatestDeclLink(Ctx)),
         First(static_cast<decl_type *>(this)) {}
 
-  /// \brief Return the previous declaration of this declaration or NULL if this
+  /// Return the previous declaration of this declaration or NULL if this
   /// is the first declaration.
   decl_type *getPreviousDecl() {
     if (RedeclLink.NextIsPrevious())
@@ -215,32 +215,32 @@ public:
                  static_cast<const decl_type*>(this))->getPreviousDecl();
   }
 
-  /// \brief Return the first declaration of this declaration or itself if this
+  /// Return the first declaration of this declaration or itself if this
   /// is the only declaration.
   decl_type *getFirstDecl() { return First; }
 
-  /// \brief Return the first declaration of this declaration or itself if this
+  /// Return the first declaration of this declaration or itself if this
   /// is the only declaration.
   const decl_type *getFirstDecl() const { return First; }
 
-  /// \brief True if this is the first declaration in its redeclaration chain.
+  /// True if this is the first declaration in its redeclaration chain.
   bool isFirstDecl() const { return RedeclLink.NextIsLatest(); }
 
-  /// \brief Returns the most recent (re)declaration of this declaration.
+  /// Returns the most recent (re)declaration of this declaration.
   decl_type *getMostRecentDecl() {
     return getFirstDecl()->getNextRedeclaration();
   }
 
-  /// \brief Returns the most recent (re)declaration of this declaration.
+  /// Returns the most recent (re)declaration of this declaration.
   const decl_type *getMostRecentDecl() const {
     return getFirstDecl()->getNextRedeclaration();
   }
 
-  /// \brief Set the previous declaration. If PrevDecl is NULL, set this as the
+  /// Set the previous declaration. If PrevDecl is NULL, set this as the
   /// first and only declaration.
   void setPreviousDecl(decl_type *PrevDecl);
 
-  /// \brief Iterates through all the redeclarations of the same decl.
+  /// Iterates through all the redeclarations of the same decl.
   class redecl_iterator {
     /// Current - The current declaration.
     decl_type *Current = nullptr;
@@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ public:
 
   using redecl_range = llvm::iterator_range<redecl_iterator>;
 
-  /// \brief Returns an iterator range for all the redeclarations of the same
+  /// Returns an iterator range for all the redeclarations of the same
   /// decl. It will iterate at least once (when this decl is the only one).
   redecl_range redecls() const {
     return redecl_range(redecl_iterator(const_cast<decl_type *>(
@@ -306,11 +306,11 @@ public:
   redecl_iterator redecls_end() const { return redecls().end(); }
 };
 
-/// \brief Get the primary declaration for a declaration from an AST file. That
+/// Get the primary declaration for a declaration from an AST file. That
 /// will be the first-loaded declaration.
 Decl *getPrimaryMergedDecl(Decl *D);
 
-/// \brief Provides common interface for the Decls that cannot be redeclared,
+/// Provides common interface for the Decls that cannot be redeclared,
 /// but can be merged if the same declaration is brought in from multiple
 /// modules.
 template<typename decl_type>
@@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ class Mergeable {
 public:
   Mergeable() = default;
 
-  /// \brief Return the first declaration of this declaration or itself if this
+  /// Return the first declaration of this declaration or itself if this
   /// is the only declaration.
   decl_type *getFirstDecl() {
     auto *D = static_cast<decl_type *>(this);
@@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ public:
     return cast<decl_type>(getPrimaryMergedDecl(const_cast<decl_type*>(D)));
   }
 
-  /// \brief Return the first declaration of this declaration or itself if this
+  /// Return the first declaration of this declaration or itself if this
   /// is the only declaration.
   const decl_type *getFirstDecl() const {
     const auto *D = static_cast<const decl_type *>(this);
@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ public:
     return cast<decl_type>(getPrimaryMergedDecl(const_cast<decl_type*>(D)));
   }
 
-  /// \brief Returns true if this is the first declaration.
+  /// Returns true if this is the first declaration.
   bool isFirstDecl() const { return getFirstDecl() == this; }
 };
 

include/clang/AST/SelectorLocationsKind.h

@@ -23,32 +23,32 @@ namespace clang {
   class Expr;
   class ParmVarDecl;
 
-/// \brief Whether all locations of the selector identifiers are in a
+/// Whether all locations of the selector identifiers are in a
 /// "standard" position.
 enum SelectorLocationsKind {
-  /// \brief Non-standard.
+  /// Non-standard.
   SelLoc_NonStandard = 0,
 
-  /// \brief For nullary selectors, immediately before the end:
+  /// For nullary selectors, immediately before the end:
   ///    "[foo release]" / "-(void)release;"
   /// Or immediately before the arguments:
   ///    "[foo first:1 second:2]" / "-(id)first:(int)x second:(int)y;
   SelLoc_StandardNoSpace = 1,
 
-  /// \brief For nullary selectors, immediately before the end:
+  /// For nullary selectors, immediately before the end:
   ///    "[foo release]" / "-(void)release;"
   /// Or with a space between the arguments:
   ///    "[foo first: 1 second: 2]" / "-(id)first: (int)x second: (int)y;
   SelLoc_StandardWithSpace = 2
 };
 
-/// \brief Returns true if all \p SelLocs are in a "standard" location.
+/// Returns true if all \p SelLocs are in a "standard" location.
 SelectorLocationsKind hasStandardSelectorLocs(Selector Sel,
                                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelLocs,
                                               ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
                                               SourceLocation EndLoc);
 
-/// \brief Get the "standard" location of a selector identifier, e.g:
+/// Get the "standard" location of a selector identifier, e.g:
 /// For nullary selectors, immediately before ']': "[foo release]"
 ///
 /// \param WithArgSpace if true the standard location is with a space apart
@@ -60,13 +60,13 @@ SourceLocation getStandardSelectorLoc(unsigned Index,
                                       ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
 
-/// \brief Returns true if all \p SelLocs are in a "standard" location.
+/// Returns true if all \p SelLocs are in a "standard" location.
 SelectorLocationsKind hasStandardSelectorLocs(Selector Sel,
                                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelLocs,
                                               ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Args,
                                               SourceLocation EndLoc);
 
-/// \brief Get the "standard" location of a selector identifier, e.g:
+/// Get the "standard" location of a selector identifier, e.g:
 /// For nullary selectors, immediately before ']': "[foo release]"
 ///
 /// \param WithArgSpace if true the standard location is with a space apart

include/clang/AST/Stmt.h

@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ protected:
   class StmtBitfields {
     friend class Stmt;
 
-    /// \brief The statement class.
+    /// The statement class.
     unsigned sClass : 8;
   };
   enum { NumStmtBits = 8 };
@@ -272,14 +272,14 @@ protected:
     
     unsigned : NumExprBits;
     
-    /// \brief The kind of type trait, which is a value of a TypeTrait enumerator.
+    /// The kind of type trait, which is a value of a TypeTrait enumerator.
     unsigned Kind : 8;
     
-    /// \brief If this expression is not value-dependent, this indicates whether
+    /// If this expression is not value-dependent, this indicates whether
     /// the trait evaluated true or false.
     unsigned Value : 1;
 
-    /// \brief The number of arguments to this type trait.
+    /// The number of arguments to this type trait.
     unsigned NumArgs : 32 - 8 - 1 - NumExprBits;
   };
 
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ public:
   void operator delete(void *, void *) noexcept {}
 
 public:
-  /// \brief A placeholder type used to construct an empty shell of a
+  /// A placeholder type used to construct an empty shell of a
   /// type, that will be filled in later (e.g., by some
   /// de-serialization).
   struct EmptyShell {};
@@ -369,11 +369,11 @@ protected:
   };
 
 private:
-  /// \brief Whether statistic collection is enabled.
+  /// Whether statistic collection is enabled.
   static bool StatisticsEnabled;
 
 protected:
-  /// \brief Construct an empty statement.
+  /// Construct an empty statement.
   explicit Stmt(StmtClass SC, EmptyShell) : Stmt(SC) {}
 
 public:
@@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ public:
   static void EnableStatistics();
   static void PrintStats();
 
-  /// \brief Dumps the specified AST fragment and all subtrees to
+  /// Dumps the specified AST fragment and all subtrees to
   /// \c llvm::errs().
   void dump() const;
   void dump(SourceManager &SM) const;
@@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ public:
     return const_cast<Stmt *>(this)->IgnoreImplicit();
   }
 
-  /// \brief Skip no-op (attributed, compound) container stmts and skip captured
+  /// Skip no-op (attributed, compound) container stmts and skip captured
   /// stmt at the top, if \a IgnoreCaptured is true.
   Stmt *IgnoreContainers(bool IgnoreCaptured = false);
   const Stmt *IgnoreContainers(bool IgnoreCaptured = false) const {
@@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ public:
   const_child_iterator child_begin() const { return children().begin(); }
   const_child_iterator child_end() const { return children().end(); }
 
-  /// \brief Produce a unique representation of the given statement.
+  /// Produce a unique representation of the given statement.
   ///
   /// \param ID once the profiling operation is complete, will contain
   /// the unique representation of the given statement.
@@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ public:
   void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
                bool Canonical) const;
 
-  /// \brief Calculate a unique representation for a statement that is
+  /// Calculate a unique representation for a statement that is
   /// stable across compiler invocations.
   ///
   /// \param ID profile information will be stored in ID.
@@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ public:
   DeclStmt(DeclGroupRef dg, SourceLocation startLoc, SourceLocation endLoc)
       : Stmt(DeclStmtClass), DG(dg), StartLoc(startLoc), EndLoc(endLoc) {}
 
-  /// \brief Build an empty declaration statement.
+  /// Build an empty declaration statement.
   explicit DeclStmt(EmptyShell Empty) : Stmt(DeclStmtClass, Empty) {}
 
   /// isSingleDecl - This method returns true if this DeclStmt refers
@@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ public:
 class NullStmt : public Stmt {
   SourceLocation SemiLoc;
 
-  /// \brief True if the null statement was preceded by an empty macro, e.g:
+  /// True if the null statement was preceded by an empty macro, e.g:
   /// @code
   ///   #define CALL(x)
   ///   CALL(0);
@@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ public:
       : Stmt(NullStmtClass), SemiLoc(L),
         HasLeadingEmptyMacro(hasLeadingEmptyMacro) {}
 
-  /// \brief Build an empty null statement.
+  /// Build an empty null statement.
   explicit NullStmt(EmptyShell Empty) : Stmt(NullStmtClass, Empty) {}
 
   SourceLocation getSemiLoc() const { return SemiLoc; }
@@ -622,13 +622,13 @@ public:
   static CompoundStmt *Create(const ASTContext &C, ArrayRef<Stmt *> Stmts,
                               SourceLocation LB, SourceLocation RB);
 
-  // \brief Build an empty compound statement with a location.
+  // Build an empty compound statement with a location.
   explicit CompoundStmt(SourceLocation Loc)
       : Stmt(CompoundStmtClass), LBraceLoc(Loc), RBraceLoc(Loc) {
     CompoundStmtBits.NumStmts = 0;
   }
 
-  // \brief Build an empty compound statement.
+  // Build an empty compound statement.
   static CompoundStmt *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &C, unsigned NumStmts);
 
   bool body_empty() const { return CompoundStmtBits.NumStmts == 0; }
@@ -767,7 +767,7 @@ public:
     EllipsisLoc = ellipsisLoc;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Build an empty switch case statement.
+  /// Build an empty switch case statement.
   explicit CaseStmt(EmptyShell Empty) : SwitchCase(CaseStmtClass, Empty) {}
 
   SourceLocation getCaseLoc() const { return KeywordLoc; }
@@ -823,7 +823,7 @@ public:
   DefaultStmt(SourceLocation DL, SourceLocation CL, Stmt *substmt) :
     SwitchCase(DefaultStmtClass, DL, CL), SubStmt(substmt) {}
 
-  /// \brief Build an empty default statement.
+  /// Build an empty default statement.
   explicit DefaultStmt(EmptyShell Empty)
       : SwitchCase(DefaultStmtClass, Empty) {}
 
@@ -868,7 +868,7 @@ public:
                   "LabelStmt too big");
   }
 
-  // \brief Build an empty label statement.
+  // Build an empty label statement.
   explicit LabelStmt(EmptyShell Empty) : Stmt(LabelStmtClass, Empty) {}
 
   SourceLocation getIdentLoc() const { return IdentLoc; }
@@ -890,7 +890,7 @@ public:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief Represents an attribute applied to a statement.
+/// Represents an attribute applied to a statement.
 ///
 /// Represents an attribute applied to a statement. For example:
 ///   [[omp::for(...)]] for (...) { ... }
@@ -924,7 +924,7 @@ public:
   static AttributedStmt *Create(const ASTContext &C, SourceLocation Loc,
                                 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs, Stmt *SubStmt);
 
-  // \brief Build an empty attributed statement.
+  // Build an empty attributed statement.
   static AttributedStmt *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &C, unsigned NumAttrs);
 
   SourceLocation getAttrLoc() const { return AttrLoc; }
@@ -959,10 +959,10 @@ public:
          Stmt *then, SourceLocation EL = SourceLocation(),
          Stmt *elsev = nullptr);
 
-  /// \brief Build an empty if/then/else statement
+  /// Build an empty if/then/else statement
   explicit IfStmt(EmptyShell Empty) : Stmt(IfStmtClass, Empty) {}
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the variable declared in this "if" statement, if any.
+  /// Retrieve the variable declared in this "if" statement, if any.
   ///
   /// In the following example, "x" is the condition variable.
   /// \code
@@ -1038,10 +1038,10 @@ class SwitchStmt : public Stmt {
 public:
   SwitchStmt(const ASTContext &C, Stmt *Init, VarDecl *Var, Expr *cond);
 
-  /// \brief Build a empty switch statement.
+  /// Build a empty switch statement.
   explicit SwitchStmt(EmptyShell Empty) : Stmt(SwitchStmtClass, Empty) {}
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the variable declared in this "switch" statement, if any.
+  /// Retrieve the variable declared in this "switch" statement, if any.
   ///
   /// In the following example, "x" is the condition variable.
   /// \code
@@ -1072,7 +1072,7 @@ public:
   void setBody(Stmt *S) { SubExprs[BODY] = S; }
   SwitchCase *getSwitchCaseList() { return FirstCase.getPointer(); }
 
-  /// \brief Set the case list for this switch statement.
+  /// Set the case list for this switch statement.
   void setSwitchCaseList(SwitchCase *SC) { FirstCase.setPointer(SC); }
 
   SourceLocation getSwitchLoc() const { return SwitchLoc; }
@@ -1124,10 +1124,10 @@ public:
   WhileStmt(const ASTContext &C, VarDecl *Var, Expr *cond, Stmt *body,
             SourceLocation WL);
 
-  /// \brief Build an empty while statement.
+  /// Build an empty while statement.
   explicit WhileStmt(EmptyShell Empty) : Stmt(WhileStmtClass, Empty) {}
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the variable declared in this "while" statement, if any.
+  /// Retrieve the variable declared in this "while" statement, if any.
   ///
   /// In the following example, "x" is the condition variable.
   /// \code
@@ -1186,7 +1186,7 @@ public:
     SubExprs[BODY] = body;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Build an empty do-while statement.
+  /// Build an empty do-while statement.
   explicit DoStmt(EmptyShell Empty) : Stmt(DoStmtClass, Empty) {}
 
   Expr *getCond() { return reinterpret_cast<Expr*>(SubExprs[COND]); }
@@ -1231,12 +1231,12 @@ public:
           Expr *Inc, Stmt *Body, SourceLocation FL, SourceLocation LP,
           SourceLocation RP);
 
-  /// \brief Build an empty for statement.
+  /// Build an empty for statement.
   explicit ForStmt(EmptyShell Empty) : Stmt(ForStmtClass, Empty) {}
 
   Stmt *getInit() { return SubExprs[INIT]; }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the variable declared in this "for" statement, if any.
+  /// Retrieve the variable declared in this "for" statement, if any.
   ///
   /// In the following example, "y" is the condition variable.
   /// \code
@@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@ public:
   GotoStmt(LabelDecl *label, SourceLocation GL, SourceLocation LL)
       : Stmt(GotoStmtClass), Label(label), GotoLoc(GL), LabelLoc(LL) {}
 
-  /// \brief Build an empty goto statement.
+  /// Build an empty goto statement.
   explicit GotoStmt(EmptyShell Empty) : Stmt(GotoStmtClass, Empty) {}
 
   LabelDecl *getLabel() const { return Label; }
@@ -1336,7 +1336,7 @@ public:
     : Stmt(IndirectGotoStmtClass), GotoLoc(gotoLoc), StarLoc(starLoc),
       Target((Stmt*)target) {}
 
-  /// \brief Build an empty indirect goto statement.
+  /// Build an empty indirect goto statement.
   explicit IndirectGotoStmt(EmptyShell Empty)
       : Stmt(IndirectGotoStmtClass, Empty) {}
 
@@ -1374,7 +1374,7 @@ class ContinueStmt : public Stmt {
 public:
   ContinueStmt(SourceLocation CL) : Stmt(ContinueStmtClass), ContinueLoc(CL) {}
 
-  /// \brief Build an empty continue statement.
+  /// Build an empty continue statement.
   explicit ContinueStmt(EmptyShell Empty) : Stmt(ContinueStmtClass, Empty) {}
 
   SourceLocation getContinueLoc() const { return ContinueLoc; }
@@ -1403,7 +1403,7 @@ public:
                   "BreakStmt too large");
   }
 
-  /// \brief Build an empty break statement.
+  /// Build an empty break statement.
   explicit BreakStmt(EmptyShell Empty) : Stmt(BreakStmtClass, Empty) {}
 
   SourceLocation getBreakLoc() const { return BreakLoc; }
@@ -1442,7 +1442,7 @@ public:
       : Stmt(ReturnStmtClass), RetLoc(RL), RetExpr((Stmt *)E),
         NRVOCandidate(NRVOCandidate) {}
 
-  /// \brief Build an empty return expression.
+  /// Build an empty return expression.
   explicit ReturnStmt(EmptyShell Empty) : Stmt(ReturnStmtClass, Empty) {}
 
   const Expr *getRetValue() const;
@@ -1452,7 +1452,7 @@ public:
   SourceLocation getReturnLoc() const { return RetLoc; }
   void setReturnLoc(SourceLocation L) { RetLoc = L; }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the variable that might be used for the named return
+  /// Retrieve the variable that might be used for the named return
   /// value optimization.
   ///
   /// The optimization itself can only be performed if the variable is
@@ -1484,11 +1484,11 @@ protected:
 
   SourceLocation AsmLoc;
 
-  /// \brief True if the assembly statement does not have any input or output
+  /// True if the assembly statement does not have any input or output
   /// operands.
   bool IsSimple;
 
-  /// \brief If true, treat this inline assembly as having side effects.
+  /// If true, treat this inline assembly as having side effects.
   /// This assembly statement should not be optimized, deleted or moved.
   bool IsVolatile;
 
@@ -1505,7 +1505,7 @@ protected:
         NumClobbers(numclobbers) {}
 
 public:
-  /// \brief Build an empty inline-assembly statement.
+  /// Build an empty inline-assembly statement.
   explicit AsmStmt(StmtClass SC, EmptyShell Empty) : Stmt(SC, Empty) {}
 
   SourceLocation getAsmLoc() const { return AsmLoc; }
@@ -1651,7 +1651,7 @@ public:
              StringLiteral *asmstr, unsigned numclobbers,
              StringLiteral **clobbers, SourceLocation rparenloc);
 
-  /// \brief Build an empty inline-assembly statement.
+  /// Build an empty inline-assembly statement.
   explicit GCCAsmStmt(EmptyShell Empty) : AsmStmt(GCCAsmStmtClass, Empty) {}
 
   SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
@@ -1828,7 +1828,7 @@ public:
             ArrayRef<Expr*> exprs, StringRef asmstr,
             ArrayRef<StringRef> clobbers, SourceLocation endloc);
 
-  /// \brief Build an empty MS-style inline-assembly statement.
+  /// Build an empty MS-style inline-assembly statement.
   explicit MSAsmStmt(EmptyShell Empty) : AsmStmt(MSAsmStmtClass, Empty) {}
 
   SourceLocation getLBraceLoc() const { return LBraceLoc; }
@@ -2039,7 +2039,7 @@ public:
   explicit SEHLeaveStmt(SourceLocation LL)
       : Stmt(SEHLeaveStmtClass), LeaveLoc(LL) {}
 
-  /// \brief Build an empty __leave statement.
+  /// Build an empty __leave statement.
   explicit SEHLeaveStmt(EmptyShell Empty) : Stmt(SEHLeaveStmtClass, Empty) {}
 
   SourceLocation getLeaveLoc() const { return LeaveLoc; }
@@ -2058,7 +2058,7 @@ public:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief This captures a statement into a function. For example, the following
+/// This captures a statement into a function. For example, the following
 /// pragma annotated compound statement can be represented as a CapturedStmt,
 /// and this compound statement is the body of an anonymous outlined function.
 /// @code
@@ -2069,7 +2069,7 @@ public:
 /// @endcode
 class CapturedStmt : public Stmt {
 public:
-  /// \brief The different capture forms: by 'this', by reference, capture for
+  /// The different capture forms: by 'this', by reference, capture for
   /// variable-length array type etc.
   enum VariableCaptureKind {
     VCK_This,
@@ -2078,7 +2078,7 @@ public:
     VCK_VLAType,
   };
 
-  /// \brief Describes the capture of either a variable, or 'this', or
+  /// Describes the capture of either a variable, or 'this', or
   /// variable-length array type.
   class Capture {
     llvm::PointerIntPair<VarDecl *, 2, VariableCaptureKind> VarAndKind;
@@ -2087,7 +2087,7 @@ public:
   public:
     friend class ASTStmtReader;
 
-    /// \brief Create a new capture.
+    /// Create a new capture.
     ///
     /// \param Loc The source location associated with this capture.
     ///
@@ -2097,52 +2097,52 @@ public:
     Capture(SourceLocation Loc, VariableCaptureKind Kind,
             VarDecl *Var = nullptr);
 
-    /// \brief Determine the kind of capture.
+    /// Determine the kind of capture.
     VariableCaptureKind getCaptureKind() const;
 
-    /// \brief Retrieve the source location at which the variable or 'this' was
+    /// Retrieve the source location at which the variable or 'this' was
     /// first used.
     SourceLocation getLocation() const { return Loc; }
 
-    /// \brief Determine whether this capture handles the C++ 'this' pointer.
+    /// Determine whether this capture handles the C++ 'this' pointer.
     bool capturesThis() const { return getCaptureKind() == VCK_This; }
 
-    /// \brief Determine whether this capture handles a variable (by reference).
+    /// Determine whether this capture handles a variable (by reference).
     bool capturesVariable() const { return getCaptureKind() == VCK_ByRef; }
 
-    /// \brief Determine whether this capture handles a variable by copy.
+    /// Determine whether this capture handles a variable by copy.
     bool capturesVariableByCopy() const {
       return getCaptureKind() == VCK_ByCopy;
     }
 
-    /// \brief Determine whether this capture handles a variable-length array
+    /// Determine whether this capture handles a variable-length array
     /// type.
     bool capturesVariableArrayType() const {
       return getCaptureKind() == VCK_VLAType;
     }
 
-    /// \brief Retrieve the declaration of the variable being captured.
+    /// Retrieve the declaration of the variable being captured.
     ///
     /// This operation is only valid if this capture captures a variable.
     VarDecl *getCapturedVar() const;
   };
 
 private:
-  /// \brief The number of variable captured, including 'this'.
+  /// The number of variable captured, including 'this'.
   unsigned NumCaptures;
 
-  /// \brief The pointer part is the implicit the outlined function and the 
+  /// The pointer part is the implicit the outlined function and the 
   /// int part is the captured region kind, 'CR_Default' etc.
   llvm::PointerIntPair<CapturedDecl *, 1, CapturedRegionKind> CapDeclAndKind;
 
-  /// \brief The record for captured variables, a RecordDecl or CXXRecordDecl.
+  /// The record for captured variables, a RecordDecl or CXXRecordDecl.
   RecordDecl *TheRecordDecl = nullptr;
 
-  /// \brief Construct a captured statement.
+  /// Construct a captured statement.
   CapturedStmt(Stmt *S, CapturedRegionKind Kind, ArrayRef<Capture> Captures,
                ArrayRef<Expr *> CaptureInits, CapturedDecl *CD, RecordDecl *RD);
 
-  /// \brief Construct an empty captured statement.
+  /// Construct an empty captured statement.
   CapturedStmt(EmptyShell Empty, unsigned NumCaptures);
 
   Stmt **getStoredStmts() { return reinterpret_cast<Stmt **>(this + 1); }
@@ -2167,36 +2167,36 @@ public:
   static CapturedStmt *CreateDeserialized(const ASTContext &Context,
                                           unsigned NumCaptures);
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the statement being captured.
+  /// Retrieve the statement being captured.
   Stmt *getCapturedStmt() { return getStoredStmts()[NumCaptures]; }
   const Stmt *getCapturedStmt() const { return getStoredStmts()[NumCaptures]; }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the outlined function declaration.
+  /// Retrieve the outlined function declaration.
   CapturedDecl *getCapturedDecl();
   const CapturedDecl *getCapturedDecl() const;
 
-  /// \brief Set the outlined function declaration.
+  /// Set the outlined function declaration.
   void setCapturedDecl(CapturedDecl *D);
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the captured region kind.
+  /// Retrieve the captured region kind.
   CapturedRegionKind getCapturedRegionKind() const;
 
-  /// \brief Set the captured region kind.
+  /// Set the captured region kind.
   void setCapturedRegionKind(CapturedRegionKind Kind);
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the record declaration for captured variables.
+  /// Retrieve the record declaration for captured variables.
   const RecordDecl *getCapturedRecordDecl() const { return TheRecordDecl; }
 
-  /// \brief Set the record declaration for captured variables.
+  /// Set the record declaration for captured variables.
   void setCapturedRecordDecl(RecordDecl *D) {
     assert(D && "null RecordDecl");
     TheRecordDecl = D;
   }
 
-  /// \brief True if this variable has been captured.
+  /// True if this variable has been captured.
   bool capturesVariable(const VarDecl *Var) const;
 
-  /// \brief An iterator that walks over the captures.
+  /// An iterator that walks over the captures.
   using capture_iterator = Capture *;
   using const_capture_iterator = const Capture *;
   using capture_range = llvm::iterator_range<capture_iterator>;
@@ -2209,24 +2209,24 @@ public:
     return capture_const_range(capture_begin(), capture_end());
   }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve an iterator pointing to the first capture.
+  /// Retrieve an iterator pointing to the first capture.
   capture_iterator capture_begin() { return getStoredCaptures(); }
   const_capture_iterator capture_begin() const { return getStoredCaptures(); }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve an iterator pointing past the end of the sequence of
+  /// Retrieve an iterator pointing past the end of the sequence of
   /// captures.
   capture_iterator capture_end() const {
     return getStoredCaptures() + NumCaptures;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the number of captures, including 'this'.
+  /// Retrieve the number of captures, including 'this'.
   unsigned capture_size() const { return NumCaptures; }
 
-  /// \brief Iterator that walks over the capture initialization arguments.
+  /// Iterator that walks over the capture initialization arguments.
   using capture_init_iterator = Expr **;
   using capture_init_range = llvm::iterator_range<capture_init_iterator>;
 
-  /// \brief Const iterator that walks over the capture initialization
+  /// Const iterator that walks over the capture initialization
   /// arguments.
   using const_capture_init_iterator = Expr *const *;
   using const_capture_init_range =
@@ -2240,7 +2240,7 @@ public:
     return const_capture_init_range(capture_init_begin(), capture_init_end());
   }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the first initialization argument.
+  /// Retrieve the first initialization argument.
   capture_init_iterator capture_init_begin() {
     return reinterpret_cast<Expr **>(getStoredStmts());
   }
@@ -2249,7 +2249,7 @@ public:
     return reinterpret_cast<Expr *const *>(getStoredStmts());
   }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the iterator pointing one past the last initialization
+  /// Retrieve the iterator pointing one past the last initialization
   /// argument.
   capture_init_iterator capture_init_end() {
     return capture_init_begin() + NumCaptures;

include/clang/AST/StmtCXX.h

@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ public:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief Representation of a Microsoft __if_exists or __if_not_exists
+/// Representation of a Microsoft __if_exists or __if_not_exists
 /// statement with a dependent name.
 ///
 /// The __if_exists statement can be used to include a sequence of statements
@@ -257,25 +257,25 @@ public:
     QualifierLoc(QualifierLoc), NameInfo(NameInfo),
     SubStmt(reinterpret_cast<Stmt *>(SubStmt)) { }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the location of the __if_exists or __if_not_exists
+  /// Retrieve the location of the __if_exists or __if_not_exists
   /// keyword.
   SourceLocation getKeywordLoc() const { return KeywordLoc; }
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this is an __if_exists statement.
+  /// Determine whether this is an __if_exists statement.
   bool isIfExists() const { return IsIfExists; }
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this is an __if_exists statement.
+  /// Determine whether this is an __if_exists statement.
   bool isIfNotExists() const { return !IsIfExists; }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies this name, if
+  /// Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies this name, if
   /// any.
   NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const { return QualifierLoc; }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the name of the entity we're testing for, along with
+  /// Retrieve the name of the entity we're testing for, along with
   /// location information
   DeclarationNameInfo getNameInfo() const { return NameInfo; }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the compound statement that will be included in the
+  /// Retrieve the compound statement that will be included in the
   /// program only if the existence of the symbol matches the initial keyword.
   CompoundStmt *getSubStmt() const {
     return reinterpret_cast<CompoundStmt *>(SubStmt);
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ public:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief Represents the body of a coroutine. This wraps the normal function
+/// Represents the body of a coroutine. This wraps the normal function
 /// body and holds the additional semantic context required to set up and tear
 /// down the coroutine frame.
 class CoroutineBodyStmt final
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ public:
     return getPromiseDecl()->getType()->isDependentType();
   }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the body of the coroutine as written. This will be either
+  /// Retrieve the body of the coroutine as written. This will be either
   /// a CompoundStmt or a TryStmt.
   Stmt *getBody() const {
     return getStoredStmts()[SubStmt::Body];
@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ public:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief Represents a 'co_return' statement in the C++ Coroutines TS.
+/// Represents a 'co_return' statement in the C++ Coroutines TS.
 ///
 /// This statament models the initialization of the coroutine promise
 /// (encapsulating the eventual notional return value) from an expression
@@ -451,11 +451,11 @@ public:
 
   SourceLocation getKeywordLoc() const { return CoreturnLoc; }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the operand of the 'co_return' statement. Will be nullptr
+  /// Retrieve the operand of the 'co_return' statement. Will be nullptr
   /// if none was specified.
   Expr *getOperand() const { return static_cast<Expr*>(SubStmts[Operand]); }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the promise call that results from this 'co_return'
+  /// Retrieve the promise call that results from this 'co_return'
   /// statement. Will be nullptr if either the coroutine has not yet been
   /// finalized or the coroutine has no eventual return type.
   Expr *getPromiseCall() const {

include/clang/AST/StmtObjC.h

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
 /// \file
-/// \brief Defines the Objective-C statement AST node classes.
+/// Defines the Objective-C statement AST node classes.
 
 #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_STMTOBJC_H
 #define LLVM_CLANG_AST_STMTOBJC_H
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
 
 namespace clang {
 
-/// \brief Represents Objective-C's collection statement.
+/// Represents Objective-C's collection statement.
 ///
 /// This is represented as 'for (element 'in' collection-expression)' stmt.
 class ObjCForCollectionStmt : public Stmt {
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ public:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief Represents Objective-C's \@catch statement.
+/// Represents Objective-C's \@catch statement.
 class ObjCAtCatchStmt : public Stmt {
 private:
   VarDecl *ExceptionDecl;
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ public:
   child_range children() { return child_range(&Body, &Body + 1); }
 };
 
-/// \brief Represents Objective-C's \@finally statement
+/// Represents Objective-C's \@finally statement
 class ObjCAtFinallyStmt : public Stmt {
   SourceLocation AtFinallyLoc;
   Stmt *AtFinallyStmt;
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ public:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief Represents Objective-C's \@try ... \@catch ... \@finally statement.
+/// Represents Objective-C's \@try ... \@catch ... \@finally statement.
 class ObjCAtTryStmt : public Stmt {
 private:
   // The location of the @ in the \@try.
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ private:
   // Whether this statement has a \@finally statement.
   bool HasFinally : 1;
   
-  /// \brief Retrieve the statements that are stored after this \@try statement.
+  /// Retrieve the statements that are stored after this \@try statement.
   ///
   /// The order of the statements in memory follows the order in the source,
   /// with the \@try body first, followed by the \@catch statements (if any)
@@ -189,38 +189,38 @@ public:
   static ObjCAtTryStmt *CreateEmpty(const ASTContext &Context,
                                     unsigned NumCatchStmts, bool HasFinally);
   
-  /// \brief Retrieve the location of the @ in the \@try.
+  /// Retrieve the location of the @ in the \@try.
   SourceLocation getAtTryLoc() const { return AtTryLoc; }
   void setAtTryLoc(SourceLocation Loc) { AtTryLoc = Loc; }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the \@try body.
+  /// Retrieve the \@try body.
   const Stmt *getTryBody() const { return getStmts()[0]; }
   Stmt *getTryBody() { return getStmts()[0]; }
   void setTryBody(Stmt *S) { getStmts()[0] = S; }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the number of \@catch statements in this try-catch-finally
+  /// Retrieve the number of \@catch statements in this try-catch-finally
   /// block.
   unsigned getNumCatchStmts() const { return NumCatchStmts; }
   
-  /// \brief Retrieve a \@catch statement.
+  /// Retrieve a \@catch statement.
   const ObjCAtCatchStmt *getCatchStmt(unsigned I) const {
     assert(I < NumCatchStmts && "Out-of-bounds @catch index");
     return cast_or_null<ObjCAtCatchStmt>(getStmts()[I + 1]);
   }
   
-  /// \brief Retrieve a \@catch statement.
+  /// Retrieve a \@catch statement.
   ObjCAtCatchStmt *getCatchStmt(unsigned I) {
     assert(I < NumCatchStmts && "Out-of-bounds @catch index");
     return cast_or_null<ObjCAtCatchStmt>(getStmts()[I + 1]);
   }
   
-  /// \brief Set a particular catch statement.
+  /// Set a particular catch statement.
   void setCatchStmt(unsigned I, ObjCAtCatchStmt *S) {
     assert(I < NumCatchStmts && "Out-of-bounds @catch index");
     getStmts()[I + 1] = S;
   }
   
-  /// \brief Retrieve the \@finally statement, if any.
+  /// Retrieve the \@finally statement, if any.
   const ObjCAtFinallyStmt *getFinallyStmt() const {
     if (!HasFinally)
       return nullptr;
@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ public:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief Represents Objective-C's \@synchronized statement.
+/// Represents Objective-C's \@synchronized statement.
 ///
 /// Example:
 /// \code
@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ public:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief Represents Objective-C's \@throw statement.
+/// Represents Objective-C's \@throw statement.
 class ObjCAtThrowStmt : public Stmt {
   SourceLocation AtThrowLoc;
   Stmt *Throw;
@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ public:
   child_range children() { return child_range(&Throw, &Throw+1); }
 };
 
-/// \brief Represents Objective-C's \@autoreleasepool Statement
+/// Represents Objective-C's \@autoreleasepool Statement
 class ObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt : public Stmt {
   SourceLocation AtLoc;
   Stmt *SubStmt;

include/clang/AST/StmtVisitor.h

@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ template<typename ImplClass, typename RetTy=void, typename... ParamTys>
 class ConstStmtVisitor
  : public StmtVisitorBase<make_const_ptr, ImplClass, RetTy, ParamTys...> {};
 
-/// \brief This class implements a simple visitor for OMPClause
+/// This class implements a simple visitor for OMPClause
 /// subclasses.
 template<class ImplClass, template <typename> class Ptr, typename RetTy>
 class OMPClauseVisitorBase {

include/clang/AST/TemplateBase.h

@@ -47,12 +47,12 @@ struct PrintingPolicy;
 class TypeSourceInfo;
 class ValueDecl;
 
-/// \brief Represents a template argument.
+/// Represents a template argument.
 class TemplateArgument {
 public:
-  /// \brief The kind of template argument we're storing.
+  /// The kind of template argument we're storing.
   enum ArgKind {
-    /// \brief Represents an empty template argument, e.g., one that has not
+    /// Represents an empty template argument, e.g., one that has not
     /// been deduced.
     Null = 0,
 
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ public:
   };
 
 private:
-  /// \brief The kind of template argument we're storing.
+  /// The kind of template argument we're storing.
 
   struct DA {
     unsigned Kind;
@@ -138,16 +138,16 @@ private:
   };
 
 public:
-  /// \brief Construct an empty, invalid template argument.
+  /// Construct an empty, invalid template argument.
   constexpr TemplateArgument() : TypeOrValue({Null, 0}) {}
 
-  /// \brief Construct a template type argument.
+  /// Construct a template type argument.
   TemplateArgument(QualType T, bool isNullPtr = false) {
     TypeOrValue.Kind = isNullPtr ? NullPtr : Type;
     TypeOrValue.V = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(T.getAsOpaquePtr());
   }
 
-  /// \brief Construct a template argument that refers to a
+  /// Construct a template argument that refers to a
   /// declaration, which is either an external declaration or a
   /// template declaration.
   TemplateArgument(ValueDecl *D, QualType QT) {
@@ -157,18 +157,18 @@ public:
     DeclArg.D = D;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Construct an integral constant template argument. The memory to
+  /// Construct an integral constant template argument. The memory to
   /// store the value is allocated with Ctx.
   TemplateArgument(ASTContext &Ctx, const llvm::APSInt &Value, QualType Type);
 
-  /// \brief Construct an integral constant template argument with the same
+  /// Construct an integral constant template argument with the same
   /// value as Other but a different type.
   TemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Other, QualType Type) {
     Integer = Other.Integer;
     Integer.Type = Type.getAsOpaquePtr();
   }
 
-  /// \brief Construct a template argument that is a template.
+  /// Construct a template argument that is a template.
   ///
   /// This form of template argument is generally used for template template
   /// parameters. However, the template name could be a dependent template
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ public:
     TemplateArg.NumExpansions = 0;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Construct a template argument that is a template pack expansion.
+  /// Construct a template argument that is a template pack expansion.
   ///
   /// This form of template argument is generally used for template template
   /// parameters. However, the template name could be a dependent template
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ public:
       TemplateArg.NumExpansions = 0;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Construct a template argument that is an expression.
+  /// Construct a template argument that is an expression.
   ///
   /// This form of template argument only occurs in template argument
   /// lists used for dependent types and for expression; it will not
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ public:
     TypeOrValue.V = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(E);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Construct a template argument that is a template argument pack.
+  /// Construct a template argument that is a template argument pack.
   ///
   /// We assume that storage for the template arguments provided
   /// outlives the TemplateArgument itself.
@@ -226,40 +226,40 @@ public:
 
   static TemplateArgument getEmptyPack() { return TemplateArgument(None); }
 
-  /// \brief Create a new template argument pack by copying the given set of
+  /// Create a new template argument pack by copying the given set of
   /// template arguments.
   static TemplateArgument CreatePackCopy(ASTContext &Context,
                                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args);
 
-  /// \brief Return the kind of stored template argument.
+  /// Return the kind of stored template argument.
   ArgKind getKind() const { return (ArgKind)TypeOrValue.Kind; }
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this template argument has no value.
+  /// Determine whether this template argument has no value.
   bool isNull() const { return getKind() == Null; }
 
-  /// \brief Whether this template argument is dependent on a template
+  /// Whether this template argument is dependent on a template
   /// parameter such that its result can change from one instantiation to
   /// another.
   bool isDependent() const;
 
-  /// \brief Whether this template argument is dependent on a template
+  /// Whether this template argument is dependent on a template
   /// parameter.
   bool isInstantiationDependent() const;
 
-  /// \brief Whether this template argument contains an unexpanded
+  /// Whether this template argument contains an unexpanded
   /// parameter pack.
   bool containsUnexpandedParameterPack() const;
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this template argument is a pack expansion.
+  /// Determine whether this template argument is a pack expansion.
   bool isPackExpansion() const;
   
-  /// \brief Retrieve the type for a type template argument.
+  /// Retrieve the type for a type template argument.
   QualType getAsType() const {
     assert(getKind() == Type && "Unexpected kind");
     return QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(reinterpret_cast<void*>(TypeOrValue.V));
   }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the declaration for a declaration non-type
+  /// Retrieve the declaration for a declaration non-type
   /// template argument.
   ValueDecl *getAsDecl() const {
     assert(getKind() == Declaration && "Unexpected kind");
@@ -271,19 +271,19 @@ public:
     return QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(DeclArg.QT);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the type for null non-type template argument.
+  /// Retrieve the type for null non-type template argument.
   QualType getNullPtrType() const {
     assert(getKind() == NullPtr && "Unexpected kind");
     return QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(reinterpret_cast<void*>(TypeOrValue.V));
   }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the template name for a template name argument.
+  /// Retrieve the template name for a template name argument.
   TemplateName getAsTemplate() const {
     assert(getKind() == Template && "Unexpected kind");
     return TemplateName::getFromVoidPointer(TemplateArg.Name);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the template argument as a template name; if the argument
+  /// Retrieve the template argument as a template name; if the argument
   /// is a pack expansion, return the pattern as a template name.
   TemplateName getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern() const {
     assert((getKind() == Template || getKind() == TemplateExpansion) &&
@@ -292,11 +292,11 @@ public:
     return TemplateName::getFromVoidPointer(TemplateArg.Name);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the number of expansions that a template template argument
+  /// Retrieve the number of expansions that a template template argument
   /// expansion will produce, if known.
   Optional<unsigned> getNumTemplateExpansions() const;
   
-  /// \brief Retrieve the template argument as an integral value.
+  /// Retrieve the template argument as an integral value.
   // FIXME: Provide a way to read the integral data without copying the value.
   llvm::APSInt getAsIntegral() const {
     assert(getKind() == Integral && "Unexpected kind");
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ public:
                   Integer.IsUnsigned);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the type of the integral value.
+  /// Retrieve the type of the integral value.
   QualType getIntegralType() const {
     assert(getKind() == Integral && "Unexpected kind");
     return QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Integer.Type);
@@ -322,70 +322,70 @@ public:
     Integer.Type = T.getAsOpaquePtr();
   }
 
-  /// \brief If this is a non-type template argument, get its type. Otherwise,
+  /// If this is a non-type template argument, get its type. Otherwise,
   /// returns a null QualType.
   QualType getNonTypeTemplateArgumentType() const;
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the template argument as an expression.
+  /// Retrieve the template argument as an expression.
   Expr *getAsExpr() const {
     assert(getKind() == Expression && "Unexpected kind");
     return reinterpret_cast<Expr *>(TypeOrValue.V);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Iterator that traverses the elements of a template argument pack.
+  /// Iterator that traverses the elements of a template argument pack.
   using pack_iterator = const TemplateArgument *;
 
-  /// \brief Iterator referencing the first argument of a template argument
+  /// Iterator referencing the first argument of a template argument
   /// pack.
   pack_iterator pack_begin() const {
     assert(getKind() == Pack);
     return Args.Args;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Iterator referencing one past the last argument of a template
+  /// Iterator referencing one past the last argument of a template
   /// argument pack.
   pack_iterator pack_end() const {
     assert(getKind() == Pack);
     return Args.Args + Args.NumArgs;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Iterator range referencing all of the elements of a template
+  /// Iterator range referencing all of the elements of a template
   /// argument pack.
   ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> pack_elements() const {
     return llvm::makeArrayRef(pack_begin(), pack_end());
   }
 
-  /// \brief The number of template arguments in the given template argument
+  /// The number of template arguments in the given template argument
   /// pack.
   unsigned pack_size() const {
     assert(getKind() == Pack);
     return Args.NumArgs;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Return the array of arguments in this template argument pack.
+  /// Return the array of arguments in this template argument pack.
   ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> getPackAsArray() const {
     assert(getKind() == Pack);
     return llvm::makeArrayRef(Args.Args, Args.NumArgs);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Determines whether two template arguments are superficially the
+  /// Determines whether two template arguments are superficially the
   /// same.
   bool structurallyEquals(const TemplateArgument &Other) const;
 
-  /// \brief When the template argument is a pack expansion, returns
+  /// When the template argument is a pack expansion, returns
   /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
   TemplateArgument getPackExpansionPattern() const;
 
-  /// \brief Print this template argument to the given output stream.
+  /// Print this template argument to the given output stream.
   void print(const PrintingPolicy &Policy, raw_ostream &Out) const;
              
-  /// \brief Debugging aid that dumps the template argument.
+  /// Debugging aid that dumps the template argument.
   void dump(raw_ostream &Out) const;
 
-  /// \brief Debugging aid that dumps the template argument to standard error.
+  /// Debugging aid that dumps the template argument to standard error.
   void dump() const;
              
-  /// \brief Used to insert TemplateArguments into FoldingSets.
+  /// Used to insert TemplateArguments into FoldingSets.
   void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context) const;
 };
 
@@ -478,7 +478,7 @@ public:
            Argument.getKind() == TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion);
   }
   
-  /// \brief - Fetches the primary location of the argument.
+  /// - Fetches the primary location of the argument.
   SourceLocation getLocation() const {
     if (Argument.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Template ||
         Argument.getKind() == TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion)
@@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ public:
     return getSourceRange().getBegin();
   }
 
-  /// \brief - Fetches the full source range of the argument.
+  /// - Fetches the full source range of the argument.
   SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY;
 
   const TemplateArgument &getArgument() const {
@@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ public:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief Represents an explicit template argument list in C++, e.g.,
+/// Represents an explicit template argument list in C++, e.g.,
 /// the "<int>" in "sort<int>".
 /// This is safe to be used inside an AST node, in contrast with
 /// TemplateArgumentListInfo.
@@ -602,16 +602,16 @@ private:
   ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo(const TemplateArgumentListInfo &List);
 
 public:
-  /// \brief The source location of the left angle bracket ('<').
+  /// The source location of the left angle bracket ('<').
   SourceLocation LAngleLoc;
 
-  /// \brief The source location of the right angle bracket ('>').
+  /// The source location of the right angle bracket ('>').
   SourceLocation RAngleLoc;
 
-  /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs.
+  /// The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs.
   unsigned NumTemplateArgs;
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the template arguments
+  /// Retrieve the template arguments
   const TemplateArgumentLoc *getTemplateArgs() const {
     return getTrailingObjects<TemplateArgumentLoc>();
   }
@@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ public:
   Create(ASTContext &C, const TemplateArgumentListInfo &List);
 };
 
-/// \brief Represents an explicit template argument list in C++, e.g.,
+/// Represents an explicit template argument list in C++, e.g.,
 /// the "<int>" in "sort<int>".
 ///
 /// It is intended to be used as a trailing object on AST nodes, and
@@ -636,19 +636,19 @@ public:
 /// but expects the containing object to also provide storage for
 /// that.
 struct alignas(void *) ASTTemplateKWAndArgsInfo {
-  /// \brief The source location of the left angle bracket ('<').
+  /// The source location of the left angle bracket ('<').
   SourceLocation LAngleLoc;
 
-  /// \brief The source location of the right angle bracket ('>').
+  /// The source location of the right angle bracket ('>').
   SourceLocation RAngleLoc;
 
-  /// \brief The source location of the template keyword; this is used
+  /// The source location of the template keyword; this is used
   /// as part of the representation of qualified identifiers, such as
   /// S<T>::template apply<T>.  Will be empty if this expression does
   /// not have a template keyword.
   SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc;
 
-  /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs.
+  /// The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs.
   unsigned NumTemplateArgs;
 
   void initializeFrom(SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,

include/clang/AST/TemplateName.h

@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ class TemplateArgument;
 class TemplateDecl;
 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl;
   
-/// \brief Implementation class used to describe either a set of overloaded
+/// Implementation class used to describe either a set of overloaded
 /// template names or an already-substituted template template parameter pack.
 class UncommonTemplateNameStorage {
 protected:
@@ -50,10 +50,10 @@ protected:
   };
 
   struct BitsTag {
-    /// \brief A Kind.
+    /// A Kind.
     unsigned Kind : 2;
     
-    /// \brief The number of stored templates or template arguments,
+    /// The number of stored templates or template arguments,
     /// depending on which subclass we have.
     unsigned Size : 30;
   };
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ public:
   }
 };
   
-/// \brief A structure for storing the information associated with an
+/// A structure for storing the information associated with an
 /// overloaded template name.
 class OverloadedTemplateStorage : public UncommonTemplateNameStorage {
   friend class ASTContext;
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ public:
   iterator end() const { return getStorage() + size(); }
 };
 
-/// \brief A structure for storing an already-substituted template template
+/// A structure for storing an already-substituted template template
 /// parameter pack.
 ///
 /// This kind of template names occurs when the parameter pack has been 
@@ -131,12 +131,12 @@ public:
       : UncommonTemplateNameStorage(SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack, Size),
         Parameter(Parameter), Arguments(Arguments) {}
   
-  /// \brief Retrieve the template template parameter pack being substituted.
+  /// Retrieve the template template parameter pack being substituted.
   TemplateTemplateParmDecl *getParameterPack() const {
     return Parameter;
   }
   
-  /// \brief Retrieve the template template argument pack with which this
+  /// Retrieve the template template argument pack with which this
   /// parameter was substituted.
   TemplateArgument getArgumentPack() const;
   
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ public:
                       const TemplateArgument &ArgPack);
 };
 
-/// \brief Represents a C++ template name within the type system.
+/// Represents a C++ template name within the type system.
 ///
 /// A C++ template name refers to a template within the C++ type
 /// system. In most cases, a template name is simply a reference to a
@@ -185,27 +185,27 @@ class TemplateName {
   explicit TemplateName(void *Ptr);
 
 public:
-  // \brief Kind of name that is actually stored.
+  // Kind of name that is actually stored.
   enum NameKind {
-    /// \brief A single template declaration.
+    /// A single template declaration.
     Template,
 
-    /// \brief A set of overloaded template declarations.
+    /// A set of overloaded template declarations.
     OverloadedTemplate,
 
-    /// \brief A qualified template name, where the qualification is kept 
+    /// A qualified template name, where the qualification is kept 
     /// to describe the source code as written.
     QualifiedTemplate,
 
-    /// \brief A dependent template name that has not been resolved to a 
+    /// A dependent template name that has not been resolved to a 
     /// template (or set of templates).
     DependentTemplate,
 
-    /// \brief A template template parameter that has been substituted
+    /// A template template parameter that has been substituted
     /// for some other template name.
     SubstTemplateTemplateParm,
 
-    /// \brief A template template parameter pack that has been substituted for 
+    /// A template template parameter pack that has been substituted for 
     /// a template template argument pack, but has not yet been expanded into
     /// individual arguments.
     SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack
@@ -219,13 +219,13 @@ public:
   explicit TemplateName(QualifiedTemplateName *Qual);
   explicit TemplateName(DependentTemplateName *Dep);
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this template name is NULL.
+  /// Determine whether this template name is NULL.
   bool isNull() const;
   
-  // \brief Get the kind of name that is actually stored.
+  // Get the kind of name that is actually stored.
   NameKind getKind() const;
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the underlying template declaration that
+  /// Retrieve the underlying template declaration that
   /// this template name refers to, if known.
   ///
   /// \returns The template declaration that this template name refers
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ public:
   /// set of function templates, returns NULL.
   TemplateDecl *getAsTemplateDecl() const;
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the underlying, overloaded function template
+  /// Retrieve the underlying, overloaded function template
   // declarations that this template name refers to, if known.
   ///
   /// \returns The set of overloaded function templates that this template
@@ -243,14 +243,14 @@ public:
   /// refers to a single template, returns NULL.
   OverloadedTemplateStorage *getAsOverloadedTemplate() const;
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the substituted template template parameter, if 
+  /// Retrieve the substituted template template parameter, if 
   /// known.
   ///
   /// \returns The storage for the substituted template template parameter,
   /// if known. Otherwise, returns NULL.
   SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm() const;
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the substituted template template parameter pack, if 
+  /// Retrieve the substituted template template parameter pack, if 
   /// known.
   ///
   /// \returns The storage for the substituted template template parameter pack,
@@ -258,11 +258,11 @@ public:
   SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *
   getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack() const;
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the underlying qualified template name
+  /// Retrieve the underlying qualified template name
   /// structure, if any.
   QualifiedTemplateName *getAsQualifiedTemplateName() const;
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the underlying dependent template name
+  /// Retrieve the underlying dependent template name
   /// structure, if any.
   DependentTemplateName *getAsDependentTemplateName() const;
 
@@ -273,18 +273,18 @@ public:
   /// the template, including any default template arguments.
   TemplateName getNameToSubstitute() const;
 
-  /// \brief Determines whether this is a dependent template name.
+  /// Determines whether this is a dependent template name.
   bool isDependent() const;
 
-  /// \brief Determines whether this is a template name that somehow
+  /// Determines whether this is a template name that somehow
   /// depends on a template parameter.
   bool isInstantiationDependent() const;
 
-  /// \brief Determines whether this template name contains an
+  /// Determines whether this template name contains an
   /// unexpanded parameter pack (for C++0x variadic templates).
   bool containsUnexpandedParameterPack() const;
 
-  /// \brief Print the template name.
+  /// Print the template name.
   ///
   /// \param OS the output stream to which the template name will be
   /// printed.
@@ -295,10 +295,10 @@ public:
   void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
              bool SuppressNNS = false) const;
 
-  /// \brief Debugging aid that dumps the template name.
+  /// Debugging aid that dumps the template name.
   void dump(raw_ostream &OS) const;
 
-  /// \brief Debugging aid that dumps the template name to standard
+  /// Debugging aid that dumps the template name to standard
   /// error.
   void dump() const;
 
@@ -306,10 +306,10 @@ public:
     ID.AddPointer(Storage.getOpaqueValue());
   }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the template name as a void pointer.
+  /// Retrieve the template name as a void pointer.
   void *getAsVoidPointer() const { return Storage.getOpaqueValue(); }
 
-  /// \brief Build a template name from a void pointer.
+  /// Build a template name from a void pointer.
   static TemplateName getFromVoidPointer(void *Ptr) {
     return TemplateName(Ptr);
   }
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ public:
 const DiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB,
                                     TemplateName N);
 
-/// \brief A structure for storing the information associated with a
+/// A structure for storing the information associated with a
 /// substituted template template parameter.
 class SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage
   : public UncommonTemplateNameStorage, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
@@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ inline TemplateName TemplateName::getUnderlying() const {
   return *this;
 }
 
-/// \brief Represents a template name that was expressed as a
+/// Represents a template name that was expressed as a
 /// qualified name.
 ///
 /// This kind of template name refers to a template name that was
@@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ inline TemplateName TemplateName::getUnderlying() const {
 class QualifiedTemplateName : public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
   friend class ASTContext;
 
-  /// \brief The nested name specifier that qualifies the template name.
+  /// The nested name specifier that qualifies the template name.
   ///
   /// The bit is used to indicate whether the "template" keyword was
   /// present before the template name itself. Note that the
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ class QualifiedTemplateName : public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
   /// this name with DependentTemplateName).
   llvm::PointerIntPair<NestedNameSpecifier *, 1> Qualifier;
 
-  /// \brief The template declaration or set of overloaded function templates
+  /// The template declaration or set of overloaded function templates
   /// that this qualified name refers to.
   TemplateDecl *Template;
 
@@ -384,18 +384,18 @@ class QualifiedTemplateName : public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
       : Qualifier(NNS, TemplateKeyword? 1 : 0), Template(Template) {}
 
 public:
-  /// \brief Return the nested name specifier that qualifies this name.
+  /// Return the nested name specifier that qualifies this name.
   NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return Qualifier.getPointer(); }
 
-  /// \brief Whether the template name was prefixed by the "template"
+  /// Whether the template name was prefixed by the "template"
   /// keyword.
   bool hasTemplateKeyword() const { return Qualifier.getInt(); }
 
-  /// \brief The template declaration that this qualified name refers
+  /// The template declaration that this qualified name refers
   /// to.
   TemplateDecl *getDecl() const { return Template; }
 
-  /// \brief The template declaration to which this qualified name
+  /// The template declaration to which this qualified name
   /// refers.
   TemplateDecl *getTemplateDecl() const { return Template; }
 
@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ public:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief Represents a dependent template name that cannot be
+/// Represents a dependent template name that cannot be
 /// resolved prior to template instantiation.
 ///
 /// This kind of template name refers to a dependent template name,
@@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ public:
 class DependentTemplateName : public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
   friend class ASTContext;
 
-  /// \brief The nested name specifier that qualifies the template
+  /// The nested name specifier that qualifies the template
   /// name.
   ///
   /// The bit stored in this qualifier describes whether the \c Name field
@@ -430,20 +430,20 @@ class DependentTemplateName : public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
   /// overloaded operator kind (when set).
   llvm::PointerIntPair<NestedNameSpecifier *, 1, bool> Qualifier;
 
-  /// \brief The dependent template name.
+  /// The dependent template name.
   union {
-    /// \brief The identifier template name.
+    /// The identifier template name.
     ///
     /// Only valid when the bit on \c Qualifier is clear.
     const IdentifierInfo *Identifier;
     
-    /// \brief The overloaded operator name.
+    /// The overloaded operator name.
     ///
     /// Only valid when the bit on \c Qualifier is set.
     OverloadedOperatorKind Operator;
   };
 
-  /// \brief The canonical template name to which this dependent
+  /// The canonical template name to which this dependent
   /// template name refers.
   ///
   /// The canonical template name for a dependent template name is
@@ -474,23 +474,23 @@ class DependentTemplateName : public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
          CanonicalTemplateName(Canon) {}
   
 public:
-  /// \brief Return the nested name specifier that qualifies this name.
+  /// Return the nested name specifier that qualifies this name.
   NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return Qualifier.getPointer(); }
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this template name refers to an identifier.
+  /// Determine whether this template name refers to an identifier.
   bool isIdentifier() const { return !Qualifier.getInt(); }
 
-  /// \brief Returns the identifier to which this template name refers.
+  /// Returns the identifier to which this template name refers.
   const IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { 
     assert(isIdentifier() && "Template name isn't an identifier?");
     return Identifier;
   }
   
-  /// \brief Determine whether this template name refers to an overloaded
+  /// Determine whether this template name refers to an overloaded
   /// operator.
   bool isOverloadedOperator() const { return Qualifier.getInt(); }
   
-  /// \brief Return the overloaded operator to which this template name refers.
+  /// Return the overloaded operator to which this template name refers.
   OverloadedOperatorKind getOperator() const { 
     assert(isOverloadedOperator() &&
            "Template name isn't an overloaded operator?");
@@ -523,7 +523,7 @@ public:
 
 namespace llvm {
 
-/// \brief The clang::TemplateName class is effectively a pointer.
+/// The clang::TemplateName class is effectively a pointer.
 template<>
 struct PointerLikeTypeTraits<clang::TemplateName> {
   static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(clang::TemplateName TN) {

include/clang/AST/Type.h

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 //
 /// \file
-/// \brief C Language Family Type Representation
+/// C Language Family Type Representation
 ///
 /// This file defines the clang::Type interface and subclasses, used to
 /// represent types for languages in the C family.
@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ public:
     }
   }
 
-  /// \brief Remove the qualifiers from the given set from this set.
+  /// Remove the qualifiers from the given set from this set.
   void removeQualifiers(Qualifiers Q) {
     // If the other set doesn't have any non-boolean qualifiers, just
     // bit-and the inverse in.
@@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ public:
            (!other.hasUnaligned() || hasUnaligned());
   }
 
-  /// \brief Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set of
+  /// Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set of
   /// qualifiers from the narrow perspective of Objective-C ARC lifetime.
   ///
   /// One set of Objective-C lifetime qualifiers compatibly includes the other
@@ -528,7 +528,7 @@ public:
     return hasConst();
   }
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this set of qualifiers is a strict superset of
+  /// Determine whether this set of qualifiers is a strict superset of
   /// another set of qualifiers, not considering qualifier compatibility.
   bool isStrictSupersetOf(Qualifiers Other) const;
 
@@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ public:
     return *this;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Compute the difference between two qualifier sets.
+  /// Compute the difference between two qualifier sets.
   friend Qualifiers operator-(Qualifiers L, Qualifiers R) {
     L -= R;
     return L;
@@ -719,69 +719,69 @@ public:
     return Value.getPointer().isNull();
   }
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the
+  /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the
   /// "const" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have
   /// added "const" at a different level.
   bool isLocalConstQualified() const {
     return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this type is const-qualified.
+  /// Determine whether this type is const-qualified.
   bool isConstQualified() const;
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the
+  /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the
   /// "restrict" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have
   /// added "restrict" at a different level.
   bool isLocalRestrictQualified() const {
     return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Restrict);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this type is restrict-qualified.
+  /// Determine whether this type is restrict-qualified.
   bool isRestrictQualified() const;
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the
+  /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the
   /// "volatile" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have
   /// added "volatile" at a different level.
   bool isLocalVolatileQualified() const {
     return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Volatile);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this type is volatile-qualified.
+  /// Determine whether this type is volatile-qualified.
   bool isVolatileQualified() const;
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any
+  /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any
   /// qualifiers, without looking through any typedefs that might add
   /// qualifiers at a different level.
   bool hasLocalQualifiers() const {
     return getLocalFastQualifiers() || hasLocalNonFastQualifiers();
   }
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this type has any qualifiers.
+  /// Determine whether this type has any qualifiers.
   bool hasQualifiers() const;
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any
+  /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any
   /// "non-fast" qualifiers, e.g., those that are stored in an ExtQualType
   /// instance.
   bool hasLocalNonFastQualifiers() const {
     return Value.getPointer().is<const ExtQuals*>();
   }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the set of qualifiers local to this particular QualType
+  /// Retrieve the set of qualifiers local to this particular QualType
   /// instance, not including any qualifiers acquired through typedefs or
   /// other sugar.
   Qualifiers getLocalQualifiers() const;
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the set of qualifiers applied to this type.
+  /// Retrieve the set of qualifiers applied to this type.
   Qualifiers getQualifiers() const;
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers
+  /// Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers
   /// local to this particular QualType instance, not including any qualifiers
   /// acquired through typedefs or other sugar.
   unsigned getLocalCVRQualifiers() const {
     return getLocalFastQualifiers();
   }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers
+  /// Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers
   /// applied to this type.
   unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const;
 
@@ -789,7 +789,7 @@ public:
     return QualType::isConstant(*this, Ctx);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this is a Plain Old Data (POD) type (C++ 3.9p10).
+  /// Determine whether this is a Plain Old Data (POD) type (C++ 3.9p10).
   bool isPODType(const ASTContext &Context) const;
 
   /// Return true if this is a POD type according to the rules of the C++98
@@ -879,12 +879,12 @@ public:
 
   QualType getCanonicalType() const;
 
-  /// \brief Return this type with all of the instance-specific qualifiers
+  /// Return this type with all of the instance-specific qualifiers
   /// removed, but without removing any qualifiers that may have been applied
   /// through typedefs.
   QualType getLocalUnqualifiedType() const { return QualType(getTypePtr(), 0); }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type,
+  /// Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type,
   /// removing as little sugar as possible.
   ///
   /// This routine looks through various kinds of sugar to find the
@@ -915,17 +915,17 @@ public:
   /// ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType.
   inline SplitQualType getSplitUnqualifiedType() const;
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this type is more qualified than the other
+  /// Determine whether this type is more qualified than the other
   /// given type, requiring exact equality for non-CVR qualifiers.
   bool isMoreQualifiedThan(QualType Other) const;
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this type is at least as qualified as the other
+  /// Determine whether this type is at least as qualified as the other
   /// given type, requiring exact equality for non-CVR qualifiers.
   bool isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(QualType Other) const;
 
   QualType getNonReferenceType() const;
 
-  /// \brief Determine the type of a (typically non-lvalue) expression with the
+  /// Determine the type of a (typically non-lvalue) expression with the
   /// specified result type.
   ///
   /// This routine should be used for expressions for which the return type is
@@ -951,7 +951,7 @@ public:
     return getSplitDesugaredType(*this);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Return the specified type with one level of "sugar" removed from
+  /// Return the specified type with one level of "sugar" removed from
   /// the type.
   ///
   /// This routine takes off the first typedef, typeof, etc. If the outer level
@@ -1272,7 +1272,7 @@ struct PointerLikeTypeTraits<clang::QualType> {
 
 namespace clang {
 
-/// \brief Base class that is common to both the \c ExtQuals and \c Type
+/// Base class that is common to both the \c ExtQuals and \c Type
 /// classes, which allows \c QualType to access the common fields between the
 /// two.
 class ExtQualsTypeCommonBase {
@@ -1280,14 +1280,14 @@ class ExtQualsTypeCommonBase {
   friend class QualType;
   friend class Type;
 
-  /// \brief The "base" type of an extended qualifiers type (\c ExtQuals) or
+  /// The "base" type of an extended qualifiers type (\c ExtQuals) or
   /// a self-referential pointer (for \c Type).
   ///
   /// This pointer allows an efficient mapping from a QualType to its
   /// underlying type pointer.
   const Type *const BaseType;
 
-  /// \brief The canonical type of this type.  A QualType.
+  /// The canonical type of this type.  A QualType.
   QualType CanonicalType;
 
   ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(const Type *baseType, QualType canon)
@@ -1368,25 +1368,25 @@ public:
 /// This determines whether a member function's "this" object can be an
 /// lvalue, rvalue, or neither.
 enum RefQualifierKind {
-  /// \brief No ref-qualifier was provided.
+  /// No ref-qualifier was provided.
   RQ_None = 0,
 
-  /// \brief An lvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &).
+  /// An lvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &).
   RQ_LValue,
 
-  /// \brief An rvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &&).
+  /// An rvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &&).
   RQ_RValue
 };
 
 /// Which keyword(s) were used to create an AutoType.
 enum class AutoTypeKeyword {
-  /// \brief auto
+  /// auto
   Auto,
 
-  /// \brief decltype(auto)
+  /// decltype(auto)
   DecltypeAuto,
 
-  /// \brief __auto_type (GNU extension)
+  /// __auto_type (GNU extension)
   GNUAutoType
 };
 
@@ -1445,21 +1445,21 @@ private:
     /// Whether this type is a variably-modified type (C99 6.7.5).
     unsigned VariablyModified : 1;
 
-    /// \brief Whether this type contains an unexpanded parameter pack
+    /// Whether this type contains an unexpanded parameter pack
     /// (for C++11 variadic templates).
     unsigned ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack : 1;
 
-    /// \brief True if the cache (i.e. the bitfields here starting with
+    /// True if the cache (i.e. the bitfields here starting with
     /// 'Cache') is valid.
     mutable unsigned CacheValid : 1;
 
-    /// \brief Linkage of this type.
+    /// Linkage of this type.
     mutable unsigned CachedLinkage : 3;
 
-    /// \brief Whether this type involves and local or unnamed types.
+    /// Whether this type involves and local or unnamed types.
     mutable unsigned CachedLocalOrUnnamed : 1;
 
-    /// \brief Whether this type comes from an AST file.
+    /// Whether this type comes from an AST file.
     mutable unsigned FromAST : 1;
 
     bool isCacheValid() const {
@@ -1524,7 +1524,7 @@ protected:
     /// cv-qualifier-seq, [...], are part of the function type.
     unsigned TypeQuals : 4;
 
-    /// \brief The ref-qualifier associated with a \c FunctionProtoType.
+    /// The ref-qualifier associated with a \c FunctionProtoType.
     ///
     /// This is a value of type \c RefQualifierKind.
     unsigned RefQualifier : 2;
@@ -1629,7 +1629,7 @@ protected:
 private:
   template <class T> friend class TypePropertyCache;
 
-  /// \brief Set whether this type comes from an AST file.
+  /// Set whether this type comes from an AST file.
   void setFromAST(bool V = true) const {
     TypeBits.FromAST = V;
   }
@@ -1680,10 +1680,10 @@ public:
 
   TypeClass getTypeClass() const { return static_cast<TypeClass>(TypeBits.TC); }
 
-  /// \brief Whether this type comes from an AST file.
+  /// Whether this type comes from an AST file.
   bool isFromAST() const { return TypeBits.FromAST; }
 
-  /// \brief Whether this type is or contains an unexpanded parameter
+  /// Whether this type is or contains an unexpanded parameter
   /// pack, used to support C++0x variadic templates.
   ///
   /// A type that contains a parameter pack shall be expanded by the
@@ -1721,7 +1721,7 @@ public:
   /// determine its size (e.g. void, or a fwd declared struct). Clients of this
   /// routine will need to determine if the size is actually required.
   ///
-  /// \brief Def If non-null, and the type refers to some kind of declaration
+  /// Def If non-null, and the type refers to some kind of declaration
   /// that can be completed (such as a C struct, C++ class, or Objective-C
   /// class), will be set to the declaration.
   bool isIncompleteType(NamedDecl **Def = nullptr) const;
@@ -1732,7 +1732,7 @@ public:
     return !isFunctionType();
   }
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this type is an object type.
+  /// Determine whether this type is an object type.
   bool isObjectType() const {
     // C++ [basic.types]p8:
     //   An object type is a (possibly cv-qualified) type that is not a
@@ -1927,7 +1927,7 @@ public:
   /// somehow depends on a template parameter (C++ [temp.dep.type]).
   bool isDependentType() const { return TypeBits.Dependent; }
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this type is an instantiation-dependent type,
+  /// Determine whether this type is an instantiation-dependent type,
   /// meaning that the type involves a template parameter (even if the
   /// definition does not actually depend on the type substituted for that
   /// template parameter).
@@ -1935,24 +1935,24 @@ public:
     return TypeBits.InstantiationDependent;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this type is an undeduced type, meaning that
+  /// Determine whether this type is an undeduced type, meaning that
   /// it somehow involves a C++11 'auto' type or similar which has not yet been
   /// deduced.
   bool isUndeducedType() const;
 
-  /// \brief Whether this type is a variably-modified type (C99 6.7.5).
+  /// Whether this type is a variably-modified type (C99 6.7.5).
   bool isVariablyModifiedType() const { return TypeBits.VariablyModified; }
 
-  /// \brief Whether this type involves a variable-length array type
+  /// Whether this type involves a variable-length array type
   /// with a definite size.
   bool hasSizedVLAType() const;
 
-  /// \brief Whether this type is or contains a local or unnamed type.
+  /// Whether this type is or contains a local or unnamed type.
   bool hasUnnamedOrLocalType() const;
 
   bool isOverloadableType() const;
 
-  /// \brief Determine wither this type is a C++ elaborated-type-specifier.
+  /// Determine wither this type is a C++ elaborated-type-specifier.
   bool isElaboratedTypeSpecifier() const;
 
   bool canDecayToPointerType() const;
@@ -1966,19 +1966,19 @@ public:
   /// purpose of GC'ability
   bool hasObjCPointerRepresentation() const;
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this type has an integer representation
+  /// Determine whether this type has an integer representation
   /// of some sort, e.g., it is an integer type or a vector.
   bool hasIntegerRepresentation() const;
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this type has an signed integer representation
+  /// Determine whether this type has an signed integer representation
   /// of some sort, e.g., it is an signed integer type or a vector.
   bool hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() const;
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this type has an unsigned integer representation
+  /// Determine whether this type has an unsigned integer representation
   /// of some sort, e.g., it is an unsigned integer type or a vector.
   bool hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation() const;
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether this type has a floating-point representation
+  /// Determine whether this type has a floating-point representation
   /// of some sort, e.g., it is a floating-point type or a vector thereof.
   bool hasFloatingRepresentation() const;
 
@@ -1998,12 +1998,12 @@ public:
   const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCQualifiedClassType() const;
   const ObjCObjectType *getAsObjCQualifiedInterfaceType() const;
 
-  /// \brief Retrieves the CXXRecordDecl that this type refers to, either
+  /// Retrieves the CXXRecordDecl that this type refers to, either
   /// because the type is a RecordType or because it is the injected-class-name
   /// type of a class template or class template partial specialization.
   CXXRecordDecl *getAsCXXRecordDecl() const;
 
-  /// \brief Retrieves the TagDecl that this type refers to, either
+  /// Retrieves the TagDecl that this type refers to, either
   /// because the type is a TagType or because it is the injected-class-name
   /// type of a class template or class template partial specialization.
   TagDecl *getAsTagDecl() const;
@@ -2183,16 +2183,16 @@ public:
   void dump(llvm::raw_ostream &OS) const;
 };
 
-/// \brief This will check for a TypedefType by removing any existing sugar
+/// This will check for a TypedefType by removing any existing sugar
 /// until it reaches a TypedefType or a non-sugared type.
 template <> const TypedefType *Type::getAs() const;
 
-/// \brief This will check for a TemplateSpecializationType by removing any
+/// This will check for a TemplateSpecializationType by removing any
 /// existing sugar until it reaches a TemplateSpecializationType or a
 /// non-sugared type.
 template <> const TemplateSpecializationType *Type::getAs() const;
 
-/// \brief This will check for an AttributedType by removing any existing sugar
+/// This will check for an AttributedType by removing any existing sugar
 /// until it reaches an AttributedType or a non-sugared type.
 template <> const AttributedType *Type::getAs() const;
 
@@ -2707,13 +2707,13 @@ public:
   bool isSugared() const { return false; }
   QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
 
-  /// \brief Determine the number of bits required to address a member of
+  /// Determine the number of bits required to address a member of
   // an array with the given element type and number of elements.
   static unsigned getNumAddressingBits(const ASTContext &Context,
                                        QualType ElementType,
                                        const llvm::APInt &NumElements);
 
-  /// \brief Determine the maximum number of active bits that an array's size
+  /// Determine the maximum number of active bits that an array's size
   /// can require, which limits the maximum size of the array.
   static unsigned getMaxSizeBits(const ASTContext &Context);
 
@@ -2844,7 +2844,7 @@ class DependentSizedArrayType : public ArrayType {
 
   const ASTContext &Context;
 
-  /// \brief An assignment expression that will instantiate to the
+  /// An assignment expression that will instantiate to the
   /// size of the array.
   ///
   /// The expression itself might be null, in which case the array
@@ -3293,7 +3293,7 @@ public:
   bool isVolatile() const { return getTypeQuals() & Qualifiers::Volatile; }
   bool isRestrict() const { return getTypeQuals() & Qualifiers::Restrict; }
 
-  /// \brief Determine the type of an expression that calls a function of
+  /// Determine the type of an expression that calls a function of
   /// this type.
   QualType getCallResultType(const ASTContext &Context) const {
     return getReturnType().getNonLValueExprType(Context);
@@ -3488,7 +3488,7 @@ public:
 private:
   friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
 
-  /// \brief Determine whether there are any argument types that
+  /// Determine whether there are any argument types that
   /// contain an unexpanded parameter pack.
   static bool containsAnyUnexpandedParameterPack(const QualType *ArgArray,
                                                  unsigned numArgs) {
@@ -3653,7 +3653,7 @@ public:
     return *reinterpret_cast<Expr *const *>(param_type_end());
   }
 
-  /// \brief If this function type has an exception specification which hasn't
+  /// If this function type has an exception specification which hasn't
   /// been determined yet (either because it has not been evaluated or because
   /// it has not been instantiated), this is the function whose exception
   /// specification is represented by this type.
@@ -3664,7 +3664,7 @@ public:
     return reinterpret_cast<FunctionDecl *const *>(param_type_end())[0];
   }
 
-  /// \brief If this function type has an uninstantiated exception
+  /// If this function type has an uninstantiated exception
   /// specification, this is the function whose exception specification
   /// should be instantiated to find the exception specification for
   /// this type.
@@ -3793,7 +3793,7 @@ public:
                       bool Canonical);
 };
 
-/// \brief Represents the dependent type named by a dependently-scoped
+/// Represents the dependent type named by a dependently-scoped
 /// typename using declaration, e.g.
 ///   using typename Base<T>::foo;
 ///
@@ -3864,16 +3864,16 @@ protected:
 public:
   Expr *getUnderlyingExpr() const { return TOExpr; }
 
-  /// \brief Remove a single level of sugar.
+  /// Remove a single level of sugar.
   QualType desugar() const;
 
-  /// \brief Returns whether this type directly provides sugar.
+  /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar.
   bool isSugared() const;
 
   static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == TypeOfExpr; }
 };
 
-/// \brief Internal representation of canonical, dependent
+/// Internal representation of canonical, dependent
 /// `typeof(expr)` types.
 ///
 /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage
@@ -3913,10 +3913,10 @@ class TypeOfType : public Type {
 public:
   QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return TOType; }
 
-  /// \brief Remove a single level of sugar.
+  /// Remove a single level of sugar.
   QualType desugar() const { return getUnderlyingType(); }
 
-  /// \brief Returns whether this type directly provides sugar.
+  /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar.
   bool isSugared() const { return true; }
 
   static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == TypeOf; }
@@ -3936,16 +3936,16 @@ public:
   Expr *getUnderlyingExpr() const { return E; }
   QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingType; }
 
-  /// \brief Remove a single level of sugar.
+  /// Remove a single level of sugar.
   QualType desugar() const;
 
-  /// \brief Returns whether this type directly provides sugar.
+  /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar.
   bool isSugared() const;
 
   static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Decltype; }
 };
 
-/// \brief Internal representation of canonical, dependent
+/// Internal representation of canonical, dependent
 /// decltype(expr) types.
 ///
 /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage
@@ -4001,7 +4001,7 @@ public:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief Internal representation of canonical, dependent
+/// Internal representation of canonical, dependent
 /// __underlying_type(type) types.
 ///
 /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage
@@ -4321,7 +4321,7 @@ public:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief Represents the result of substituting a type for a template
+/// Represents the result of substituting a type for a template
 /// type parameter.
 ///
 /// Within an instantiated template, all template type parameters have
@@ -4372,7 +4372,7 @@ public:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief Represents the result of substituting a set of types for a template
+/// Represents the result of substituting a set of types for a template
 /// type parameter pack.
 ///
 /// When a pack expansion in the source code contains multiple parameter packs
@@ -4387,14 +4387,14 @@ public:
 class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
   friend class ASTContext;
 
-  /// \brief The original type parameter.
+  /// The original type parameter.
   const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced;
 
-  /// \brief A pointer to the set of template arguments that this
+  /// A pointer to the set of template arguments that this
   /// parameter pack is instantiated with.
   const TemplateArgument *Arguments;
 
-  /// \brief The number of template arguments in \c Arguments.
+  /// The number of template arguments in \c Arguments.
   unsigned NumArguments;
 
   SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Param,
@@ -4424,7 +4424,7 @@ public:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief Common base class for placeholders for types that get replaced by
+/// Common base class for placeholders for types that get replaced by
 /// placeholder type deduction: C++11 auto, C++14 decltype(auto), C++17 deduced
 /// class template types, and (eventually) constrained type names from the C++
 /// Concepts TS.
@@ -4457,7 +4457,7 @@ public:
   bool isSugared() const { return !isCanonicalUnqualified(); }
   QualType desugar() const { return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); }
 
-  /// \brief Get the type deduced for this placeholder type, or null if it's
+  /// Get the type deduced for this placeholder type, or null if it's
   /// either not been deduced or was deduced to a dependent type.
   QualType getDeducedType() const {
     return !isCanonicalUnqualified() ? getCanonicalTypeInternal() : QualType();
@@ -4472,7 +4472,7 @@ public:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief Represents a C++11 auto or C++14 decltype(auto) type.
+/// Represents a C++11 auto or C++14 decltype(auto) type.
 class AutoType : public DeducedType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
   friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these
 
@@ -4508,7 +4508,7 @@ public:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief Represents a C++17 deduced template specialization type.
+/// Represents a C++17 deduced template specialization type.
 class DeducedTemplateSpecializationType : public DeducedType,
                                           public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
   friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these
@@ -4545,7 +4545,7 @@ public:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief Represents a type template specialization; the template
+/// Represents a type template specialization; the template
 /// must be a class template, a type alias template, or a template
 /// template parameter.  A template which cannot be resolved to one of
 /// these, e.g. because it is written with a dependent scope
@@ -4605,7 +4605,7 @@ public:
     return isa<InjectedClassNameType>(getCanonicalTypeInternal());
   }
 
-  /// \brief Determine if this template specialization type is for a type alias
+  /// Determine if this template specialization type is for a type alias
   /// template that has been substituted.
   ///
   /// Nearly every template specialization type whose template is an alias
@@ -4674,7 +4674,7 @@ public:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief Print a template argument list, including the '<' and '>'
+/// Print a template argument list, including the '<' and '>'
 /// enclosing the template arguments.
 void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS,
                                ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args,
@@ -4757,47 +4757,47 @@ public:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief The kind of a tag type.
+/// The kind of a tag type.
 enum TagTypeKind {
-  /// \brief The "struct" keyword.
+  /// The "struct" keyword.
   TTK_Struct,
 
-  /// \brief The "__interface" keyword.
+  /// The "__interface" keyword.
   TTK_Interface,
 
-  /// \brief The "union" keyword.
+  /// The "union" keyword.
   TTK_Union,
 
-  /// \brief The "class" keyword.
+  /// The "class" keyword.
   TTK_Class,
 
-  /// \brief The "enum" keyword.
+  /// The "enum" keyword.
   TTK_Enum
 };
 
-/// \brief The elaboration keyword that precedes a qualified type name or
+/// The elaboration keyword that precedes a qualified type name or
 /// introduces an elaborated-type-specifier.
 enum ElaboratedTypeKeyword {
-  /// \brief The "struct" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
+  /// The "struct" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
   ETK_Struct,
 
-  /// \brief The "__interface" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
+  /// The "__interface" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
   ETK_Interface,
 
-  /// \brief The "union" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
+  /// The "union" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
   ETK_Union,
 
-  /// \brief The "class" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
+  /// The "class" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
   ETK_Class,
 
-  /// \brief The "enum" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
+  /// The "enum" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
   ETK_Enum,
 
-  /// \brief The "typename" keyword precedes the qualified type name, e.g.,
+  /// The "typename" keyword precedes the qualified type name, e.g.,
   /// \c typename T::type.
   ETK_Typename,
 
-  /// \brief No keyword precedes the qualified type name.
+  /// No keyword precedes the qualified type name.
   ETK_None
 };
 
@@ -4848,7 +4848,7 @@ public:
   static CannotCastToThisType classof(const Type *);
 };
 
-/// \brief Represents a type that was referred to using an elaborated type
+/// Represents a type that was referred to using an elaborated type
 /// keyword, e.g., struct S, or via a qualified name, e.g., N::M::type,
 /// or both.
 ///
@@ -4909,7 +4909,7 @@ public:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief Represents a qualified type name for which the type name is
+/// Represents a qualified type name for which the type name is
 /// dependent.
 ///
 /// DependentNameType represents a class of dependent types that involve a
@@ -4924,10 +4924,10 @@ public:
 class DependentNameType : public TypeWithKeyword, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
   friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these
 
-  /// \brief The nested name specifier containing the qualifier.
+  /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier.
   NestedNameSpecifier *NNS;
 
-  /// \brief The type that this typename specifier refers to.
+  /// The type that this typename specifier refers to.
   const IdentifierInfo *Name;
 
   DependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
@@ -4984,7 +4984,7 @@ class LLVM_ALIGNAS(/*alignof(uint64_t)*/ 8) DependentTemplateSpecializationType
   /// The identifier of the template.
   const IdentifierInfo *Name;
 
-  /// \brief The number of template arguments named in this class template
+  /// The number of template arguments named in this class template
   /// specialization.
   unsigned NumArgs;
 
@@ -5006,12 +5006,12 @@ public:
   NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; }
   const IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Name; }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the template arguments.
+  /// Retrieve the template arguments.
   const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const {
     return getArgBuffer();
   }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the number of template arguments.
+  /// Retrieve the number of template arguments.
   unsigned getNumArgs() const { return NumArgs; }
 
   const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h
@@ -5044,7 +5044,7 @@ public:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief Represents a pack expansion of types.
+/// Represents a pack expansion of types.
 ///
 /// Pack expansions are part of C++11 variadic templates. A pack
 /// expansion contains a pattern, which itself contains one or more
@@ -5069,10 +5069,10 @@ public:
 class PackExpansionType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
   friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these
 
-  /// \brief The pattern of the pack expansion.
+  /// The pattern of the pack expansion.
   QualType Pattern;
 
-  /// \brief The number of expansions that this pack expansion will
+  /// The number of expansions that this pack expansion will
   /// generate when substituted (+1), or indicates that
   ///
   /// This field will only have a non-zero value when some of the parameter
@@ -5090,12 +5090,12 @@ class PackExpansionType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
         NumExpansions(NumExpansions ? *NumExpansions + 1 : 0) {}
 
 public:
-  /// \brief Retrieve the pattern of this pack expansion, which is the
+  /// Retrieve the pattern of this pack expansion, which is the
   /// type that will be repeatedly instantiated when instantiating the
   /// pack expansion itself.
   QualType getPattern() const { return Pattern; }
 
-  /// \brief Retrieve the number of expansions that this pack expansion will
+  /// Retrieve the number of expansions that this pack expansion will
   /// generate, if known.
   Optional<unsigned> getNumExpansions() const {
     if (NumExpansions)
@@ -6321,13 +6321,13 @@ inline bool Type::isUndeducedType() const {
   return DT && !DT->isDeduced();
 }
 
-/// \brief Determines whether this is a type for which one can define
+/// Determines whether this is a type for which one can define
 /// an overloaded operator.
 inline bool Type::isOverloadableType() const {
   return isDependentType() || isRecordType() || isEnumeralType();
 }
 
-/// \brief Determines whether this type can decay to a pointer type.
+/// Determines whether this type can decay to a pointer type.
 inline bool Type::canDecayToPointerType() const {
   return isFunctionType() || isArrayType();
 }

include/clang/AST/TypeLoc.h

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 //
 /// \file
-/// \brief Defines the clang::TypeLoc interface and its subclasses.
+/// Defines the clang::TypeLoc interface and its subclasses.
 //
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ class UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl;
   class Class##TypeLoc;
 #include "clang/AST/TypeLocNodes.def"
 
-/// \brief Base wrapper for a particular "section" of type source info.
+/// Base wrapper for a particular "section" of type source info.
 ///
 /// A client should use the TypeLoc subclasses through castAs()/getAs()
 /// in order to get at the actual information.
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ public:
   TypeLoc(const Type *ty, void *opaqueData)
       : Ty(ty), Data(opaqueData) {}
 
-  /// \brief Convert to the specified TypeLoc type, asserting that this TypeLoc
+  /// Convert to the specified TypeLoc type, asserting that this TypeLoc
   /// is of the desired type.
   ///
   /// \pre T::isKind(*this)
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ public:
     return t;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Convert to the specified TypeLoc type, returning a null TypeLoc if
+  /// Convert to the specified TypeLoc type, returning a null TypeLoc if
   /// this TypeLoc is not of the desired type.
   template<typename T>
   T getAs() const {
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ public:
     return t;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Convert to the specified TypeLoc type, returning a null TypeLoc if
+  /// Convert to the specified TypeLoc type, returning a null TypeLoc if
   /// this TypeLock is not of the desired type. It will consider type
   /// adjustments from a type that wad written as a T to another type that is
   /// still canonically a T (ignores parens, attributes, elaborated types, etc).
@@ -118,14 +118,14 @@ public:
   bool isNull() const { return !Ty; }
   explicit operator bool() const { return Ty; }
 
-  /// \brief Returns the size of type source info data block for the given type.
+  /// Returns the size of type source info data block for the given type.
   static unsigned getFullDataSizeForType(QualType Ty);
 
-  /// \brief Returns the alignment of type source info data block for
+  /// Returns the alignment of type source info data block for
   /// the given type.
   static unsigned getLocalAlignmentForType(QualType Ty);
 
-  /// \brief Get the type for which this source info wrapper provides
+  /// Get the type for which this source info wrapper provides
   /// information.
   QualType getType() const {
     return QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
@@ -135,18 +135,18 @@ public:
     return QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty).getTypePtr();
   }
 
-  /// \brief Get the pointer where source information is stored.
+  /// Get the pointer where source information is stored.
   void *getOpaqueData() const {
     return Data;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Get the begin source location.
+  /// Get the begin source location.
   SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const;
 
-  /// \brief Get the end source location.
+  /// Get the end source location.
   SourceLocation getEndLoc() const;
 
-  /// \brief Get the full source range.
+  /// Get the full source range.
   SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY {
     return SourceRange(getBeginLoc(), getEndLoc());
   }
@@ -154,28 +154,28 @@ public:
   SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY { return getBeginLoc(); }
   SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return getEndLoc(); }
 
-  /// \brief Get the local source range.
+  /// Get the local source range.
   SourceRange getLocalSourceRange() const {
     return getLocalSourceRangeImpl(*this);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Returns the size of the type source info data block.
+  /// Returns the size of the type source info data block.
   unsigned getFullDataSize() const {
     return getFullDataSizeForType(getType());
   }
 
-  /// \brief Get the next TypeLoc pointed by this TypeLoc, e.g for "int*" the
+  /// Get the next TypeLoc pointed by this TypeLoc, e.g for "int*" the
   /// TypeLoc is a PointerLoc and next TypeLoc is for "int".
   TypeLoc getNextTypeLoc() const {
     return getNextTypeLocImpl(*this);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Skips past any qualifiers, if this is qualified.
+  /// Skips past any qualifiers, if this is qualified.
   UnqualTypeLoc getUnqualifiedLoc() const; // implemented in this header
 
   TypeLoc IgnoreParens() const;
 
-  /// \brief Find a type with the location of an explicit type qualifier.
+  /// Find a type with the location of an explicit type qualifier.
   ///
   /// The result, if non-null, will be one of:
   ///   QualifiedTypeLoc
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ public:
   ///   AttributedTypeLoc, for those type attributes that behave as qualifiers
   TypeLoc findExplicitQualifierLoc() const;
 
-  /// \brief Initializes this to state that every location in this
+  /// Initializes this to state that every location in this
   /// type is the given location.
   ///
   /// This method exists to provide a simple transition for code that
@@ -192,14 +192,14 @@ public:
     initializeImpl(Context, *this, Loc);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Initializes this by copying its information from another
+  /// Initializes this by copying its information from another
   /// TypeLoc of the same type.
   void initializeFullCopy(TypeLoc Other) {
     assert(getType() == Other.getType());
     copy(Other);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Initializes this by copying its information from another
+  /// Initializes this by copying its information from another
   /// TypeLoc of the same type.  The given size must be the full data
   /// size.
   void initializeFullCopy(TypeLoc Other, unsigned Size) {
@@ -235,13 +235,13 @@ private:
   static SourceRange getLocalSourceRangeImpl(TypeLoc TL);
 };
 
-/// \brief Return the TypeLoc for a type source info.
+/// Return the TypeLoc for a type source info.
 inline TypeLoc TypeSourceInfo::getTypeLoc() const {
   // TODO: is this alignment already sufficient?
   return TypeLoc(Ty, const_cast<void*>(static_cast<const void*>(this + 1)));
 }
 
-/// \brief Wrapper of type source information for a type with
+/// Wrapper of type source information for a type with
 /// no direct qualifiers.
 class UnqualTypeLoc : public TypeLoc {
 public:
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ private:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief Wrapper of type source information for a type with
+/// Wrapper of type source information for a type with
 /// non-trivial direct qualifiers.
 ///
 /// Currently, we intentionally do not provide source location for
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ public:
     return getUnqualifiedLoc();
   }
 
-  /// \brief Returns the size of the type source info data block that is
+  /// Returns the size of the type source info data block that is
   /// specific to this type.
   unsigned getLocalDataSize() const {
     // In fact, we don't currently preserve any location information
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ public:
     return 0;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Returns the alignment of the type source info data block that is
+  /// Returns the alignment of the type source info data block that is
   /// specific to this type.
   unsigned getLocalDataAlignment() const {
     // We don't preserve any location information.
@@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ struct TypeSpecLocInfo {
   SourceLocation NameLoc;
 };
 
-/// \brief A reasonable base class for TypeLocs that correspond to
+/// A reasonable base class for TypeLocs that correspond to
 /// types that are written as a type-specifier.
 class TypeSpecTypeLoc : public ConcreteTypeLoc<UnqualTypeLoc,
                                                TypeSpecTypeLoc,
@@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ struct BuiltinLocInfo {
   SourceRange BuiltinRange;
 };
 
-/// \brief Wrapper for source info for builtin types.
+/// Wrapper for source info for builtin types.
 class BuiltinTypeLoc : public ConcreteTypeLoc<UnqualTypeLoc,
                                               BuiltinTypeLoc,
                                               BuiltinType,
@@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ public:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief Wrapper for source info for typedefs.
+/// Wrapper for source info for typedefs.
 class TypedefTypeLoc : public InheritingConcreteTypeLoc<TypeSpecTypeLoc,
                                                         TypedefTypeLoc,
                                                         TypedefType> {
@@ -671,7 +671,7 @@ public:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief Wrapper for source info for injected class names of class
+/// Wrapper for source info for injected class names of class
 /// templates.
 class InjectedClassNameTypeLoc :
     public InheritingConcreteTypeLoc<TypeSpecTypeLoc,
@@ -683,7 +683,7 @@ public:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief Wrapper for source info for unresolved typename using decls.
+/// Wrapper for source info for unresolved typename using decls.
 class UnresolvedUsingTypeLoc :
     public InheritingConcreteTypeLoc<TypeSpecTypeLoc,
                                      UnresolvedUsingTypeLoc,
@@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ public:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief Wrapper for source info for tag types.  Note that this only
+/// Wrapper for source info for tag types.  Note that this only
 /// records source info for the name itself; a type written 'struct foo'
 /// should be represented as an ElaboratedTypeLoc.  We currently
 /// only do that when C++ is enabled because of the expense of
@@ -705,7 +705,7 @@ class TagTypeLoc : public InheritingConcreteTypeLoc<TypeSpecTypeLoc,
 public:
   TagDecl *getDecl() const { return getTypePtr()->getDecl(); }
 
-  /// \brief True if the tag was defined in this type specifier.
+  /// True if the tag was defined in this type specifier.
   bool isDefinition() const {
     TagDecl *D = getDecl();
     return D->isCompleteDefinition() &&
@@ -713,7 +713,7 @@ public:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief Wrapper for source info for record types.
+/// Wrapper for source info for record types.
 class RecordTypeLoc : public InheritingConcreteTypeLoc<TagTypeLoc,
                                                        RecordTypeLoc,
                                                        RecordType> {
@@ -721,7 +721,7 @@ public:
   RecordDecl *getDecl() const { return getTypePtr()->getDecl(); }
 };
 
-/// \brief Wrapper for source info for enum types.
+/// Wrapper for source info for enum types.
 class EnumTypeLoc : public InheritingConcreteTypeLoc<TagTypeLoc,
                                                      EnumTypeLoc,
                                                      EnumType> {
@@ -729,7 +729,7 @@ public:
   EnumDecl *getDecl() const { return getTypePtr()->getDecl(); }
 };
 
-/// \brief Wrapper for template type parameters.
+/// Wrapper for template type parameters.
 class TemplateTypeParmTypeLoc :
     public InheritingConcreteTypeLoc<TypeSpecTypeLoc,
                                      TemplateTypeParmTypeLoc,
@@ -828,14 +828,14 @@ public:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief Wrapper for substituted template type parameters.
+/// Wrapper for substituted template type parameters.
 class SubstTemplateTypeParmTypeLoc :
     public InheritingConcreteTypeLoc<TypeSpecTypeLoc,
                                      SubstTemplateTypeParmTypeLoc,
                                      SubstTemplateTypeParmType> {
 };
 
-  /// \brief Wrapper for substituted template type parameters.
+  /// Wrapper for substituted template type parameters.
 class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeLoc :
     public InheritingConcreteTypeLoc<TypeSpecTypeLoc,
                                      SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeLoc,
@@ -855,7 +855,7 @@ struct AttributedLocInfo {
   SourceLocation AttrLoc;
 };
 
-/// \brief Type source information for an attributed type.
+/// Type source information for an attributed type.
 class AttributedTypeLoc : public ConcreteTypeLoc<UnqualTypeLoc,
                                                  AttributedTypeLoc,
                                                  AttributedType,
@@ -1114,7 +1114,7 @@ struct ObjCInterfaceLocInfo {
   SourceLocation NameEndLoc;
 };
 
-/// \brief Wrapper for source info for ObjC interfaces.
+/// Wrapper for source info for ObjC interfaces.
 class ObjCInterfaceTypeLoc : public ConcreteTypeLoc<ObjCObjectTypeLoc,
                                                     ObjCInterfaceTypeLoc,
                                                     ObjCInterfaceType,
@@ -1227,7 +1227,7 @@ public:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief Wrapper for source info for pointers decayed from arrays and
+/// Wrapper for source info for pointers decayed from arrays and
 /// functions.
 class DecayedTypeLoc : public InheritingConcreteTypeLoc<
                            AdjustedTypeLoc, DecayedTypeLoc, DecayedType> {
@@ -1267,7 +1267,7 @@ public:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief Wrapper for source info for pointers.
+/// Wrapper for source info for pointers.
 class PointerTypeLoc : public PointerLikeTypeLoc<PointerTypeLoc,
                                                  PointerType> {
 public:
@@ -1280,7 +1280,7 @@ public:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief Wrapper for source info for block pointers.
+/// Wrapper for source info for block pointers.
 class BlockPointerTypeLoc : public PointerLikeTypeLoc<BlockPointerTypeLoc,
                                                       BlockPointerType> {
 public:
@@ -1297,7 +1297,7 @@ struct MemberPointerLocInfo : public PointerLikeLocInfo {
   TypeSourceInfo *ClassTInfo;
 };
 
-/// \brief Wrapper for source info for member pointers.
+/// Wrapper for source info for member pointers.
 class MemberPointerTypeLoc : public PointerLikeTypeLoc<MemberPointerTypeLoc,
                                                        MemberPointerType,
                                                        MemberPointerLocInfo> {
@@ -1392,7 +1392,7 @@ struct FunctionLocInfo {
   SourceLocation LocalRangeEnd;
 };
 
-/// \brief Wrapper for source info for functions.
+/// Wrapper for source info for functions.
 class FunctionTypeLoc : public ConcreteTypeLoc<UnqualTypeLoc,
                                                FunctionTypeLoc,
                                                FunctionType,
@@ -1496,7 +1496,7 @@ public:
       setExceptionSpecRange(Loc);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Returns the size of the type source info data block that is
+  /// Returns the size of the type source info data block that is
   /// specific to this type.
   unsigned getExtraLocalDataSize() const {
     unsigned ExceptSpecSize = hasExceptionSpec() ? sizeof(SourceRange) : 0;
@@ -1525,7 +1525,7 @@ struct ArrayLocInfo {
   Expr *Size;
 };
 
-/// \brief Wrapper for source info for arrays.
+/// Wrapper for source info for arrays.
 class ArrayTypeLoc : public ConcreteTypeLoc<UnqualTypeLoc,
                                             ArrayTypeLoc,
                                             ArrayType,
@@ -1670,7 +1670,7 @@ public:
     getLocalData()->NameLoc = Loc;
   }
 
-  /// \brief - Copy the location information from the given info.
+  /// - Copy the location information from the given info.
   void copy(TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc Loc) {
     unsigned size = getFullDataSize();
     assert(size == Loc.getFullDataSize());
@@ -1989,7 +1989,7 @@ public:
 struct ElaboratedLocInfo {
   SourceLocation ElaboratedKWLoc;
 
-  /// \brief Data associated with the nested-name-specifier location.
+  /// Data associated with the nested-name-specifier location.
   void *QualifierData;
 };
 

include/clang/AST/TypeOrdering.h

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 ///
 /// \file
-/// \brief Allows QualTypes to be sorted and hence used in maps and sets.
+/// Allows QualTypes to be sorted and hence used in maps and sets.
 ///
 /// Defines clang::QualTypeOrdering, a total ordering on clang::QualType,
 /// and hence enables QualType values to be sorted and to be used in
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
 
 namespace clang {
 
-/// \brief Function object that provides a total ordering on QualType values.
+/// Function object that provides a total ordering on QualType values.
 struct QualTypeOrdering {
   bool operator()(QualType T1, QualType T2) const {
     return std::less<void*>()(T1.getAsOpaquePtr(), T2.getAsOpaquePtr());

include/clang/AST/TypeVisitor.h

@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ namespace clang {
   return static_cast<ImplClass*>(this)-> \
            Visit##CLASS(static_cast<const CLASS*>(T))
 
-/// \brief An operation on a type.
+/// An operation on a type.
 ///
 /// \tparam ImplClass Class implementing the operation. Must be inherited from
 ///         TypeVisitor.
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ template<typename ImplClass, typename RetTy=void>
 class TypeVisitor {
 public:
 
-  /// \brief Performs the operation associated with this visitor object.
+  /// Performs the operation associated with this visitor object.
   RetTy Visit(const Type *T) {
     // Top switch stmt: dispatch to VisitFooType for each FooType.
     switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ public:
 }
 #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
 
-  /// \brief Method called if \c ImpClass doesn't provide specific handler
+  /// Method called if \c ImpClass doesn't provide specific handler
   /// for some type class.
   RetTy VisitType(const Type*) { return RetTy(); }
 };

include/clang/AST/UnresolvedSet.h

@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ public:
   NamedDecl *operator->() const { return **this; }
 };
 
-/// \brief A set of unresolved declarations.
+/// A set of unresolved declarations.
 class UnresolvedSetImpl {
   using DeclsTy = SmallVectorImpl<DeclAccessPair>;
 
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ private:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief A set of unresolved declarations.
+/// A set of unresolved declarations.
 template <unsigned InlineCapacity> class UnresolvedSet :
     public UnresolvedSetImpl {
   SmallVector<DeclAccessPair, InlineCapacity> Decls;

include/clang/AST/VTTBuilder.h

@@ -68,48 +68,48 @@ struct VTTComponent {
      : VTableIndex(VTableIndex), VTableBase(VTableBase) {}
 };
 
-/// \brief Class for building VTT layout information.
+/// Class for building VTT layout information.
 class VTTBuilder {
   ASTContext &Ctx;
 
-  /// \brief The most derived class for which we're building this vtable.
+  /// The most derived class for which we're building this vtable.
   const CXXRecordDecl *MostDerivedClass;
 
   using VTTVTablesVectorTy = SmallVector<VTTVTable, 64>;
   
-  /// \brief The VTT vtables.
+  /// The VTT vtables.
   VTTVTablesVectorTy VTTVTables;
   
   using VTTComponentsVectorTy = SmallVector<VTTComponent, 64>;
   
-  /// \brief The VTT components.
+  /// The VTT components.
   VTTComponentsVectorTy VTTComponents;
   
-  /// \brief The AST record layout of the most derived class.
+  /// The AST record layout of the most derived class.
   const ASTRecordLayout &MostDerivedClassLayout;
 
   using VisitedVirtualBasesSetTy = llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl *, 4>;
 
   using AddressPointsMapTy = llvm::DenseMap<BaseSubobject, uint64_t>;
 
-  /// \brief The sub-VTT indices for the bases of the most derived class.
+  /// The sub-VTT indices for the bases of the most derived class.
   llvm::DenseMap<BaseSubobject, uint64_t> SubVTTIndicies;
 
-  /// \brief The secondary virtual pointer indices of all subobjects of
+  /// The secondary virtual pointer indices of all subobjects of
   /// the most derived class.
   llvm::DenseMap<BaseSubobject, uint64_t> SecondaryVirtualPointerIndices;
 
-  /// \brief Whether the VTT builder should generate LLVM IR for the VTT.
+  /// Whether the VTT builder should generate LLVM IR for the VTT.
   bool GenerateDefinition;
 
-  /// \brief Add a vtable pointer to the VTT currently being built.
+  /// Add a vtable pointer to the VTT currently being built.
   void AddVTablePointer(BaseSubobject Base, uint64_t VTableIndex,
                         const CXXRecordDecl *VTableClass);
                         
-  /// \brief Lay out the secondary VTTs of the given base subobject.
+  /// Lay out the secondary VTTs of the given base subobject.
   void LayoutSecondaryVTTs(BaseSubobject Base);
   
-  /// \brief Lay out the secondary virtual pointers for the given base
+  /// Lay out the secondary virtual pointers for the given base
   /// subobject.
   ///
   /// \param BaseIsMorallyVirtual whether the base subobject is a virtual base
@@ -120,17 +120,17 @@ class VTTBuilder {
                                       const CXXRecordDecl *VTableClass,
                                       VisitedVirtualBasesSetTy &VBases);
   
-  /// \brief Lay out the secondary virtual pointers for the given base
+  /// Lay out the secondary virtual pointers for the given base
   /// subobject.
   void LayoutSecondaryVirtualPointers(BaseSubobject Base, 
                                       uint64_t VTableIndex);
 
-  /// \brief Lay out the VTTs for the virtual base classes of the given
+  /// Lay out the VTTs for the virtual base classes of the given
   /// record declaration.
   void LayoutVirtualVTTs(const CXXRecordDecl *RD,
                          VisitedVirtualBasesSetTy &VBases);
   
-  /// \brief Lay out the VTT for the given subobject, including any
+  /// Lay out the VTT for the given subobject, including any
   /// secondary VTTs, secondary virtual pointers and virtual VTTs.
   void LayoutVTT(BaseSubobject Base, bool BaseIsVirtual);
   
@@ -138,22 +138,22 @@ public:
   VTTBuilder(ASTContext &Ctx, const CXXRecordDecl *MostDerivedClass,
              bool GenerateDefinition);
 
-  // \brief Returns a reference to the VTT components.
+  // Returns a reference to the VTT components.
   const VTTComponentsVectorTy &getVTTComponents() const {
     return VTTComponents;
   }
   
-  // \brief Returns a reference to the VTT vtables.
+  // Returns a reference to the VTT vtables.
   const VTTVTablesVectorTy &getVTTVTables() const {
     return VTTVTables;
   }
   
-  /// \brief Returns a reference to the sub-VTT indices.
+  /// Returns a reference to the sub-VTT indices.
   const llvm::DenseMap<BaseSubobject, uint64_t> &getSubVTTIndicies() const {
     return SubVTTIndicies;
   }
   
-  /// \brief Returns a reference to the secondary virtual pointer indices.
+  /// Returns a reference to the secondary virtual pointer indices.
   const llvm::DenseMap<BaseSubobject, uint64_t> &
   getSecondaryVirtualPointerIndices() const {
     return SecondaryVirtualPointerIndices;

include/clang/AST/VTableBuilder.h

@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 namespace clang {
   class CXXRecordDecl;
 
-/// \brief Represents a single component in a vtable.
+/// Represents a single component in a vtable.
 class VTableComponent {
 public:
   enum Kind {
@@ -36,13 +36,13 @@ public:
     CK_RTTI,
     CK_FunctionPointer,
 
-    /// \brief A pointer to the complete destructor.
+    /// A pointer to the complete destructor.
     CK_CompleteDtorPointer,
 
-    /// \brief A pointer to the deleting destructor.
+    /// A pointer to the deleting destructor.
     CK_DeletingDtorPointer,
 
-    /// \brief An entry that is never used.
+    /// An entry that is never used.
     ///
     /// In some cases, a vtable function pointer will end up never being
     /// called. Such vtable function pointers are represented as a
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ public:
     return VTableComponent(I);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Get the kind of this vtable component.
+  /// Get the kind of this vtable component.
   Kind getKind() const {
     return (Kind)(Value & 0x7);
   }
@@ -255,10 +255,10 @@ private:
 
   OwningArrayRef<VTableComponent> VTableComponents;
 
-  /// \brief Contains thunks needed by vtables, sorted by indices.
+  /// Contains thunks needed by vtables, sorted by indices.
   OwningArrayRef<VTableThunkTy> VTableThunks;
 
-  /// \brief Address points for all vtables.
+  /// Address points for all vtables.
   AddressPointsMapTy AddressPoints;
 
 public:
@@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ public:
 protected:
   typedef llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, ThunkInfoVectorTy> ThunksMapTy;
 
-  /// \brief Contains all thunks that a given method decl will need.
+  /// Contains all thunks that a given method decl will need.
   ThunksMapTy Thunks;
 
   /// Compute and store all vtable related information (vtable layout, vbase
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ public:
 class ItaniumVTableContext : public VTableContextBase {
 private:
 
-  /// \brief Contains the index (relative to the vtable address point)
+  /// Contains the index (relative to the vtable address point)
   /// where the function pointer for a virtual function is stored.
   typedef llvm::DenseMap<GlobalDecl, int64_t> MethodVTableIndicesTy;
   MethodVTableIndicesTy MethodVTableIndices;
@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ private:
   typedef std::pair<const CXXRecordDecl *,
                     const CXXRecordDecl *> ClassPairTy;
 
-  /// \brief vtable offsets for offsets of virtual bases of a class.
+  /// vtable offsets for offsets of virtual bases of a class.
   ///
   /// Contains the vtable offset (relative to the address point) in chars
   /// where the offsets for virtual bases of a class are stored.
@@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ public:
       const CXXRecordDecl *MostDerivedClass, CharUnits MostDerivedClassOffset,
       bool MostDerivedClassIsVirtual, const CXXRecordDecl *LayoutClass);
 
-  /// \brief Locate a virtual function in the vtable.
+  /// Locate a virtual function in the vtable.
   ///
   /// Return the index (relative to the vtable address point) where the
   /// function pointer for the given virtual function is stored.
@@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ public:
     return VTableContextBase::getThunkInfo(GD);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Returns the index of VBase in the vbtable of Derived.
+  /// Returns the index of VBase in the vbtable of Derived.
   /// VBase must be a morally virtual base of Derived.
   /// The vbtable is an array of i32 offsets.  The first entry is a self entry,
   /// and the rest are offsets from the vbptr to virtual bases.

include/clang/ASTMatchers/ASTMatchFinder.h

@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ namespace clang {
 
 namespace ast_matchers {
 
-/// \brief A class to allow finding matches over the Clang AST.
+/// A class to allow finding matches over the Clang AST.
 ///
 /// After creation, you can add multiple matchers to the MatchFinder via
 /// calls to addMatcher(...).
@@ -68,52 +68,52 @@ namespace ast_matchers {
 /// Not intended to be subclassed.
 class MatchFinder {
 public:
-  /// \brief Contains all information for a given match.
+  /// Contains all information for a given match.
   ///
   /// Every time a match is found, the MatchFinder will invoke the registered
   /// MatchCallback with a MatchResult containing information about the match.
   struct MatchResult {
     MatchResult(const BoundNodes &Nodes, clang::ASTContext *Context);
 
-    /// \brief Contains the nodes bound on the current match.
+    /// Contains the nodes bound on the current match.
     ///
     /// This allows user code to easily extract matched AST nodes.
     const BoundNodes Nodes;
 
-    /// \brief Utilities for interpreting the matched AST structures.
+    /// Utilities for interpreting the matched AST structures.
     /// @{
     clang::ASTContext * const Context;
     clang::SourceManager * const SourceManager;
     /// @}
   };
 
-  /// \brief Called when the Match registered for it was successfully found
+  /// Called when the Match registered for it was successfully found
   /// in the AST.
   class MatchCallback {
   public:
     virtual ~MatchCallback();
 
-    /// \brief Called on every match by the \c MatchFinder.
+    /// Called on every match by the \c MatchFinder.
     virtual void run(const MatchResult &Result) = 0;
 
-    /// \brief Called at the start of each translation unit.
+    /// Called at the start of each translation unit.
     ///
     /// Optionally override to do per translation unit tasks.
     virtual void onStartOfTranslationUnit() {}
 
-    /// \brief Called at the end of each translation unit.
+    /// Called at the end of each translation unit.
     ///
     /// Optionally override to do per translation unit tasks.
     virtual void onEndOfTranslationUnit() {}
 
-    /// \brief An id used to group the matchers.
+    /// An id used to group the matchers.
     ///
     /// This id is used, for example, for the profiling output.
     /// It defaults to "<unknown>".
     virtual StringRef getID() const;
   };
 
-  /// \brief Called when parsing is finished. Intended for testing only.
+  /// Called when parsing is finished. Intended for testing only.
   class ParsingDoneTestCallback {
   public:
     virtual ~ParsingDoneTestCallback();
@@ -125,11 +125,11 @@ public:
       Profiling(llvm::StringMap<llvm::TimeRecord> &Records)
           : Records(Records) {}
 
-      /// \brief Per bucket timing information.
+      /// Per bucket timing information.
       llvm::StringMap<llvm::TimeRecord> &Records;
     };
 
-    /// \brief Enables per-check timers.
+    /// Enables per-check timers.
     ///
     /// It prints a report after match.
     llvm::Optional<Profiling> CheckProfiling;
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ public:
   MatchFinder(MatchFinderOptions Options = MatchFinderOptions());
   ~MatchFinder();
 
-  /// \brief Adds a matcher to execute when running over the AST.
+  /// Adds a matcher to execute when running over the AST.
   ///
   /// Calls 'Action' with the BoundNodes on every match.
   /// Adding more than one 'NodeMatch' allows finding different matches in a
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ public:
                   MatchCallback *Action);
   /// @}
 
-  /// \brief Adds a matcher to execute when running over the AST.
+  /// Adds a matcher to execute when running over the AST.
   ///
   /// This is similar to \c addMatcher(), but it uses the dynamic interface. It
   /// is more flexible, but the lost type information enables a caller to pass
@@ -173,10 +173,10 @@ public:
   bool addDynamicMatcher(const internal::DynTypedMatcher &NodeMatch,
                          MatchCallback *Action);
 
-  /// \brief Creates a clang ASTConsumer that finds all matches.
+  /// Creates a clang ASTConsumer that finds all matches.
   std::unique_ptr<clang::ASTConsumer> newASTConsumer();
 
-  /// \brief Calls the registered callbacks on all matches on the given \p Node.
+  /// Calls the registered callbacks on all matches on the given \p Node.
   ///
   /// Note that there can be multiple matches on a single node, for
   /// example when using decl(forEachDescendant(stmt())).
@@ -189,17 +189,17 @@ public:
              ASTContext &Context);
   /// @}
 
-  /// \brief Finds all matches in the given AST.
+  /// Finds all matches in the given AST.
   void matchAST(ASTContext &Context);
 
-  /// \brief Registers a callback to notify the end of parsing.
+  /// Registers a callback to notify the end of parsing.
   ///
   /// The provided closure is called after parsing is done, before the AST is
   /// traversed. Useful for benchmarking.
   /// Each call to FindAll(...) will call the closure once.
   void registerTestCallbackAfterParsing(ParsingDoneTestCallback *ParsingDone);
 
-  /// \brief For each \c Matcher<> a \c MatchCallback that will be called
+  /// For each \c Matcher<> a \c MatchCallback that will be called
   /// when it matches.
   struct MatchersByType {
     std::vector<std::pair<internal::DynTypedMatcher, MatchCallback *>>
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ public:
         NestedNameSpecifierLoc;
     std::vector<std::pair<TypeLocMatcher, MatchCallback *>> TypeLoc;
     std::vector<std::pair<CXXCtorInitializerMatcher, MatchCallback *>> CtorInit;
-    /// \brief All the callbacks in one container to simplify iteration.
+    /// All the callbacks in one container to simplify iteration.
     llvm::SmallPtrSet<MatchCallback *, 16> AllCallbacks;
   };
 
@@ -220,11 +220,11 @@ private:
 
   MatchFinderOptions Options;
 
-  /// \brief Called when parsing is done.
+  /// Called when parsing is done.
   ParsingDoneTestCallback *ParsingDone;
 };
 
-/// \brief Returns the results of matching \p Matcher on \p Node.
+/// Returns the results of matching \p Matcher on \p Node.
 ///
 /// Collects the \c BoundNodes of all callback invocations when matching
 /// \p Matcher on \p Node and returns the collected results.
@@ -248,12 +248,12 @@ match(MatcherT Matcher, const ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode &Node,
       ASTContext &Context);
 /// @}
 
-/// \brief Returns the results of matching \p Matcher on the translation unit of
+/// Returns the results of matching \p Matcher on the translation unit of
 /// \p Context and collects the \c BoundNodes of all callback invocations.
 template <typename MatcherT>
 SmallVector<BoundNodes, 1> match(MatcherT Matcher, ASTContext &Context);
 
-/// \brief Returns the first result of type \c NodeT bound to \p BoundTo.
+/// Returns the first result of type \c NodeT bound to \p BoundTo.
 ///
 /// Returns \c NULL if there is no match, or if the matching node cannot be
 /// casted to \c NodeT.

include/clang/ASTMatchers/ASTMatchersInternal.h

@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ class BoundNodes;
 
 namespace internal {
 
-/// \brief Variadic function object.
+/// Variadic function object.
 ///
 /// Most of the functions below that use VariadicFunction could be implemented
 /// using plain C++11 variadic functions, but the function object allows us to
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ private:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief Unifies obtaining the underlying type of a regular node through
+/// Unifies obtaining the underlying type of a regular node through
 /// `getType` and a TypedefNameDecl node through `getUnderlyingType`.
 inline QualType getUnderlyingType(const Expr &Node) { return Node.getType(); }
 
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ inline QualType getUnderlyingType(const TypedefNameDecl &Node) {
   return Node.getUnderlyingType();
 }
 
-/// \brief Unifies obtaining the FunctionProtoType pointer from both
+/// Unifies obtaining the FunctionProtoType pointer from both
 /// FunctionProtoType and FunctionDecl nodes..
 inline const FunctionProtoType *
 getFunctionProtoType(const FunctionProtoType &Node) {
@@ -136,17 +136,17 @@ inline const FunctionProtoType *getFunctionProtoType(const FunctionDecl &Node) {
   return Node.getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
 }
 
-/// \brief Internal version of BoundNodes. Holds all the bound nodes.
+/// Internal version of BoundNodes. Holds all the bound nodes.
 class BoundNodesMap {
 public:
-  /// \brief Adds \c Node to the map with key \c ID.
+  /// Adds \c Node to the map with key \c ID.
   ///
   /// The node's base type should be in NodeBaseType or it will be unaccessible.
   void addNode(StringRef ID, const ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode& DynNode) {
     NodeMap[ID] = DynNode;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Returns the AST node bound to \c ID.
+  /// Returns the AST node bound to \c ID.
   ///
   /// Returns NULL if there was no node bound to \c ID or if there is a node but
   /// it cannot be converted to the specified type.
@@ -167,12 +167,12 @@ public:
     return It->second;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Imposes an order on BoundNodesMaps.
+  /// Imposes an order on BoundNodesMaps.
   bool operator<(const BoundNodesMap &Other) const {
     return NodeMap < Other.NodeMap;
   }
 
-  /// \brief A map from IDs to the bound nodes.
+  /// A map from IDs to the bound nodes.
   ///
   /// Note that we're using std::map here, as for memoization:
   /// - we need a comparison operator
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ public:
     return NodeMap;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Returns \c true if this \c BoundNodesMap can be compared, i.e. all
+  /// Returns \c true if this \c BoundNodesMap can be compared, i.e. all
   /// stored nodes have memoization data.
   bool isComparable() const {
     for (const auto &IDAndNode : NodeMap) {
@@ -197,25 +197,25 @@ private:
   IDToNodeMap NodeMap;
 };
 
-/// \brief Creates BoundNodesTree objects.
+/// Creates BoundNodesTree objects.
 ///
 /// The tree builder is used during the matching process to insert the bound
 /// nodes from the Id matcher.
 class BoundNodesTreeBuilder {
 public:
-  /// \brief A visitor interface to visit all BoundNodes results for a
+  /// A visitor interface to visit all BoundNodes results for a
   /// BoundNodesTree.
   class Visitor {
   public:
     virtual ~Visitor() = default;
 
-    /// \brief Called multiple times during a single call to VisitMatches(...).
+    /// Called multiple times during a single call to VisitMatches(...).
     ///
     /// 'BoundNodesView' contains the bound nodes for a single match.
     virtual void visitMatch(const BoundNodes& BoundNodesView) = 0;
   };
 
-  /// \brief Add a binding from an id to a node.
+  /// Add a binding from an id to a node.
   void setBinding(StringRef Id, const ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode &DynNode) {
     if (Bindings.empty())
       Bindings.emplace_back();
@@ -223,10 +223,10 @@ public:
       Binding.addNode(Id, DynNode);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Adds a branch in the tree.
+  /// Adds a branch in the tree.
   void addMatch(const BoundNodesTreeBuilder &Bindings);
 
-  /// \brief Visits all matches that this BoundNodesTree represents.
+  /// Visits all matches that this BoundNodesTree represents.
   ///
   /// The ownership of 'ResultVisitor' remains at the caller.
   void visitMatches(Visitor* ResultVisitor);
@@ -238,12 +238,12 @@ public:
     return !Bindings.empty();
   }
 
-  /// \brief Imposes an order on BoundNodesTreeBuilders.
+  /// Imposes an order on BoundNodesTreeBuilders.
   bool operator<(const BoundNodesTreeBuilder &Other) const {
     return Bindings < Other.Bindings;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Returns \c true if this \c BoundNodesTreeBuilder can be compared,
+  /// Returns \c true if this \c BoundNodesTreeBuilder can be compared,
   /// i.e. all stored node maps have memoization data.
   bool isComparable() const {
     for (const BoundNodesMap &NodesMap : Bindings) {
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ private:
 
 class ASTMatchFinder;
 
-/// \brief Generic interface for all matchers.
+/// Generic interface for all matchers.
 ///
 /// Used by the implementation of Matcher<T> and DynTypedMatcher.
 /// In general, implement MatcherInterface<T> or SingleNodeMatcherInterface<T>
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ class DynMatcherInterface
 public:
   virtual ~DynMatcherInterface() = default;
 
-  /// \brief Returns true if \p DynNode can be matched.
+  /// Returns true if \p DynNode can be matched.
   ///
   /// May bind \p DynNode to an ID via \p Builder, or recurse into
   /// the AST via \p Finder.
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ public:
                           BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) const = 0;
 };
 
-/// \brief Generic interface for matchers on an AST node of type T.
+/// Generic interface for matchers on an AST node of type T.
 ///
 /// Implement this if your matcher may need to inspect the children or
 /// descendants of the node or bind matched nodes to names. If you are
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ public:
 template <typename T>
 class MatcherInterface : public DynMatcherInterface {
 public:
-  /// \brief Returns true if 'Node' can be matched.
+  /// Returns true if 'Node' can be matched.
   ///
   /// May bind 'Node' to an ID via 'Builder', or recurse into
   /// the AST via 'Finder'.
@@ -303,12 +303,12 @@ public:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief Interface for matchers that only evaluate properties on a single
+/// Interface for matchers that only evaluate properties on a single
 /// node.
 template <typename T>
 class SingleNodeMatcherInterface : public MatcherInterface<T> {
 public:
-  /// \brief Returns true if the matcher matches the provided node.
+  /// Returns true if the matcher matches the provided node.
   ///
   /// A subclass must implement this instead of Matches().
   virtual bool matchesNode(const T &Node) const = 0;
@@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ private:
 
 template <typename> class Matcher;
 
-/// \brief Matcher that works on a \c DynTypedNode.
+/// Matcher that works on a \c DynTypedNode.
 ///
 /// It is constructed from a \c Matcher<T> object and redirects most calls to
 /// underlying matcher.
@@ -333,26 +333,26 @@ template <typename> class Matcher;
 /// return false if it is not convertible.
 class DynTypedMatcher {
 public:
-  /// \brief Takes ownership of the provided implementation pointer.
+  /// Takes ownership of the provided implementation pointer.
   template <typename T>
   DynTypedMatcher(MatcherInterface<T> *Implementation)
       : SupportedKind(ast_type_traits::ASTNodeKind::getFromNodeKind<T>()),
         RestrictKind(SupportedKind), Implementation(Implementation) {}
 
-  /// \brief Construct from a variadic function.
+  /// Construct from a variadic function.
   enum VariadicOperator {
-    /// \brief Matches nodes for which all provided matchers match.
+    /// Matches nodes for which all provided matchers match.
     VO_AllOf,
 
-    /// \brief Matches nodes for which at least one of the provided matchers
+    /// Matches nodes for which at least one of the provided matchers
     /// matches.
     VO_AnyOf,
 
-    /// \brief Matches nodes for which at least one of the provided matchers
+    /// Matches nodes for which at least one of the provided matchers
     /// matches, but doesn't stop at the first match.
     VO_EachOf,
 
-    /// \brief Matches nodes that do not match the provided matcher.
+    /// Matches nodes that do not match the provided matcher.
     ///
     /// Uses the variadic matcher interface, but fails if
     /// InnerMatchers.size() != 1.
@@ -364,27 +364,27 @@ public:
                     ast_type_traits::ASTNodeKind SupportedKind,
                     std::vector<DynTypedMatcher> InnerMatchers);
 
-  /// \brief Get a "true" matcher for \p NodeKind.
+  /// Get a "true" matcher for \p NodeKind.
   ///
   /// It only checks that the node is of the right kind.
   static DynTypedMatcher trueMatcher(ast_type_traits::ASTNodeKind NodeKind);
 
   void setAllowBind(bool AB) { AllowBind = AB; }
 
-  /// \brief Check whether this matcher could ever match a node of kind \p Kind.
+  /// Check whether this matcher could ever match a node of kind \p Kind.
   /// \return \c false if this matcher will never match such a node. Otherwise,
   /// return \c true.
   bool canMatchNodesOfKind(ast_type_traits::ASTNodeKind Kind) const;
 
-  /// \brief Return a matcher that points to the same implementation, but
+  /// Return a matcher that points to the same implementation, but
   ///   restricts the node types for \p Kind.
   DynTypedMatcher dynCastTo(const ast_type_traits::ASTNodeKind Kind) const;
 
-  /// \brief Returns true if the matcher matches the given \c DynNode.
+  /// Returns true if the matcher matches the given \c DynNode.
   bool matches(const ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode &DynNode,
                ASTMatchFinder *Finder, BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) const;
 
-  /// \brief Same as matches(), but skips the kind check.
+  /// Same as matches(), but skips the kind check.
   ///
   /// It is faster, but the caller must ensure the node is valid for the
   /// kind of this matcher.
@@ -392,12 +392,12 @@ public:
                           ASTMatchFinder *Finder,
                           BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) const;
 
-  /// \brief Bind the specified \p ID to the matcher.
+  /// Bind the specified \p ID to the matcher.
   /// \return A new matcher with the \p ID bound to it if this matcher supports
   ///   binding. Otherwise, returns an empty \c Optional<>.
   llvm::Optional<DynTypedMatcher> tryBind(StringRef ID) const;
 
-  /// \brief Returns a unique \p ID for the matcher.
+  /// Returns a unique \p ID for the matcher.
   ///
   /// Casting a Matcher<T> to Matcher<U> creates a matcher that has the
   /// same \c Implementation pointer, but different \c RestrictKind. We need to
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ public:
                           reinterpret_cast<uint64_t>(Implementation.get()));
   }
 
-  /// \brief Returns the type this matcher works on.
+  /// Returns the type this matcher works on.
   ///
   /// \c matches() will always return false unless the node passed is of this
   /// or a derived type.
@@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ public:
     return SupportedKind;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Returns \c true if the passed \c DynTypedMatcher can be converted
+  /// Returns \c true if the passed \c DynTypedMatcher can be converted
   ///   to a \c Matcher<T>.
   ///
   /// This method verifies that the underlying matcher in \c Other can process
@@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ public:
   }
   bool canConvertTo(ast_type_traits::ASTNodeKind To) const;
 
-  /// \brief Construct a \c Matcher<T> interface around the dynamic matcher.
+  /// Construct a \c Matcher<T> interface around the dynamic matcher.
   ///
   /// This method asserts that \c canConvertTo() is \c true. Callers
   /// should call \c canConvertTo() first to make sure that \c this is
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ public:
     return unconditionalConvertTo<T>();
   }
 
-  /// \brief Same as \c convertTo(), but does not check that the underlying
+  /// Same as \c convertTo(), but does not check that the underlying
   ///   matcher can handle a value of T.
   ///
   /// If it is not compatible, then this matcher will never match anything.
@@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ private:
   bool AllowBind = false;
   ast_type_traits::ASTNodeKind SupportedKind;
 
-  /// \brief A potentially stricter node kind.
+  /// A potentially stricter node kind.
   ///
   /// It allows to perform implicit and dynamic cast of matchers without
   /// needing to change \c Implementation.
@@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ private:
   IntrusiveRefCntPtr<DynMatcherInterface> Implementation;
 };
 
-/// \brief Wrapper base class for a wrapping matcher.
+/// Wrapper base class for a wrapping matcher.
 ///
 /// This is just a container for a DynTypedMatcher that can be used as a base
 /// class for another matcher.
@@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ protected:
   const DynTypedMatcher InnerMatcher;
 };
 
-/// \brief Wrapper of a MatcherInterface<T> *that allows copying.
+/// Wrapper of a MatcherInterface<T> *that allows copying.
 ///
 /// A Matcher<Base> can be used anywhere a Matcher<Derived> is
 /// required. This establishes an is-a relationship which is reverse
@@ -488,11 +488,11 @@ protected:
 template <typename T>
 class Matcher {
 public:
-  /// \brief Takes ownership of the provided implementation pointer.
+  /// Takes ownership of the provided implementation pointer.
   explicit Matcher(MatcherInterface<T> *Implementation)
       : Implementation(Implementation) {}
 
-  /// \brief Implicitly converts \c Other to a Matcher<T>.
+  /// Implicitly converts \c Other to a Matcher<T>.
   ///
   /// Requires \c T to be derived from \c From.
   template <typename From>
@@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ public:
         ast_type_traits::ASTNodeKind::getFromNodeKind<T>()));
   }
 
-  /// \brief Implicitly converts \c Matcher<Type> to \c Matcher<QualType>.
+  /// Implicitly converts \c Matcher<Type> to \c Matcher<QualType>.
   ///
   /// The resulting matcher is not strict, i.e. ignores qualifiers.
   template <typename TypeT>
@@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ public:
             std::is_same<TypeT, Type>::value>::type* = nullptr)
       : Implementation(new TypeToQualType<TypeT>(Other)) {}
 
-  /// \brief Convert \c this into a \c Matcher<T> by applying dyn_cast<> to the
+  /// Convert \c this into a \c Matcher<T> by applying dyn_cast<> to the
   /// argument.
   /// \c To must be a base class of \c T.
   template <typename To>
@@ -523,7 +523,7 @@ public:
     return Matcher<To>(Implementation);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Forwards the call to the underlying MatcherInterface<T> pointer.
+  /// Forwards the call to the underlying MatcherInterface<T> pointer.
   bool matches(const T &Node,
                ASTMatchFinder *Finder,
                BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) const {
@@ -531,18 +531,18 @@ public:
                                   Finder, Builder);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Returns an ID that uniquely identifies the matcher.
+  /// Returns an ID that uniquely identifies the matcher.
   DynTypedMatcher::MatcherIDType getID() const {
     return Implementation.getID();
   }
 
-  /// \brief Extract the dynamic matcher.
+  /// Extract the dynamic matcher.
   ///
   /// The returned matcher keeps the same restrictions as \c this and remembers
   /// that it is meant to support nodes of type \c T.
   operator DynTypedMatcher() const { return Implementation; }
 
-  /// \brief Allows the conversion of a \c Matcher<Type> to a \c
+  /// Allows the conversion of a \c Matcher<Type> to a \c
   /// Matcher<QualType>.
   ///
   /// Depending on the constructor argument, the matcher is either strict, i.e.
@@ -583,14 +583,14 @@ private:
   DynTypedMatcher Implementation;
 };  // class Matcher
 
-/// \brief A convenient helper for creating a Matcher<T> without specifying
+/// A convenient helper for creating a Matcher<T> without specifying
 /// the template type argument.
 template <typename T>
 inline Matcher<T> makeMatcher(MatcherInterface<T> *Implementation) {
   return Matcher<T>(Implementation);
 }
 
-/// \brief Specialization of the conversion functions for QualType.
+/// Specialization of the conversion functions for QualType.
 ///
 /// This specialization provides the Matcher<Type>->Matcher<QualType>
 /// conversion that the static API does.
@@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ inline Matcher<QualType> DynTypedMatcher::convertTo<QualType>() const {
   return unconditionalConvertTo<QualType>();
 }
 
-/// \brief Finds the first node in a range that matches the given matcher.
+/// Finds the first node in a range that matches the given matcher.
 template <typename MatcherT, typename IteratorT>
 bool matchesFirstInRange(const MatcherT &Matcher, IteratorT Start,
                          IteratorT End, ASTMatchFinder *Finder,
@@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ bool matchesFirstInRange(const MatcherT &Matcher, IteratorT Start,
   return false;
 }
 
-/// \brief Finds the first node in a pointer range that matches the given
+/// Finds the first node in a pointer range that matches the given
 /// matcher.
 template <typename MatcherT, typename IteratorT>
 bool matchesFirstInPointerRange(const MatcherT &Matcher, IteratorT Start,
@@ -653,7 +653,7 @@ public:
   static const bool value = sizeof(test<Ty>(nullptr)) == sizeof(yes);
 };
 
-/// \brief Matches overloaded operators with a specific name.
+/// Matches overloaded operators with a specific name.
 ///
 /// The type argument ArgT is not used by this matcher but is used by
 /// PolymorphicMatcherWithParam1 and should be StringRef.
@@ -675,14 +675,14 @@ public:
 
 private:
 
-  /// \brief CXXOperatorCallExpr exist only for calls to overloaded operators
+  /// CXXOperatorCallExpr exist only for calls to overloaded operators
   /// so this function returns true if the call is to an operator of the given
   /// name.
   bool matchesSpecialized(const CXXOperatorCallExpr &Node) const {
     return getOperatorSpelling(Node.getOperator()) == Name;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Returns true only if CXXMethodDecl represents an overloaded
+  /// Returns true only if CXXMethodDecl represents an overloaded
   /// operator and has the given operator name.
   bool matchesSpecialized(const FunctionDecl &Node) const {
     return Node.isOverloadedOperator() &&
@@ -692,7 +692,7 @@ private:
   std::string Name;
 };
 
-/// \brief Matches named declarations with a specific name.
+/// Matches named declarations with a specific name.
 ///
 /// See \c hasName() and \c hasAnyName() in ASTMatchers.h for details.
 class HasNameMatcher : public SingleNodeMatcherInterface<NamedDecl> {
@@ -702,13 +702,13 @@ class HasNameMatcher : public SingleNodeMatcherInterface<NamedDecl> {
   bool matchesNode(const NamedDecl &Node) const override;
 
  private:
-  /// \brief Unqualified match routine.
+  /// Unqualified match routine.
   ///
   /// It is much faster than the full match, but it only works for unqualified
   /// matches.
   bool matchesNodeUnqualified(const NamedDecl &Node) const;
 
-  /// \brief Full match routine
+  /// Full match routine
   ///
   /// Fast implementation for the simple case of a named declaration at
   /// namespace or RecordDecl scope.
@@ -716,7 +716,7 @@ class HasNameMatcher : public SingleNodeMatcherInterface<NamedDecl> {
   /// matchesNodeFullSlow.
   bool matchesNodeFullFast(const NamedDecl &Node) const;
 
-  /// \brief Full match routine
+  /// Full match routine
   ///
   /// It generates the fully qualified name of the declaration (which is
   /// expensive) before trying to match.
@@ -727,16 +727,16 @@ class HasNameMatcher : public SingleNodeMatcherInterface<NamedDecl> {
   const std::vector<std::string> Names;
 };
 
-/// \brief Trampoline function to use VariadicFunction<> to construct a
+/// Trampoline function to use VariadicFunction<> to construct a
 ///        HasNameMatcher.
 Matcher<NamedDecl> hasAnyNameFunc(ArrayRef<const StringRef *> NameRefs);
 
-/// \brief Trampoline function to use VariadicFunction<> to construct a
+/// Trampoline function to use VariadicFunction<> to construct a
 ///        hasAnySelector matcher.
 Matcher<ObjCMessageExpr> hasAnySelectorFunc(
     ArrayRef<const StringRef *> NameRefs);
 
-/// \brief Matches declarations for QualType and CallExpr.
+/// Matches declarations for QualType and CallExpr.
 ///
 /// Type argument DeclMatcherT is required by PolymorphicMatcherWithParam1 but
 /// not actually used.
@@ -755,7 +755,7 @@ public:
   }
 
 private:
-  /// \brief Forwards to matching on the underlying type of the QualType.
+  /// Forwards to matching on the underlying type of the QualType.
   bool matchesSpecialized(const QualType &Node, ASTMatchFinder *Finder,
                           BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) const {
     if (Node.isNull())
@@ -764,7 +764,7 @@ private:
     return matchesSpecialized(*Node, Finder, Builder);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Finds the best declaration for a type and returns whether the inner
+  /// Finds the best declaration for a type and returns whether the inner
   /// matcher matches on it.
   bool matchesSpecialized(const Type &Node, ASTMatchFinder *Finder,
                           BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) const {
@@ -838,21 +838,21 @@ private:
     return false;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Extracts the Decl the DeclRefExpr references and returns whether
+  /// Extracts the Decl the DeclRefExpr references and returns whether
   /// the inner matcher matches on it.
   bool matchesSpecialized(const DeclRefExpr &Node, ASTMatchFinder *Finder,
                           BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) const {
     return matchesDecl(Node.getDecl(), Finder, Builder);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Extracts the Decl of the callee of a CallExpr and returns whether
+  /// Extracts the Decl of the callee of a CallExpr and returns whether
   /// the inner matcher matches on it.
   bool matchesSpecialized(const CallExpr &Node, ASTMatchFinder *Finder,
                           BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) const {
     return matchesDecl(Node.getCalleeDecl(), Finder, Builder);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Extracts the Decl of the constructor call and returns whether the
+  /// Extracts the Decl of the constructor call and returns whether the
   /// inner matcher matches on it.
   bool matchesSpecialized(const CXXConstructExpr &Node,
                           ASTMatchFinder *Finder,
@@ -860,7 +860,7 @@ private:
     return matchesDecl(Node.getConstructor(), Finder, Builder);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Extracts the operator new of the new call and returns whether the
+  /// Extracts the operator new of the new call and returns whether the
   /// inner matcher matches on it.
   bool matchesSpecialized(const CXXNewExpr &Node,
                           ASTMatchFinder *Finder,
@@ -868,7 +868,7 @@ private:
     return matchesDecl(Node.getOperatorNew(), Finder, Builder);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Extracts the \c ValueDecl a \c MemberExpr refers to and returns
+  /// Extracts the \c ValueDecl a \c MemberExpr refers to and returns
   /// whether the inner matcher matches on it.
   bool matchesSpecialized(const MemberExpr &Node,
                           ASTMatchFinder *Finder,
@@ -876,7 +876,7 @@ private:
     return matchesDecl(Node.getMemberDecl(), Finder, Builder);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Extracts the \c LabelDecl a \c AddrLabelExpr refers to and returns
+  /// Extracts the \c LabelDecl a \c AddrLabelExpr refers to and returns
   /// whether the inner matcher matches on it.
   bool matchesSpecialized(const AddrLabelExpr &Node,
                           ASTMatchFinder *Finder,
@@ -884,14 +884,14 @@ private:
     return matchesDecl(Node.getLabel(), Finder, Builder);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Extracts the declaration of a LabelStmt and returns whether the
+  /// Extracts the declaration of a LabelStmt and returns whether the
   /// inner matcher matches on it.
   bool matchesSpecialized(const LabelStmt &Node, ASTMatchFinder *Finder,
                           BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) const {
     return matchesDecl(Node.getDecl(), Finder, Builder);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Returns whether the inner matcher \c Node. Returns false if \c Node
+  /// Returns whether the inner matcher \c Node. Returns false if \c Node
   /// is \c NULL.
   bool matchesDecl(const Decl *Node, ASTMatchFinder *Finder,
                    BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) const {
@@ -901,7 +901,7 @@ private:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief IsBaseType<T>::value is true if T is a "base" type in the AST
+/// IsBaseType<T>::value is true if T is a "base" type in the AST
 /// node class hierarchies.
 template <typename T>
 struct IsBaseType {
@@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ struct IsBaseType {
 template <typename T>
 const bool IsBaseType<T>::value;
 
-/// \brief Interface that allows matchers to traverse the AST.
+/// Interface that allows matchers to traverse the AST.
 /// FIXME: Find a better name.
 ///
 /// This provides three entry methods for each base node type in the AST:
@@ -938,7 +938,7 @@ const bool IsBaseType<T>::value;
 /// all nodes, as all nodes have ancestors.
 class ASTMatchFinder {
 public:
-  /// \brief Defines how we descend a level in the AST when we pass
+  /// Defines how we descend a level in the AST when we pass
   /// through expressions.
   enum TraversalKind {
     /// Will traverse any child nodes.
@@ -948,7 +948,7 @@ public:
     TK_IgnoreImplicitCastsAndParentheses
   };
 
-  /// \brief Defines how bindings are processed on recursive matches.
+  /// Defines how bindings are processed on recursive matches.
   enum BindKind {
     /// Stop at the first match and only bind the first match.
     BK_First,
@@ -957,7 +957,7 @@ public:
     BK_All
   };
 
-  /// \brief Defines which ancestors are considered for a match.
+  /// Defines which ancestors are considered for a match.
   enum AncestorMatchMode {
     /// All ancestors.
     AMM_All,
@@ -968,7 +968,7 @@ public:
 
   virtual ~ASTMatchFinder() = default;
 
-  /// \brief Returns true if the given class is directly or indirectly derived
+  /// Returns true if the given class is directly or indirectly derived
   /// from a base type matching \c base.
   ///
   /// A class is considered to be also derived from itself.
@@ -1044,27 +1044,27 @@ protected:
                                  AncestorMatchMode MatchMode) = 0;
 };
 
-/// \brief A type-list implementation.
+/// A type-list implementation.
 ///
 /// A "linked list" of types, accessible by using the ::head and ::tail
 /// typedefs.
 template <typename... Ts> struct TypeList {}; // Empty sentinel type list.
 
 template <typename T1, typename... Ts> struct TypeList<T1, Ts...> {
-  /// \brief The first type on the list.
+  /// The first type on the list.
   using head = T1;
 
-  /// \brief A sublist with the tail. ie everything but the head.
+  /// A sublist with the tail. ie everything but the head.
   ///
   /// This type is used to do recursion. TypeList<>/EmptyTypeList indicates the
   /// end of the list.
   using tail = TypeList<Ts...>;
 };
 
-/// \brief The empty type list.
+/// The empty type list.
 using EmptyTypeList = TypeList<>;
 
-/// \brief Helper meta-function to determine if some type \c T is present or
+/// Helper meta-function to determine if some type \c T is present or
 ///   a parent type in the list.
 template <typename AnyTypeList, typename T>
 struct TypeListContainsSuperOf {
@@ -1077,14 +1077,14 @@ struct TypeListContainsSuperOf<EmptyTypeList, T> {
   static const bool value = false;
 };
 
-/// \brief A "type list" that contains all types.
+/// A "type list" that contains all types.
 ///
 /// Useful for matchers like \c anything and \c unless.
 using AllNodeBaseTypes =
     TypeList<Decl, Stmt, NestedNameSpecifier, NestedNameSpecifierLoc, QualType,
              Type, TypeLoc, CXXCtorInitializer>;
 
-/// \brief Helper meta-function to extract the argument out of a function of
+/// Helper meta-function to extract the argument out of a function of
 ///   type void(Arg).
 ///
 /// See AST_POLYMORPHIC_SUPPORTED_TYPES for details.
@@ -1093,13 +1093,13 @@ template <class T> struct ExtractFunctionArgMeta<void(T)> {
   using type = T;
 };
 
-/// \brief Default type lists for ArgumentAdaptingMatcher matchers.
+/// Default type lists for ArgumentAdaptingMatcher matchers.
 using AdaptativeDefaultFromTypes = AllNodeBaseTypes;
 using AdaptativeDefaultToTypes =
     TypeList<Decl, Stmt, NestedNameSpecifier, NestedNameSpecifierLoc, TypeLoc,
              QualType>;
 
-/// \brief All types that are supported by HasDeclarationMatcher above.
+/// All types that are supported by HasDeclarationMatcher above.
 using HasDeclarationSupportedTypes =
     TypeList<CallExpr, CXXConstructExpr, CXXNewExpr, DeclRefExpr, EnumType,
              ElaboratedType, InjectedClassNameType, LabelStmt, AddrLabelExpr,
@@ -1107,7 +1107,7 @@ using HasDeclarationSupportedTypes =
              TemplateSpecializationType, TemplateTypeParmType, TypedefType,
              UnresolvedUsingType>;
 
-/// \brief Converts a \c Matcher<T> to a matcher of desired type \c To by
+/// Converts a \c Matcher<T> to a matcher of desired type \c To by
 /// "adapting" a \c To into a \c T.
 ///
 /// The \c ArgumentAdapterT argument specifies how the adaptation is done.
@@ -1150,7 +1150,7 @@ struct ArgumentAdaptingMatcherFunc {
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief A PolymorphicMatcherWithParamN<MatcherT, P1, ..., PN> object can be
+/// A PolymorphicMatcherWithParamN<MatcherT, P1, ..., PN> object can be
 /// created from N parameters p1, ..., pN (of type P1, ..., PN) and
 /// used as a Matcher<T> where a MatcherT<T, P1, ..., PN>(p1, ..., pN)
 /// can be constructed.
@@ -1219,7 +1219,7 @@ private:
   const P2 Param2;
 };
 
-/// \brief Matches any instance of the given NodeType.
+/// Matches any instance of the given NodeType.
 ///
 /// This is useful when a matcher syntactically requires a child matcher,
 /// but the context doesn't care. See for example: anything().
@@ -1235,7 +1235,7 @@ public:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief A Matcher that allows binding the node it matches to an id.
+/// A Matcher that allows binding the node it matches to an id.
 ///
 /// BindableMatcher provides a \a bind() method that allows binding the
 /// matched node to an id if the match was successful.
@@ -1246,7 +1246,7 @@ public:
   explicit BindableMatcher(MatcherInterface<T> *Implementation)
     : Matcher<T>(Implementation) {}
 
-  /// \brief Returns a matcher that will bind the matched node on a match.
+  /// Returns a matcher that will bind the matched node on a match.
   ///
   /// The returned matcher is equivalent to this matcher, but will
   /// bind the matched node on a match.
@@ -1256,7 +1256,7 @@ public:
         ->template unconditionalConvertTo<T>();
   }
 
-  /// \brief Same as Matcher<T>'s conversion operator, but enables binding on
+  /// Same as Matcher<T>'s conversion operator, but enables binding on
   /// the returned matcher.
   operator DynTypedMatcher() const {
     DynTypedMatcher Result = static_cast<const Matcher<T>&>(*this);
@@ -1265,7 +1265,7 @@ public:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief Matches nodes of type T that have child nodes of type ChildT for
+/// Matches nodes of type T that have child nodes of type ChildT for
 /// which a specified child matcher matches.
 ///
 /// ChildT must be an AST base type.
@@ -1283,7 +1283,7 @@ public:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief Matches nodes of type T that have child nodes of type ChildT for
+/// Matches nodes of type T that have child nodes of type ChildT for
 /// which a specified child matcher matches. ChildT must be an AST base
 /// type.
 /// As opposed to the HasMatcher, the ForEachMatcher will produce a match
@@ -1306,10 +1306,10 @@ class ForEachMatcher : public WrapperMatcherInterface<T> {
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief VariadicOperatorMatcher related types.
+/// VariadicOperatorMatcher related types.
 /// @{
 
-/// \brief Polymorphic matcher object that uses a \c
+/// Polymorphic matcher object that uses a \c
 /// DynTypedMatcher::VariadicOperator operator.
 ///
 /// Input matchers can have any type (including other polymorphic matcher
@@ -1338,7 +1338,7 @@ private:
   std::tuple<Ps...> Params;
 };
 
-/// \brief Overloaded function object to generate VariadicOperatorMatcher
+/// Overloaded function object to generate VariadicOperatorMatcher
 ///   objects from arbitrary matchers.
 template <unsigned MinCount, unsigned MaxCount>
 struct VariadicOperatorMatcherFunc {
@@ -1359,7 +1359,7 @@ inline Matcher<T> DynTypedMatcher::unconditionalConvertTo() const {
   return Matcher<T>(*this);
 }
 
-/// \brief Creates a Matcher<T> that matches if all inner matchers match.
+/// Creates a Matcher<T> that matches if all inner matchers match.
 template<typename T>
 BindableMatcher<T> makeAllOfComposite(
     ArrayRef<const Matcher<T> *> InnerMatchers) {
@@ -1385,7 +1385,7 @@ BindableMatcher<T> makeAllOfComposite(
           .template unconditionalConvertTo<T>());
 }
 
-/// \brief Creates a Matcher<T> that matches if
+/// Creates a Matcher<T> that matches if
 /// T is dyn_cast'able into InnerT and all inner matchers match.
 ///
 /// Returns BindableMatcher, as matchers that use dyn_cast have
@@ -1398,7 +1398,7 @@ BindableMatcher<T> makeDynCastAllOfComposite(
       makeAllOfComposite(InnerMatchers).template dynCastTo<T>());
 }
 
-/// \brief Matches nodes of type T that have at least one descendant node of
+/// Matches nodes of type T that have at least one descendant node of
 /// type DescendantT for which the given inner matcher matches.
 ///
 /// DescendantT must be an AST base type.
@@ -1418,7 +1418,7 @@ public:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief Matches nodes of type \c T that have a parent node of type \c ParentT
+/// Matches nodes of type \c T that have a parent node of type \c ParentT
 /// for which the given inner matcher matches.
 ///
 /// \c ParentT must be an AST base type.
@@ -1438,7 +1438,7 @@ public:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief Matches nodes of type \c T that have at least one ancestor node of
+/// Matches nodes of type \c T that have at least one ancestor node of
 /// type \c AncestorT for which the given inner matcher matches.
 ///
 /// \c AncestorT must be an AST base type.
@@ -1458,7 +1458,7 @@ public:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief Matches nodes of type T that have at least one descendant node of
+/// Matches nodes of type T that have at least one descendant node of
 /// type DescendantT for which the given inner matcher matches.
 ///
 /// DescendantT must be an AST base type.
@@ -1481,7 +1481,7 @@ public:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief Matches on nodes that have a getValue() method if getValue() equals
+/// Matches on nodes that have a getValue() method if getValue() equals
 /// the value the ValueEqualsMatcher was constructed with.
 template <typename T, typename ValueT>
 class ValueEqualsMatcher : public SingleNodeMatcherInterface<T> {
@@ -1503,7 +1503,7 @@ private:
   const ValueT ExpectedValue;
 };
 
-/// \brief Template specializations to easily write matchers for floating point
+/// Template specializations to easily write matchers for floating point
 /// literals.
 template <>
 inline bool ValueEqualsMatcher<FloatingLiteral, double>::matchesNode(
@@ -1529,7 +1529,7 @@ inline bool ValueEqualsMatcher<FloatingLiteral, llvm::APFloat>::matchesNode(
   return ExpectedValue.compare(Node.getValue()) == llvm::APFloat::cmpEqual;
 }
 
-/// \brief A VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<SourceT, TargetT> object is a
+/// A VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher<SourceT, TargetT> object is a
 /// variadic functor that takes a number of Matcher<TargetT> and returns a
 /// Matcher<SourceT> that matches TargetT nodes that are matched by all of the
 /// given matchers, if SourceT can be dynamically casted into TargetT.
@@ -1549,7 +1549,7 @@ public:
   VariadicDynCastAllOfMatcher() {}
 };
 
-/// \brief A \c VariadicAllOfMatcher<T> object is a variadic functor that takes
+/// A \c VariadicAllOfMatcher<T> object is a variadic functor that takes
 /// a number of \c Matcher<T> and returns a \c Matcher<T> that matches \c T
 /// nodes that are matched by all of the given matchers.
 ///
@@ -1567,7 +1567,7 @@ public:
   VariadicAllOfMatcher() {}
 };
 
-/// \brief Matches nodes of type \c TLoc for which the inner
+/// Matches nodes of type \c TLoc for which the inner
 /// \c Matcher<T> matches.
 template <typename TLoc, typename T>
 class LocMatcher : public WrapperMatcherInterface<TLoc> {
@@ -1589,7 +1589,7 @@ private:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief Matches \c TypeLocs based on an inner matcher matching a certain
+/// Matches \c TypeLocs based on an inner matcher matching a certain
 /// \c QualType.
 ///
 /// Used to implement the \c loc() matcher.
@@ -1607,7 +1607,7 @@ public:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief Matches nodes of type \c T for which the inner matcher matches on a
+/// Matches nodes of type \c T for which the inner matcher matches on a
 /// another node of type \c T that can be reached using a given traverse
 /// function.
 template <typename T>
@@ -1631,7 +1631,7 @@ private:
   QualType (T::*TraverseFunction)() const;
 };
 
-/// \brief Matches nodes of type \c T in a ..Loc hierarchy, for which the inner
+/// Matches nodes of type \c T in a ..Loc hierarchy, for which the inner
 /// matcher matches on a another node of type \c T that can be reached using a
 /// given traverse function.
 template <typename T>
@@ -1655,7 +1655,7 @@ private:
   TypeLoc (T::*TraverseFunction)() const;
 };
 
-/// \brief Converts a \c Matcher<InnerT> to a \c Matcher<OuterT>, where
+/// Converts a \c Matcher<InnerT> to a \c Matcher<OuterT>, where
 /// \c OuterT is any type that is supported by \c Getter.
 ///
 /// \code Getter<OuterT>::value() \endcode returns a
@@ -1693,7 +1693,7 @@ private:
   const Matcher<InnerTBase> InnerMatcher;
 };
 
-/// \brief A simple memoizer of T(*)() functions.
+/// A simple memoizer of T(*)() functions.
 ///
 /// It will call the passed 'Func' template parameter at most once.
 /// Used to support AST_MATCHER_FUNCTION() macro.

include/clang/ASTMatchers/ASTMatchersMacros.h

@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
 #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_ASTMATCHERS_ASTMATCHERSMACROS_H
 #define LLVM_CLANG_ASTMATCHERS_ASTMATCHERSMACROS_H
 
-/// \brief AST_MATCHER_FUNCTION(ReturnType, DefineMatcher) { ... }
+/// AST_MATCHER_FUNCTION(ReturnType, DefineMatcher) { ... }
 /// defines a zero parameter function named DefineMatcher() that returns a
 /// ReturnType object.
 #define AST_MATCHER_FUNCTION(ReturnType, DefineMatcher)                        \
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
   }                                                                            \
   inline ReturnType DefineMatcher##_getInstance()
 
-/// \brief AST_MATCHER_FUNCTION_P(ReturnType, DefineMatcher, ParamType, Param) {
+/// AST_MATCHER_FUNCTION_P(ReturnType, DefineMatcher, ParamType, Param) {
 /// ... }
 /// defines a single-parameter function named DefineMatcher() that returns a
 /// ReturnType object.
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
   typedef ReturnType (&DefineMatcher##_Type##OverloadId)(ParamType const &);   \
   inline ReturnType DefineMatcher(ParamType const &Param)
 
-/// \brief AST_MATCHER(Type, DefineMatcher) { ... }
+/// AST_MATCHER(Type, DefineMatcher) { ... }
 /// defines a zero parameter function named DefineMatcher() that returns a
 /// Matcher<Type> object.
 ///
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
       ::clang::ast_matchers::internal::ASTMatchFinder *Finder,                 \
       ::clang::ast_matchers::internal::BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) const
 
-/// \brief AST_MATCHER_P(Type, DefineMatcher, ParamType, Param) { ... }
+/// AST_MATCHER_P(Type, DefineMatcher, ParamType, Param) { ... }
 /// defines a single-parameter function named DefineMatcher() that returns a
 /// Matcher<Type> object.
 ///
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@
       ::clang::ast_matchers::internal::ASTMatchFinder *Finder,                 \
       ::clang::ast_matchers::internal::BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) const
 
-/// \brief AST_MATCHER_P2(
+/// AST_MATCHER_P2(
 ///     Type, DefineMatcher, ParamType1, Param1, ParamType2, Param2) { ... }
 /// defines a two-parameter function named DefineMatcher() that returns a
 /// Matcher<Type> object.
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@
       ::clang::ast_matchers::internal::ASTMatchFinder *Finder,                 \
       ::clang::ast_matchers::internal::BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) const
 
-/// \brief Construct a type-list to be passed to the AST_POLYMORPHIC_MATCHER*
+/// Construct a type-list to be passed to the AST_POLYMORPHIC_MATCHER*
 ///   macros.
 ///
 /// You can't pass something like \c TypeList<Foo, Bar> to a macro, because it
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@
 #define AST_POLYMORPHIC_SUPPORTED_TYPES(...)                                   \
   void(::clang::ast_matchers::internal::TypeList<__VA_ARGS__>)
 
-/// \brief AST_POLYMORPHIC_MATCHER(DefineMatcher) { ... }
+/// AST_POLYMORPHIC_MATCHER(DefineMatcher) { ... }
 /// defines a single-parameter function named DefineMatcher() that is
 /// polymorphic in the return type.
 ///
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@
       ::clang::ast_matchers::internal::ASTMatchFinder *Finder,                 \
       ::clang::ast_matchers::internal::BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder) const
 
-/// \brief AST_POLYMORPHIC_MATCHER_P(DefineMatcher, ParamType, Param) { ... }
+/// AST_POLYMORPHIC_MATCHER_P(DefineMatcher, ParamType, Param) { ... }
 /// defines a single-parameter function named DefineMatcher() that is
 /// polymorphic in the return type.
 ///
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@
           ::clang::ast_matchers::internal::BoundNodesTreeBuilder *Builder)     \
           const
 
-/// \brief AST_POLYMORPHIC_MATCHER_P2(
+/// AST_POLYMORPHIC_MATCHER_P2(
 ///     DefineMatcher, ParamType1, Param1, ParamType2, Param2) { ... }
 /// defines a two-parameter function named matcher() that is polymorphic in
 /// the return type.
@@ -383,7 +383,7 @@
       ::clang::ast_matchers::internal::TypeTraverseMatcher,                    \
       ReturnTypesF>::Func MatcherName
 
-/// \brief AST_TYPE_TRAVERSE_MATCHER(MatcherName, FunctionName) defines
+/// AST_TYPE_TRAVERSE_MATCHER(MatcherName, FunctionName) defines
 /// the matcher \c MatcherName that can be used to traverse from one \c Type
 /// to another.
 ///
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@
       ReturnTypesF>::Func MatcherName##Loc;                                    \
   AST_TYPE_TRAVERSE_MATCHER_DEF(MatcherName, ReturnTypesF)
 
-/// \brief AST_TYPELOC_TRAVERSE_MATCHER(MatcherName, FunctionName) works
+/// AST_TYPELOC_TRAVERSE_MATCHER(MatcherName, FunctionName) works
 /// identical to \c AST_TYPE_TRAVERSE_MATCHER but operates on \c TypeLocs.
 #define AST_TYPELOC_TRAVERSE_MATCHER(MatcherName, FunctionName, ReturnTypesF)  \
   namespace internal {                                                         \

include/clang/ASTMatchers/Dynamic/Diagnostics.h

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 ///
 /// \file
-/// \brief Diagnostics class to manage error messages.
+/// Diagnostics class to manage error messages.
 ///
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ struct SourceRange {
   SourceLocation End;
 };
 
-/// \brief A VariantValue instance annotated with its parser context.
+/// A VariantValue instance annotated with its parser context.
 struct ParserValue {
   ParserValue() : Text(), Range(), Value() {}
   StringRef Text;
@@ -47,16 +47,16 @@ struct ParserValue {
   VariantValue Value;
 };
 
-/// \brief Helper class to manage error messages.
+/// Helper class to manage error messages.
 class Diagnostics {
 public:
-  /// \brief Parser context types.
+  /// Parser context types.
   enum ContextType {
     CT_MatcherArg = 0,
     CT_MatcherConstruct = 1
   };
 
-  /// \brief All errors from the system.
+  /// All errors from the system.
   enum ErrorType {
     ET_None = 0,
 
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ public:
     ET_ParserOverloadedType = 110
   };
 
-  /// \brief Helper stream class.
+  /// Helper stream class.
   class ArgStream {
   public:
     ArgStream(std::vector<std::string> *Out) : Out(Out) {}
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ public:
     std::vector<std::string> *Out;
   };
 
-  /// \brief Class defining a parser context.
+  /// Class defining a parser context.
   ///
   /// Used by the parser to specify (possibly recursive) contexts where the
   /// parsing/construction can fail. Any error triggered within a context will
@@ -101,11 +101,11 @@ public:
   /// This class should be used as a RAII instance in the stack.
   struct Context {
   public:
-    /// \brief About to call the constructor for a matcher.
+    /// About to call the constructor for a matcher.
     enum ConstructMatcherEnum { ConstructMatcher };
     Context(ConstructMatcherEnum, Diagnostics *Error, StringRef MatcherName,
             SourceRange MatcherRange);
-    /// \brief About to recurse into parsing one argument for a matcher.
+    /// About to recurse into parsing one argument for a matcher.
     enum MatcherArgEnum { MatcherArg };
     Context(MatcherArgEnum, Diagnostics *Error, StringRef MatcherName,
             SourceRange MatcherRange, unsigned ArgNumber);
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ public:
     Diagnostics *const Error;
   };
 
-  /// \brief Context for overloaded matcher construction.
+  /// Context for overloaded matcher construction.
   ///
   /// This context will take care of merging all errors that happen within it
   /// as "candidate" overloads for the same matcher.
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ public:
    OverloadContext(Diagnostics* Error);
    ~OverloadContext();
 
-   /// \brief Revert all errors that happened within this context.
+   /// Revert all errors that happened within this context.
    void revertErrors();
 
   private:
@@ -132,21 +132,21 @@ public:
     unsigned BeginIndex;
   };
 
-  /// \brief Add an error to the diagnostics.
+  /// Add an error to the diagnostics.
   ///
   /// All the context information will be kept on the error message.
   /// \return a helper class to allow the caller to pass the arguments for the
   /// error message, using the << operator.
   ArgStream addError(SourceRange Range, ErrorType Error);
 
-  /// \brief Information stored for one frame of the context.
+  /// Information stored for one frame of the context.
   struct ContextFrame {
     ContextType Type;
     SourceRange Range;
     std::vector<std::string> Args;
   };
 
-  /// \brief Information stored for each error found.
+  /// Information stored for each error found.
   struct ErrorContent {
     std::vector<ContextFrame> ContextStack;
     struct Message {
@@ -158,20 +158,20 @@ public:
   };
   ArrayRef<ErrorContent> errors() const { return Errors; }
 
-  /// \brief Returns a simple string representation of each error.
+  /// Returns a simple string representation of each error.
   ///
   /// Each error only shows the error message without any context.
   void printToStream(llvm::raw_ostream &OS) const;
   std::string toString() const;
 
-  /// \brief Returns the full string representation of each error.
+  /// Returns the full string representation of each error.
   ///
   /// Each error message contains the full context.
   void printToStreamFull(llvm::raw_ostream &OS) const;
   std::string toStringFull() const;
 
 private:
-  /// \brief Helper function used by the constructors of ContextFrame.
+  /// Helper function used by the constructors of ContextFrame.
   ArgStream pushContextFrame(ContextType Type, SourceRange Range);
 
   std::vector<ContextFrame> ContextStack;

include/clang/ASTMatchers/Dynamic/Parser.h

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 //
 /// \file
-/// \brief Simple matcher expression parser.
+/// Simple matcher expression parser.
 ///
 /// The parser understands matcher expressions of the form:
 ///   MatcherName(Arg0, Arg1, ..., ArgN)
@@ -52,10 +52,10 @@ namespace dynamic {
 
 class Diagnostics;
 
-/// \brief Matcher expression parser.
+/// Matcher expression parser.
 class Parser {
 public:
-  /// \brief Interface to connect the parser with the registry and more.
+  /// Interface to connect the parser with the registry and more.
   ///
   /// The parser uses the Sema instance passed into
   /// parseMatcherExpression() to handle all matcher tokens. The simplest
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ public:
   public:
     virtual ~Sema();
 
-    /// \brief Process a matcher expression.
+    /// Process a matcher expression.
     ///
     /// All the arguments passed here have already been processed.
     ///
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ public:
                                                   ArrayRef<ParserValue> Args,
                                                   Diagnostics *Error) = 0;
 
-    /// \brief Look up a matcher by name.
+    /// Look up a matcher by name.
     ///
     /// \param MatcherName The matcher name found by the parser.
     ///
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ public:
     virtual llvm::Optional<MatcherCtor>
     lookupMatcherCtor(StringRef MatcherName) = 0;
 
-    /// \brief Compute the list of completion types for \p Context.
+    /// Compute the list of completion types for \p Context.
     ///
     /// Each element of \p Context represents a matcher invocation, going from
     /// outermost to innermost. Elements are pairs consisting of a reference to
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ public:
     virtual std::vector<ArgKind> getAcceptedCompletionTypes(
         llvm::ArrayRef<std::pair<MatcherCtor, unsigned>> Context);
 
-    /// \brief Compute the list of completions that match any of
+    /// Compute the list of completions that match any of
     /// \p AcceptedTypes.
     ///
     /// \param AcceptedTypes All types accepted for this completion.
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ public:
     getMatcherCompletions(llvm::ArrayRef<ArgKind> AcceptedTypes);
   };
 
-  /// \brief Sema implementation that uses the matcher registry to process the
+  /// Sema implementation that uses the matcher registry to process the
   ///   tokens.
   class RegistrySema : public Parser::Sema {
   public:
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ public:
 
   using NamedValueMap = llvm::StringMap<VariantValue>;
 
-  /// \brief Parse a matcher expression.
+  /// Parse a matcher expression.
   ///
   /// \param MatcherCode The matcher expression to parse.
   ///
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ public:
     return parseMatcherExpression(MatcherCode, nullptr, Error);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Parse an expression.
+  /// Parse an expression.
   ///
   /// Parses any expression supported by this parser. In general, the
   /// \c parseMatcherExpression function is a better approach to get a matcher
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ public:
     return parseExpression(Code, nullptr, Value, Error);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Complete an expression at the given offset.
+  /// Complete an expression at the given offset.
   ///
   /// \param S The Sema instance that will help the parser
   ///   construct the matchers. If null, it uses the default registry.

include/clang/ASTMatchers/Dynamic/Registry.h

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 //
 /// \file
-/// \brief Registry of all known matchers.
+/// Registry of all known matchers.
 ///
 /// The registry provides a generic interface to construct any matcher by name.
 //
@@ -49,13 +49,13 @@ struct MatcherCompletion {
     return TypedText == Other.TypedText && MatcherDecl == Other.MatcherDecl;
   }
 
-  /// \brief The text to type to select this matcher.
+  /// The text to type to select this matcher.
   std::string TypedText;
 
-  /// \brief The "declaration" of the matcher, with type information.
+  /// The "declaration" of the matcher, with type information.
   std::string MatcherDecl;
 
-  /// \brief Value corresponding to the "specificity" of the converted matcher.
+  /// Value corresponding to the "specificity" of the converted matcher.
   ///
   /// Zero specificity indicates that this conversion would produce a trivial
   /// matcher that will either always or never match.
@@ -67,13 +67,13 @@ class Registry {
 public:
   Registry() = delete;
 
-  /// \brief Look up a matcher in the registry by name,
+  /// Look up a matcher in the registry by name,
   ///
   /// \return An opaque value which may be used to refer to the matcher
   /// constructor, or Optional<MatcherCtor>() if not found.
   static llvm::Optional<MatcherCtor> lookupMatcherCtor(StringRef MatcherName);
 
-  /// \brief Compute the list of completion types for \p Context.
+  /// Compute the list of completion types for \p Context.
   ///
   /// Each element of \p Context represents a matcher invocation, going from
   /// outermost to innermost. Elements are pairs consisting of a reference to
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ public:
   static std::vector<ArgKind> getAcceptedCompletionTypes(
       llvm::ArrayRef<std::pair<MatcherCtor, unsigned>> Context);
 
-  /// \brief Compute the list of completions that match any of
+  /// Compute the list of completions that match any of
   /// \p AcceptedTypes.
   ///
   /// \param AcceptedTypes All types accepted for this completion.
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ public:
   static std::vector<MatcherCompletion>
   getMatcherCompletions(ArrayRef<ArgKind> AcceptedTypes);
 
-  /// \brief Construct a matcher from the registry.
+  /// Construct a matcher from the registry.
   ///
   /// \param Ctor The matcher constructor to instantiate.
   ///
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ public:
                                          ArrayRef<ParserValue> Args,
                                          Diagnostics *Error);
 
-  /// \brief Construct a matcher from the registry and bind it.
+  /// Construct a matcher from the registry and bind it.
   ///
   /// Similar the \c constructMatcher() above, but it then tries to bind the
   /// matcher to the specified \c BindID.

include/clang/ASTMatchers/Dynamic/VariantValue.h

@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 ///
 /// \file
-/// \brief Polymorphic value type.
+/// Polymorphic value type.
 ///
 /// Supports all the types required for dynamic Matcher construction.
 ///  Used by the registry to construct matchers in a generic way.
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ namespace clang {
 namespace ast_matchers {
 namespace dynamic {
 
-/// \brief Kind identifier.
+/// Kind identifier.
 ///
 /// It supports all types that VariantValue can contain.
 class ArgKind {
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@ class ArgKind {
     AK_Unsigned,
     AK_String
   };
-  /// \brief Constructor for non-matcher types.
+  /// Constructor for non-matcher types.
   ArgKind(Kind K) : K(K) { assert(K != AK_Matcher); }
 
-  /// \brief Constructor for matcher types.
+  /// Constructor for matcher types.
   ArgKind(ast_type_traits::ASTNodeKind MatcherKind)
       : K(AK_Matcher), MatcherKind(MatcherKind) {}
 
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ class ArgKind {
     return MatcherKind;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Determines if this type can be converted to \p To.
+  /// Determines if this type can be converted to \p To.
   ///
   /// \param To the requested destination type.
   ///
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ class ArgKind {
     return K < Other.K;
   }
 
-  /// \brief String representation of the type.
+  /// String representation of the type.
   std::string asString() const;
 
 private:
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ private:
 
 using ast_matchers::internal::DynTypedMatcher;
 
-/// \brief A variant matcher object.
+/// A variant matcher object.
 ///
 /// The purpose of this object is to abstract simple and polymorphic matchers
 /// into a single object type.
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ using ast_matchers::internal::DynTypedMatcher;
 ///  - hasTypedMatcher<T>()/getTypedMatcher<T>(): These calls will determine if
 ///    the underlying matcher(s) can unambiguously return a Matcher<T>.
 class VariantMatcher {
-  /// \brief Methods that depend on T from hasTypedMatcher/getTypedMatcher.
+  /// Methods that depend on T from hasTypedMatcher/getTypedMatcher.
   class MatcherOps {
   public:
     MatcherOps(ast_type_traits::ASTNodeKind NodeKind) : NodeKind(NodeKind) {}
@@ -99,12 +99,12 @@ class VariantMatcher {
     bool canConstructFrom(const DynTypedMatcher &Matcher,
                           bool &IsExactMatch) const;
 
-    /// \brief Convert \p Matcher the destination type and return it as a new
+    /// Convert \p Matcher the destination type and return it as a new
     /// DynTypedMatcher.
     virtual DynTypedMatcher
     convertMatcher(const DynTypedMatcher &Matcher) const = 0;
 
-    /// \brief Constructs a variadic typed matcher from \p InnerMatchers.
+    /// Constructs a variadic typed matcher from \p InnerMatchers.
     /// Will try to convert each inner matcher to the destination type and
     /// return llvm::None if it fails to do so.
     llvm::Optional<DynTypedMatcher>
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ class VariantMatcher {
     ast_type_traits::ASTNodeKind NodeKind;
   };
 
-  /// \brief Payload interface to be specialized by each matcher type.
+  /// Payload interface to be specialized by each matcher type.
   ///
   /// It follows a similar interface as VariantMatcher itself.
   class Payload {
@@ -133,39 +133,39 @@ class VariantMatcher {
   };
 
 public:
-  /// \brief A null matcher.
+  /// A null matcher.
   VariantMatcher();
 
-  /// \brief Clones the provided matcher.
+  /// Clones the provided matcher.
   static VariantMatcher SingleMatcher(const DynTypedMatcher &Matcher);
 
-  /// \brief Clones the provided matchers.
+  /// Clones the provided matchers.
   ///
   /// They should be the result of a polymorphic matcher.
   static VariantMatcher
   PolymorphicMatcher(std::vector<DynTypedMatcher> Matchers);
 
-  /// \brief Creates a 'variadic' operator matcher.
+  /// Creates a 'variadic' operator matcher.
   ///
   /// It will bind to the appropriate type on getTypedMatcher<T>().
   static VariantMatcher
   VariadicOperatorMatcher(DynTypedMatcher::VariadicOperator Op,
                           std::vector<VariantMatcher> Args);
 
-  /// \brief Makes the matcher the "null" matcher.
+  /// Makes the matcher the "null" matcher.
   void reset();
 
-  /// \brief Whether the matcher is null.
+  /// Whether the matcher is null.
   bool isNull() const { return !Value; }
 
-  /// \brief Return a single matcher, if there is no ambiguity.
+  /// Return a single matcher, if there is no ambiguity.
   ///
   /// \returns the matcher, if there is only one matcher. An empty Optional, if
   /// the underlying matcher is a polymorphic matcher with more than one
   /// representation.
   llvm::Optional<DynTypedMatcher> getSingleMatcher() const;
 
-  /// \brief Determines if the contained matcher can be converted to
+  /// Determines if the contained matcher can be converted to
   ///   \c Matcher<T>.
   ///
   /// For the Single case, it returns true if it can be converted to
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ public:
     return Value->getTypedMatcher(TypedMatcherOps<T>()).hasValue();
   }
 
-  /// \brief Determines if the contained matcher can be converted to \p Kind.
+  /// Determines if the contained matcher can be converted to \p Kind.
   ///
   /// \param Kind the requested destination type.
   ///
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ public:
     return false;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Return this matcher as a \c Matcher<T>.
+  /// Return this matcher as a \c Matcher<T>.
   ///
   /// Handles the different types (Single, Polymorphic) accordingly.
   /// Asserts that \c hasTypedMatcher<T>() is true.
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ public:
         ->template convertTo<T>();
   }
 
-  /// \brief String representation of the type of the value.
+  /// String representation of the type of the value.
   ///
   /// If the underlying matcher is a polymorphic one, the string will show all
   /// the types.
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ struct VariantMatcher::TypedMatcherOps final : VariantMatcher::MatcherOps {
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief Variant value class.
+/// Variant value class.
 ///
 /// Basically, a tagged union with value type semantics.
 /// It is used by the registry as the return value and argument type for the
@@ -256,46 +256,46 @@ public:
   ~VariantValue();
   VariantValue &operator=(const VariantValue &Other);
 
-  /// \brief Specific constructors for each supported type.
+  /// Specific constructors for each supported type.
   VariantValue(bool Boolean);
   VariantValue(double Double);
   VariantValue(unsigned Unsigned);
   VariantValue(StringRef String);
   VariantValue(const VariantMatcher &Matchers);
 
-  /// \brief Constructs an \c unsigned value (disambiguation from bool).
+  /// Constructs an \c unsigned value (disambiguation from bool).
   VariantValue(int Signed) : VariantValue(static_cast<unsigned>(Signed)) {}
 
-  /// \brief Returns true iff this is not an empty value.
+  /// Returns true iff this is not an empty value.
   explicit operator bool() const { return hasValue(); }
   bool hasValue() const { return Type != VT_Nothing; }
 
-  /// \brief Boolean value functions.
+  /// Boolean value functions.
   bool isBoolean() const;
   bool getBoolean() const;
   void setBoolean(bool Boolean);
 
-  /// \brief Double value functions.
+  /// Double value functions.
   bool isDouble() const;
   double getDouble() const;
   void setDouble(double Double);
 
-  /// \brief Unsigned value functions.
+  /// Unsigned value functions.
   bool isUnsigned() const;
   unsigned getUnsigned() const;
   void setUnsigned(unsigned Unsigned);
 
-  /// \brief String value functions.
+  /// String value functions.
   bool isString() const;
   const std::string &getString() const;
   void setString(StringRef String);
 
-  /// \brief Matcher value functions.
+  /// Matcher value functions.
   bool isMatcher() const;
   const VariantMatcher &getMatcher() const;
   void setMatcher(const VariantMatcher &Matcher);
 
-  /// \brief Determines if the contained value can be converted to \p Kind.
+  /// Determines if the contained value can be converted to \p Kind.
   ///
   /// \param Kind the requested destination type.
   ///
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ public:
   ///   conversion.
   bool isConvertibleTo(ArgKind Kind, unsigned* Specificity) const;
 
-  /// \brief Determines if the contained value can be converted to any kind
+  /// Determines if the contained value can be converted to any kind
   /// in \p Kinds.
   ///
   /// \param Kinds the requested destination types.
@@ -313,13 +313,13 @@ public:
   ///   conversions.
   bool isConvertibleTo(ArrayRef<ArgKind> Kinds, unsigned *Specificity) const;
 
-  /// \brief String representation of the type of the value.
+  /// String representation of the type of the value.
   std::string getTypeAsString() const;
 
 private:
   void reset();
 
-  /// \brief All supported value types.
+  /// All supported value types.
   enum ValueType {
     VT_Nothing,
     VT_Boolean,
@@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ private:
     VT_Matcher
   };
 
-  /// \brief All supported value types.
+  /// All supported value types.
   union AllValues {
     unsigned Unsigned;
     double Double;

include/clang/Analysis/Analyses/Consumed.h

@@ -58,10 +58,10 @@ namespace consumed {
   public:
     virtual ~ConsumedWarningsHandlerBase();
 
-    /// \brief Emit the warnings and notes left by the analysis.
+    /// Emit the warnings and notes left by the analysis.
     virtual void emitDiagnostics() {}
     
-    /// \brief Warn that a variable's state doesn't match at the entry and exit
+    /// Warn that a variable's state doesn't match at the entry and exit
     /// of a loop.
     ///
     /// \param Loc -- The location of the end of the loop.
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ namespace consumed {
     virtual void warnLoopStateMismatch(SourceLocation Loc,
                                        StringRef VariableName) {}
     
-    /// \brief Warn about parameter typestate mismatches upon return.
+    /// Warn about parameter typestate mismatches upon return.
     ///
     /// \param Loc -- The SourceLocation of the return statement.
     ///
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ namespace consumed {
     
     // FIXME: This can be removed when the attr propagation fix for templated
     //        classes lands.
-    /// \brief Warn about return typestates set for unconsumable types.
+    /// Warn about return typestates set for unconsumable types.
     /// 
     /// \param Loc -- The location of the attributes.
     ///
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ namespace consumed {
     virtual void warnReturnTypestateForUnconsumableType(SourceLocation Loc,
                                                         StringRef TypeName) {}
     
-    /// \brief Warn about return typestate mismatches.
+    /// Warn about return typestate mismatches.
     ///
     /// \param Loc -- The SourceLocation of the return statement.
     ///
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ namespace consumed {
                                              StringRef ExpectedState,
                                              StringRef ObservedState) {}
 
-    /// \brief Warn about use-while-consumed errors.
+    /// Warn about use-while-consumed errors.
     /// \param MethodName -- The name of the method that was incorrectly
     /// invoked.
     ///
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ namespace consumed {
                                              StringRef State,
                                              SourceLocation Loc) {}
 
-    /// \brief Warn about use-while-consumed errors.
+    /// Warn about use-while-consumed errors.
     /// \param MethodName -- The name of the method that was incorrectly
     /// invoked.
     ///
@@ -157,48 +157,48 @@ namespace consumed {
         : Reachable(Other.Reachable), From(Other.From), VarMap(Other.VarMap),
           TmpMap() {}
     
-    /// \brief Warn if any of the parameters being tracked are not in the state
+    /// Warn if any of the parameters being tracked are not in the state
     /// they were declared to be in upon return from a function.
     void checkParamsForReturnTypestate(SourceLocation BlameLoc,
       ConsumedWarningsHandlerBase &WarningsHandler) const;
     
-    /// \brief Clear the TmpMap.
+    /// Clear the TmpMap.
     void clearTemporaries();
     
-    /// \brief Get the consumed state of a given variable.
+    /// Get the consumed state of a given variable.
     ConsumedState getState(const VarDecl *Var) const;
     
-    /// \brief Get the consumed state of a given temporary value.
+    /// Get the consumed state of a given temporary value.
     ConsumedState getState(const CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Tmp) const;
     
-    /// \brief Merge this state map with another map.
+    /// Merge this state map with another map.
     void intersect(const ConsumedStateMap &Other);
 
     void intersectAtLoopHead(const CFGBlock *LoopHead, const CFGBlock *LoopBack,
       const ConsumedStateMap *LoopBackStates,
       ConsumedWarningsHandlerBase &WarningsHandler);
     
-    /// \brief Return true if this block is reachable.
+    /// Return true if this block is reachable.
     bool isReachable() const { return Reachable; }
     
-    /// \brief Mark the block as unreachable.
+    /// Mark the block as unreachable.
     void markUnreachable();
     
-    /// \brief Set the source for a decision about the branching of states.
+    /// Set the source for a decision about the branching of states.
     /// \param Source -- The statement that was the origin of a branching
     /// decision.
     void setSource(const Stmt *Source) { this->From = Source; }
     
-    /// \brief Set the consumed state of a given variable.
+    /// Set the consumed state of a given variable.
     void setState(const VarDecl *Var, ConsumedState State);
     
-    /// \brief Set the consumed state of a given temporary value.
+    /// Set the consumed state of a given temporary value.
     void setState(const CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Tmp, ConsumedState State);
     
-    /// \brief Remove the temporary value from our state map.
+    /// Remove the temporary value from our state map.
     void remove(const CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Tmp);
     
-    /// \brief Tests to see if there is a mismatch in the states stored in two
+    /// Tests to see if there is a mismatch in the states stored in two
     /// maps.
     ///
     /// \param Other -- The second map to compare against.
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ namespace consumed {
 
     ConsumedState getExpectedReturnState() const { return ExpectedReturnState; }
     
-    /// \brief Check a function's CFG for consumed violations.
+    /// Check a function's CFG for consumed violations.
     ///
     /// We traverse the blocks in the CFG, keeping track of the state of each
     /// value who's type has uniquness annotations.  If methods are invoked in

include/clang/Analysis/Analyses/Dominators.h

@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ namespace clang {
 
 using DomTreeNode = llvm::DomTreeNodeBase<CFGBlock>;
 
-/// \brief Concrete subclass of DominatorTreeBase for Clang
+/// Concrete subclass of DominatorTreeBase for Clang
 /// This class implements the dominators tree functionality given a Clang CFG.
 ///
 class DominatorTree : public ManagedAnalysis {
@@ -54,18 +54,18 @@ public:
 
   llvm::DomTreeBase<CFGBlock>& getBase() { return *DT; }
 
-  /// \brief This method returns the root CFGBlock of the dominators tree.
+  /// This method returns the root CFGBlock of the dominators tree.
   CFGBlock *getRoot() const {
     return DT->getRoot();
   }
 
-  /// \brief This method returns the root DomTreeNode, which is the wrapper
+  /// This method returns the root DomTreeNode, which is the wrapper
   /// for CFGBlock.
   DomTreeNode *getRootNode() const {
     return DT->getRootNode();
   }
 
-  /// \brief This method compares two dominator trees.
+  /// This method compares two dominator trees.
   /// The method returns false if the other dominator tree matches this
   /// dominator tree, otherwise returns true.
   bool compare(DominatorTree &Other) const {
@@ -81,14 +81,14 @@ public:
     return false;
   }
 
-  /// \brief This method builds the dominator tree for a given CFG
+  /// This method builds the dominator tree for a given CFG
   /// The CFG information is passed via AnalysisDeclContext
   void buildDominatorTree(AnalysisDeclContext &AC) {
     cfg = AC.getCFG();
     DT->recalculate(*cfg);
   }
 
-  /// \brief This method dumps immediate dominators for each block,
+  /// This method dumps immediate dominators for each block,
   /// mainly used for debug purposes.
   void dump() {
     llvm::errs() << "Immediate dominance tree (Node#,IDom#):\n";
@@ -104,20 +104,20 @@ public:
     }
   }
 
-  /// \brief This method tests if one CFGBlock dominates the other.
+  /// This method tests if one CFGBlock dominates the other.
   /// The method return true if A dominates B, false otherwise.
   /// Note a block always dominates itself.
   bool dominates(const CFGBlock *A, const CFGBlock *B) const {
     return DT->dominates(A, B);
   }
 
-  /// \brief This method tests if one CFGBlock properly dominates the other.
+  /// This method tests if one CFGBlock properly dominates the other.
   /// The method return true if A properly dominates B, false otherwise.
   bool properlyDominates(const CFGBlock *A, const CFGBlock *B) const {
     return DT->properlyDominates(A, B);
   }
 
-  /// \brief This method finds the nearest common dominator CFG block
+  /// This method finds the nearest common dominator CFG block
   /// for CFG block A and B. If there is no such block then return NULL.
   CFGBlock *findNearestCommonDominator(CFGBlock *A, CFGBlock *B) {
     return DT->findNearestCommonDominator(A, B);
@@ -128,24 +128,24 @@ public:
     return DT->findNearestCommonDominator(A, B);
   }
 
-  /// \brief This method is used to update the dominator
+  /// This method is used to update the dominator
   /// tree information when a node's immediate dominator changes.
   void changeImmediateDominator(CFGBlock *N, CFGBlock *NewIDom) {
     DT->changeImmediateDominator(N, NewIDom);
   }
 
-  /// \brief This method tests if the given CFGBlock can be reachable from root.
+  /// This method tests if the given CFGBlock can be reachable from root.
   /// Returns true if reachable, false otherwise.
   bool isReachableFromEntry(const CFGBlock *A) {
     return DT->isReachableFromEntry(A);
   }
 
-  /// \brief This method releases the memory held by the dominator tree.
+  /// This method releases the memory held by the dominator tree.
   virtual void releaseMemory() {
     DT->releaseMemory();
   }
 
-  /// \brief This method converts the dominator tree to human readable form.
+  /// This method converts the dominator tree to human readable form.
   virtual void print(raw_ostream &OS, const llvm::Module* M= nullptr) const {
     DT->print(OS);
   }

include/clang/Analysis/Analyses/FormatString.h

@@ -510,7 +510,7 @@ public:
     return getConversionSpecifier().consumesDataArgument();
   }
 
-  /// \brief Returns the builtin type that a data argument
+  /// Returns the builtin type that a data argument
   /// paired with this format specifier should have.  This method
   /// will return null if the format specifier does not have
   /// a matching data argument or the matching argument matches

include/clang/Analysis/Analyses/PostOrderCFGView.h

@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ class PostOrderCFGView : public ManagedAnalysis {
   virtual void anchor();
 
 public:
-  /// \brief Implements a set of CFGBlocks using a BitVector.
+  /// Implements a set of CFGBlocks using a BitVector.
   ///
   /// This class contains a minimal interface, primarily dictated by the SetType
   /// template parameter of the llvm::po_iterator template, as used with
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ public:
     CFGBlockSet() = default;
     CFGBlockSet(const CFG *G) : VisitedBlockIDs(G->getNumBlockIDs(), false) {}
 
-    /// \brief Set the bit associated with a particular CFGBlock.
+    /// Set the bit associated with a particular CFGBlock.
     /// This is the important method for the SetType template parameter.
     std::pair<llvm::NoneType, bool> insert(const CFGBlock *Block) {
       // Note that insert() is called by po_iterator, which doesn't check to
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ public:
       return std::make_pair(None, true);
     }
 
-    /// \brief Check if the bit for a CFGBlock has been already set.
+    /// Check if the bit for a CFGBlock has been already set.
     /// This method is for tracking visited blocks in the main threadsafety
     /// loop. Block must not be null.
     bool alreadySet(const CFGBlock *Block) {

include/clang/Analysis/Analyses/ThreadSafety.h

@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ private:
   bool IssueBetaWarnings = false;
 };
 
-/// \brief Check a function's CFG for thread-safety violations.
+/// Check a function's CFG for thread-safety violations.
 ///
 /// We traverse the blocks in the CFG, compute the set of mutexes that are held
 /// at the end of each block, and issue warnings for thread safety violations.
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ void runThreadSafetyAnalysis(AnalysisDeclContext &AC,
 
 void threadSafetyCleanup(BeforeSet *Cache);
 
-/// \brief Helper function that returns a LockKind required for the given level
+/// Helper function that returns a LockKind required for the given level
 /// of access.
 LockKind getLockKindFromAccessKind(AccessKind AK);
 

include/clang/Analysis/Analyses/ThreadSafetyCommon.h

@@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ public:
 // Translate clang::Expr to til::SExpr.
 class SExprBuilder {
 public:
-  /// \brief Encapsulates the lexical context of a function call.  The lexical
+  /// Encapsulates the lexical context of a function call.  The lexical
   /// context includes the arguments to the call, including the implicit object
   /// argument.  When an attribute containing a mutex expression is attached to
   /// a method, the expression may refer to formal parameters of the method.

include/clang/Analysis/Analyses/ThreadSafetyLogical.h

@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ public:
   };
   Opcode kind() const { return Kind; }
 
-  /// \brief Logical implication. Returns true if the LExpr implies RHS, i.e. if
+  /// Logical implication. Returns true if the LExpr implies RHS, i.e. if
   /// the LExpr holds, then RHS must hold. For example, (A & B) implies A.
   inline bool implies(const LExpr *RHS) const;
 
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ public:
   static bool classof(const LExpr *E) { return E->kind() == LExpr::Not; }
 };
 
-/// \brief Logical implication. Returns true if LHS implies RHS, i.e. if LHS
+/// Logical implication. Returns true if LHS implies RHS, i.e. if LHS
 /// holds, then RHS must hold. For example, (A & B) implies A.
 bool implies(const LExpr *LHS, const LExpr *RHS);
 

include/clang/Analysis/AnalysisDeclContext.h

@@ -135,22 +135,22 @@ public:
   void registerForcedBlockExpression(const Stmt *stmt);
   const CFGBlock *getBlockForRegisteredExpression(const Stmt *stmt);
 
-  /// \brief Get the body of the Declaration.
+  /// Get the body of the Declaration.
   Stmt *getBody() const;
 
-  /// \brief Get the body of the Declaration.
+  /// Get the body of the Declaration.
   /// \param[out] IsAutosynthesized Specifies if the body is auto-generated
   ///             by the BodyFarm.
   Stmt *getBody(bool &IsAutosynthesized) const;
 
-  /// \brief Checks if the body of the Decl is generated by the BodyFarm.
+  /// Checks if the body of the Decl is generated by the BodyFarm.
   ///
   /// Note, the lookup is not free. We are going to call getBody behind
   /// the scenes.
   /// \sa getBody
   bool isBodyAutosynthesized() const;
 
-  /// \brief Checks if the body of the Decl is generated by the BodyFarm from a
+  /// Checks if the body of the Decl is generated by the BodyFarm from a
   /// model file.
   ///
   /// Note, the lookup is not free. We are going to call getBody behind
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ public:
 
   void dumpCFG(bool ShowColors);
 
-  /// \brief Returns true if we have built a CFG for this analysis context.
+  /// Returns true if we have built a CFG for this analysis context.
   /// Note that this doesn't correspond to whether or not a valid CFG exists, it
   /// corresponds to whether we *attempted* to build one.
   bool isCFGBuilt() const { return builtCFG; }

include/clang/Analysis/CFG.h

@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ protected:
   CFGElement() = default;
 
 public:
-  /// \brief Convert to the specified CFGElement type, asserting that this
+  /// Convert to the specified CFGElement type, asserting that this
   /// CFGElement is of the desired type.
   template<typename T>
   T castAs() const {
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ public:
     return t;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Convert to the specified CFGElement type, returning None if this
+  /// Convert to the specified CFGElement type, returning None if this
   /// CFGElement is not of the desired type.
   template<typename T>
   Optional<T> getAs() const {
@@ -980,7 +980,7 @@ public:
 
 };
 
-/// \brief CFGCallback defines methods that should be called when a logical
+/// CFGCallback defines methods that should be called when a logical
 /// operator error is found when building the CFG.
 class CFGCallback {
 public:

include/clang/Analysis/CallGraph.h

@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ class Decl;
 class DeclContext;
 class Stmt;
 
-/// \brief The AST-based call graph.
+/// The AST-based call graph.
 ///
 /// The call graph extends itself with the given declarations by implementing
 /// the recursive AST visitor, which constructs the graph by visiting the given
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ public:
   CallGraph();
   ~CallGraph();
 
-  /// \brief Populate the call graph with the functions in the given
+  /// Populate the call graph with the functions in the given
   /// declaration.
   ///
   /// Recursively walks the declaration to find all the dependent Decls as well.
@@ -63,13 +63,13 @@ public:
     TraverseDecl(D);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Determine if a declaration should be included in the graph.
+  /// Determine if a declaration should be included in the graph.
   static bool includeInGraph(const Decl *D);
 
-  /// \brief Lookup the node for the given declaration.
+  /// Lookup the node for the given declaration.
   CallGraphNode *getNode(const Decl *) const;
 
-  /// \brief Lookup the node for the given declaration. If none found, insert
+  /// Lookup the node for the given declaration. If none found, insert
   /// one into the graph.
   CallGraphNode *getOrInsertNode(Decl *);
 
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ public:
   const_iterator begin() const { return FunctionMap.begin(); }
   const_iterator end()   const { return FunctionMap.end();   }
 
-  /// \brief Get the number of nodes in the graph.
+  /// Get the number of nodes in the graph.
   unsigned size() const { return FunctionMap.size(); }
 
   /// \ brief Get the virtual root of the graph, all the functions available
@@ -133,10 +133,10 @@ public:
   bool shouldWalkTypesOfTypeLocs() const { return false; }
 
 private:
-  /// \brief Add the given declaration to the call graph.
+  /// Add the given declaration to the call graph.
   void addNodeForDecl(Decl *D, bool IsGlobal);
 
-  /// \brief Allocate a new node in the graph.
+  /// Allocate a new node in the graph.
   CallGraphNode *allocateNewNode(Decl *);
 };
 
@@ -145,10 +145,10 @@ public:
   using CallRecord = CallGraphNode *;
 
 private:
-  /// \brief The function/method declaration.
+  /// The function/method declaration.
   Decl *FD;
 
-  /// \brief The list of functions called from this node.
+  /// The list of functions called from this node.
   SmallVector<CallRecord, 5> CalledFunctions;
 
 public:

include/clang/Analysis/CodeInjector.h

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 ///
 /// \file
-/// \brief Defines the clang::CodeInjector interface which is responsible for
+/// Defines the clang::CodeInjector interface which is responsible for
 /// injecting AST of function definitions that may not be available in the
 /// original source.
 ///
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ class Stmt;
 class FunctionDecl;
 class ObjCMethodDecl;
 
-/// \brief CodeInjector is an interface which is responsible for injecting AST
+/// CodeInjector is an interface which is responsible for injecting AST
 /// of function definitions that may not be available in the original source.
 ///
 /// The getBody function will be called each time the static analyzer examines a

include/clang/Analysis/ProgramPoint.h

@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ public:
                         getLocationContext(), tag);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Convert to the specified ProgramPoint type, asserting that this
+  /// Convert to the specified ProgramPoint type, asserting that this
   /// ProgramPoint is of the desired type.
   template<typename T>
   T castAs() const {
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ public:
     return t;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Convert to the specified ProgramPoint type, returning None if this
+  /// Convert to the specified ProgramPoint type, returning None if this
   /// ProgramPoint is not of the desired type.
   template<typename T>
   Optional<T> getAs() const {
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ public:
     return (Kind) x;
   }
 
-  /// \brief Is this a program point corresponding to purge/removal of dead
+  /// Is this a program point corresponding to purge/removal of dead
   /// symbols and bindings.
   bool isPurgeKind() {
     Kind K = getKind();
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ private:
   }
 };
 
-/// \brief Represents a program point after a store evaluation.
+/// Represents a program point after a store evaluation.
 class PostStore : public PostStmt {
 public:
   /// Construct the post store point.
@@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ public:
     setData2(Loc);
   }
 
-  /// \brief Returns the information about the location used in the store,
+  /// Returns the information about the location used in the store,
   /// how it was uttered in the code.
   const void *getLocationValue() const {
     return getData2();
@@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ private:
 
 class PostInitializer : public ProgramPoint {
 public:
-  /// \brief Construct a PostInitializer point that represents a location after
+  /// Construct a PostInitializer point that represents a location after
   ///   CXXCtorInitializer expression evaluation.
   ///
   /// \param I The initializer.
@@ -510,7 +510,7 @@ public:
     return static_cast<const CXXCtorInitializer *>(getData1());
   }
 
-  /// \brief Returns the location of the field.
+  /// Returns the location of the field.
   const void *getLocationValue() const {
     return getData2();
   }

include/clang/Basic/ABI.h

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 ///
 /// \file
-/// \brief Enums/classes describing ABI related information about constructors,
+/// Enums/classes describing ABI related information about constructors,
 /// destructors and thunks.
 ///
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 
 namespace clang {
 
-/// \brief C++ constructor types.
+/// C++ constructor types.
 enum CXXCtorType {
   Ctor_Complete,       ///< Complete object ctor
   Ctor_Base,           ///< Base object ctor
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ enum CXXCtorType {
   Ctor_DefaultClosure, ///< Default closure variant of a ctor
 };
 
-/// \brief C++ destructor types.
+/// C++ destructor types.
 enum CXXDtorType {
     Dtor_Deleting, ///< Deleting dtor
     Dtor_Complete, ///< Complete object dtor
@@ -38,29 +38,29 @@ enum CXXDtorType {
     Dtor_Comdat    ///< The COMDAT used for dtors
 };
 
-/// \brief A return adjustment.
+/// A return adjustment.
 struct ReturnAdjustment {
-  /// \brief The non-virtual adjustment from the derived object to its
+  /// The non-virtual adjustment from the derived object to its
   /// nearest virtual base.
   int64_t NonVirtual;
 
-  /// \brief Holds the ABI-specific information about the virtual return
+  /// Holds the ABI-specific information about the virtual return
   /// adjustment, if needed.
   union VirtualAdjustment {
     // Itanium ABI
     struct {
-      /// \brief The offset (in bytes), relative to the address point
+      /// The offset (in bytes), relative to the address point
       /// of the virtual base class offset.
       int64_t VBaseOffsetOffset;
     } Itanium;
 
     // Microsoft ABI
     struct {
-      /// \brief The offset (in bytes) of the vbptr, relative to the beginning
+      /// The offset (in bytes) of the vbptr, relative to the beginning
       /// of the derived class.
       uint32_t VBPtrOffset;
 
-      /// \brief Index of the virtual base in the vbtable.
+      /// Index of the virtual base in the vbtable.
       uint32_t VBIndex;
     } Microsoft;
 
@@ -104,31 +104,31 @@ struct ReturnAdjustment {
   }
 };
   
-/// \brief A \c this pointer adjustment.
+/// A \c this pointer adjustment.
 struct ThisAdjustment {
-  /// \brief The non-virtual adjustment from the derived object to its
+  /// The non-virtual adjustment from the derived object to its
   /// nearest virtual base.
   int64_t NonVirtual;
 
-  /// \brief Holds the ABI-specific information about the virtual this
+  /// Holds the ABI-specific information about the virtual this
   /// adjustment, if needed.
   union VirtualAdjustment {
     // Itanium ABI
     struct {
-      /// \brief The offset (in bytes), relative to the address point,
+      /// The offset (in bytes), relative to the address point,
       /// of the virtual call offset.
       int64_t VCallOffsetOffset;
     } Itanium;
 
     struct {
-      /// \brief The offset of the vtordisp (in bytes), relative to the ECX.
+      /// The offset of the vtordisp (in bytes), relative to the ECX.
       int32_t VtordispOffset;
 
-      /// \brief The offset of the vbptr of the derived class (in bytes),
+      /// The offset of the vbptr of the derived class (in bytes),
       /// relative to the ECX after vtordisp adjustment.
       int32_t VBPtrOffset;
 
-      /// \brief The offset (in bytes) of the vbase offset in the vbtable.
+      /// The offset (in bytes) of the vbase offset in the vbtable.
       int32_t VBOffsetOffset;
     } Microsoft;
 
@@ -174,16 +174,16 @@ struct ThisAdjustment {
 
 class CXXMethodDecl;
 
-/// \brief The \c this pointer adjustment as well as an optional return
+/// The \c this pointer adjustment as well as an optional return
 /// adjustment for a thunk.
 struct ThunkInfo {
-  /// \brief The \c this pointer adjustment.
+  /// The \c this pointer adjustment.
   ThisAdjustment This;
     
-  /// \brief The return adjustment.
+  /// The return adjustment.
   ReturnAdjustment Return;
 
-  /// \brief Holds a pointer to the overridden method this thunk is for,
+  /// Holds a pointer to the overridden method this thunk is for,
   /// if needed by the ABI to distinguish different thunks with equal
   /// adjustments. Otherwise, null.
   /// CAUTION: In the unlikely event you need to sort ThunkInfos, consider using

include/clang/Basic/AddressSpaces.h

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 //
 /// \file
-/// \brief Provides definitions for the various language-specific address
+/// Provides definitions for the various language-specific address
 /// spaces.
 //
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 
 namespace clang {
 
-/// \brief Defines the address space values used by the address space qualifier
+/// Defines the address space values used by the address space qualifier
 /// of QualType.
 ///
 enum class LangAS : unsigned {

include/clang/Basic/AlignedAllocation.h

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 ///
 /// \file
-/// \brief Defines a function that returns the minimum OS versions supporting
+/// Defines a function that returns the minimum OS versions supporting
 /// C++17's aligned allocation functions.
 ///
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

include/clang/Basic/AllDiagnostics.h

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 ///
 /// \file
-/// \brief Includes all the separate Diagnostic headers & some related helpers.
+/// Includes all the separate Diagnostic headers & some related helpers.
 ///
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//